Prisma G - V2016.pdf

Low voltage Catalogue│2016 / 2017

Prisma G Wall-mounted and floor-standing enclosures for Electrical Distribution up to 630 A

Table of contents Index Presentation

Alphabetical index

Catalogue number index

> page 2

> page 4

Overview

IEC 61439 standard

Determining catalogue numbers

> page 12

> page 18

> page 36

Functional system Prisma Functional units

Switch-disconnect.

Circuit breakers

> p. 50

> p. 40

Compact INS-INV250/630 > p. 50

Compact NSX100/630 > p. 40 Easypact CVS100/630 > p. 44 EZC100/630 > p. 48

> page 39

Prefabricated connections and accessories

Switchboard lighting > p. 60

Manual srce. changeover Fusegear > p. 54 system > p. 52

Front plates, rails, slotted mounting plates > p. 72

Circuit breaker Compact NSX100/250 > p. 52 Switch-discon. Compact INS-INV250 > p. 53

Fupact INF > p. 54 Fupact ISFT/ ISFT-N > p. 56

Finishing parts > p. 74

Partitioning > p. 75 Cable running > p. 76

Linergy system distribution and connections Linergy > p. 87

Panorama of the solution

Linergy Power busbars > p. 90 Linergy BW insulated busbars > p. 90

> p. 88

Linergy BS rear busbars > p. 92

Linergy BS multi-stage busbars > p. 93

Prisma G enclosures IP30, IP4X enclosures presentation > p. 115

Wall-mounted Floor-standing enclosures > p. 120

Installation accessories > p. 123 Accessories > p. 124 Gland plates > p. 125 Spare-parts > p. 127

Combinations > p. 122

Dimensions > p. 130

Pack 160 enclosures/Prisma G Pack 250 Pack 160 enclosures presentation > p. 147

Additional information

Wallmounted enclosures > p. 150

Kilowatt-hour meters > p. 151 Accessories > p. 152

Electrical characteristics > page 168

Accessories, Spare-parts > p. 154

Standards > page 176

Distribution and connection in Pack enclosures with Linergy > p. 155

Dimensions > p. 156

Enclosure characteristics

Practical Information

> page 184

> page 191

Prisma G Index p. 2

Examples of switchboard configurations

Presentation p. 12

> page 34

Functional system Prisma Modular devices > p. 58

Other devices > p. 60

Switchb. incomer > p. 58 Outgoers > p. 59

Installation accessories > p. 78

Kilowatt-hour meters > p. 61 Industrial control > p. 62 Human-switchboard interface > p. 64

Connections blocks Power supply blocks > p. 80 Connections > p. 82

Circuit breakers W850 > p. 66 Switch-disconnect. W850 > p. 70

Management of the internal temperature > p. 84

Functional p. 39 units > page 39

Prefabricated connections and accessories

Linergy system distribution and connections Linergy distribution block > p. 96 Linergy DX, Linergy DP, Linergy DS, Linergy FM distribution blocks > p. 96

Linergy FH comb busbars > p. 104

Linergy

Linergy TB, Linergy TA, Linergy TR terminal blocks > p. 109

p. 87

> p. 87

Prisma G enclosures IP55 enclosures presentation > p. 133

IP55 enclosures > p. 136

Combinations > p. 137

Installation accessories > p. 138 Gland plates > p. 139 Partial door > p. 140 Side panels > p. 141 Door accessories > p. 142 Spare-parts > p. 143

p. 115

Dimensions > p. 144

Pack 160 enclosures/Prisma G Pack 250 Prisma G Pack 250 presentation > page 158

Thermal characteristics > page 192

p. 147

Wallmounted Floor stand. enclos. > p. 159

Installation / lifting accessories > p. 161

Gland plates Cable running > p. 162 Door accessories > p. 163

Linergy distribution and accessories > p. 164

Additional information p. 167 1

Index

Alphabetical index

Designations

A Accessories Adhesive labels for mimic diagrams B Barrel locks Blanking plates Brackets C Cable-tie supports Canopy Central uprights Clip-nuts Combination Combination uprights Compact INS-INV250 Compact INS-INV250/630 Compact NSX100/250 Compact NSX400/630 Connections Connectors D Devices 144 x 144 Devices 72 x 72 Devices 96 x 96 Doors E Earth blocks Earthing connections Easypact EZC100/630 F Fan Fixed lighting Flush-mounting kit Front cover support uprights Front plates Fupact INF Fupact ISFT160/250 G Gasket Gland plates Grill with filter Grommets for wiring through front H Handles Heating elements Heating resistor Hexagonal spacers Hook-on rail system Human-switchboard interface I iC120 Identification labels INS100/160 INS40/160 Inserts Installation accessories Insulated flexible bars Insulating cover IP30/IP4X floor-standing enclosures IP30/IP4X wall-mounted enclosures IP55 wall-mounted enclosures K Kilowatt-hour meters L Lamps Lifting accessories Lifting cross-members Linergy BS Linergy BW

2

Pages 143 74 126, 142 153 123, 161 76 121, 138, 152, 161 128 79 137 153 53 50 40 42 82 95 65 65 65 136 109 124, 151, 154 48 84 60 124 129 72 54, 55 56 121, 152, 161 125, 129, 139, 152, 154 84 76 126, 142, 163 85 85 79 123, 161 64 58 74 58 58 126, 142 138 83 82 120 120, 136 136 61, 151 65 123, 161 123, 161 92 90

Index

Alphabetical index

Designations

Linergy DP Linergy DS Linergy DX Linergy FH Linergy FM Linergy TA Linergy TB Linergy TR Locks M Metal plate with cut-outs Modular devices Modular rail Mounting plates Mounting uprights Multiple combination Multi-stage distribution blocks N Neutral bars NG125 NG160 P Pack front plate Padlocking Partitioning Plinth cover panel Plinth gusset Plinth raiser Plinths Pole Power Meter Pushbuttons R Rails Regulating Reinforcement cross-members S Self-tapping screws Side Side panels with cut-outs Slotted mounting plate Source changeover - circuti breaker Compact NSX100/250 Source changeover system Spare parts Straps Switchboard portable lamp T Tap-off terminals Terminal blocks TeSys, Altistart, Phaseo Thermostat Trunking Trunking spreader Trunking supports Universal angle bracket V Vigi iC120 Vigi NG125 Vigi NG160 Vigirex W Wall mounting Wall-mounted enclosures

Pages

98 100 96 104 102 110 109 112 126, 142, 163 125, 139, 162 58 151, 154 72 137, 138 116 94 109 58 58 154 126, 142, 163 75 138 138 123 129 138 65 65 73 85 138 79 128 141 73 52 52 128, 129, 143 77 60 82 112 63 85 76 124, 152 77 79 58 58 58 58, 65 153 136

3

Catalogue number index

Index

Cat. no. Designation

Pages

01005

74

01000

01017 01018 01020 01025

Set of 10 mimic diagram, 900 mm lines, black, Prisma G Set of 10 mimic diagram, black, outgoing arrows, Prisma G Set of 10 mimic diagram, black, incoming arrows, Prisma G Set of 10 mimic diagram, black, transformers, Prisma G Set of 10 mimic diagram, black, earth symbols, Prisma G Plain upper/low plate W600 Prisma G IP30 Enclosure accessories Prisma G IP30 Gland plate with 2 FL21 cut-out Prisma Pack 160 IP55 single struts (2), RAL 9001

01028 01029 01030 01032 01033 01034 01035 01036 01039 01040 01041 01042 01043 01044 01045 01046 01047 01050 01051 01052 01053 01057 01063 01064 01065 01066 01067 01068 01069 01070 01093 01094 01201 01202 01210 01211 01218 01220 01247 01248 01249 01250 01251 01252 01253 01254 01255 01256 01257 01258 01259 01260 01261 01264 01265

Combination profile 33m Prisma G IP30 Combination profile 30m Prisma G IP30 Combination profile 27m Prisma G IP30 Door accessories Prisma G IP30 33m side panel Prisma G IP30 30m side panel Prisma G IP30 27m side panel Prisma G IP30 Combination accessories Prisma G IP30 Plain upper/low plate W300 Prisma G IP30 6m side panel Prisma G IP30 9m side panel Prisma G IP30 12m side panel Prisma G IP30 15m side panel Prisma G IP30 18m side panel Prisma G IP30 21m side panel Prisma G IP30 24m side panel Prisma G IP30 36m side panel Prisma G IP30 2 drilled bases Prisma G IP30 2 plain bases Prisma G IP30 W600 plinth front face Prisma G IP30 W300 plinth front face Prisma G IP30 W850 plinth front face Prisma G IP30 Combination profile 9m Prisma G IP30 Combination profile 12m Prisma G IP30 Combination profile 15m Prisma G IP30 Combination profile 18m Prisma G IP30 Combination profile 21m Prisma G IP30 Combination profile 24m Prisma G IP30 Combination profile 36m Prisma G IP30 Plain upper plate W850 Prisma G IP30 Front plate grips (20) Accessory for quarter-turn closing front plate 2 IPxxB clip-on cover Linergy BW 4 IPxxB covers Linergy FM 200 Linergy BW accessories 160 to 400 A Linergy BW accessories 630 A Handle Prisma G IP30/Pack160 White handle Prisma G IP30/Pack160 Set of spare parts for IP55 wall-mounted enclo. Set of spare parts for IP55 door Spare parts for IP55 closing system, Prisma G 2 plate uprights 6m Prisma G IP30 2 plate uprights 9m Prisma G IP30 2 plate uprights 12m Prisma G IP30 2 plate uprights 15m Prisma G IP30 2 plate uprights 18m Prisma G IP30 2 plate uprights 21m Prisma G IP30 2 plate uprights 24m Prisma G IP30 2 plate uprights 27m Prisma G IP30 2 plate uprights 30m Prisma G IP30 2 plate uprights 33m Prisma G IP30 Modular device rail Pack 160 2 plate uprights 36m Prisma G IP30 Decentered plate 4m Pack 160 Decentered plate 4,5m Pack 160

03001

W600 modular device rail Prisma G

01006 01007 01008 01009

03000

4

Cat. no. Designation 03002

W600 adjustable mod. dev. rail Prisma G

74

03003

W600 recessed modular dev. rail Prisma G

74

03004

W600 rear modular device rail Prisma G

74

03005 03006 03007 03008 03010

2 modular device rail supports 30° Prisma G W850 modular device rail Prisma G W850 adjustable modular device rail Prisma G NG160 device rail Pack 160 W300 modular device rail Prisma G

03011

W300 adjustable modular device rail Prisma G

03030

Mounting plate NSX/CVS/INS 250 hz.fixed toggle

03031

Mounting plate NSX/CVS/Vigi 250 hz.fix. rot.handle

03032 03033

Mounting plate NSX 250 hz. fix+mot/plug-in Mounting plate vigi NSX/CVS 250 hz.fixed toggle

03040 03041 03043

Mounting plate NSX/CVS/vigi/INS 250 v. fix.toggle Mounting plate NSX/CVS/Vigi 250 v. fix.rot.handle Mounting plate NSX/INS-INV 250 changeover rot. hand Mounting plate NSX/CVS/Vigi/INS 250 v. fix.toggle

74 128 127 154 136, 137, 143 128 128 128 127 121, 128 121, 128 121, 128 127 128 121, 128 121, 128 121, 128 121, 128 121, 128 121, 128 121, 128 121, 128 129 129 129 129 129 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 73 73 90, 155 103 90, 155 90 126, 163 127 143 143 143 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 151, 154 129 154 154

03074 03080 03081 03102 03104 03113 03114 03120 03121 03122 03123 03124 03125 03126 03152 03154 03155 03156 03157 03158 03160 03164 03165 03166 03170 03171 03172 03173 03175 03176 03177 03178 03180 03181 03182 03183

49, 58, 59, 60, 62, 73, 159

03185 03186 03187

03050 03051 03070 03073

Pages

41, 45, 51, 55, 57, 58, 62, 73 51, 63, 73, 151 62, 63, 73, 151 79 71, 73 71, 73 151 58, 59, 62, 73 41, 45, 51, 57, 58, 62, 63, 73 40, 44, 50, 66, 68, 70, 159 40, 44, 66, 68 40, 51 40, 44, 66, 68, 159 41, 45, 51 41, 45 52, 53

41, 45, 51, 160 Mounting plate NSX/CVS/INS 250 v. fixed rot.handle 41, 45 Mounting plate NSX/CVS/INS 630 hz. fix. toggle 42, 46, 48, 50, 67, 69, 70 Mounting plate NSX/CVS/Vigi/INS 630 v. fix. toggle 43, 47, 49, 51 Mounting plate NSX/CVS/Vigi 630 v. fix. rot.handle 43, 47 Mounting plate NSX/CVS/Vigi/INS 630 v. fix. toggle 43, 47, 51 Mounting plate NSX/CVS 630 v. fixed rot.handle 43, 47 Mounting plate EZC100 vertical toggle 49 Mounting plate EZC250 hz/vertical toggle 48, 49 Mounting plate INF32 hz/INF32-40 vertic rot.handle 54, 55 Mounting plate INF40-160 hz/INF63-160 v.rot.handle 54, 55 Mounting plate ISFT100 vertical 57 Mounting plate ISFT160 vertical/horizontal 56, 57, 159 Mounting plate busbar ISFT 100N/160 vertical 57 Mounting plate ISFT 160 fixed vertical W300 57, 160 Mounting plate ISFT 250 fixed horizontal 56, 159 Mounting plate ISFT 250 fixed vertical W300 57, 160 Mounting plate V ISFT 100N vertical W600 57 Mounting plate for 2 3P-meters W600 61, 151 Class 2 insulating plate width 600/650 61, 151 Front plate for 3 1P-meters W600 6m 61 Mounting plate for 1 3P-meter W300 61 Mounting plate for 3 1P-meters W600 5m 61, 151 Front plate for 2 3P-meter W600 9m 61 Mounting plate for 2 3P-meters W600 6m 61 79 Clip-nuts for DIN rails, 20 M4 79 Clip-nuts for DIN rails, 20 M5 79 Clip-nuts for DIN rails, 20 M6 Slotted mounting plate W600 4m 73 Recessed slotted m.plate W600 4m 63, 73 Recessed slotted m.plate W600 6m 63, 73 Recessed slotted m.plate W600 9m 73 Slotted mounting plate W300 4m 63, 73 Recessed slotted m.plate W300 4m 73 Recessed slotted m.plate W300 6m 73 Recessed slotted m.plate W300 9m 73 79 Clip-nuts for slotted mounting plates, 20 M4 79 Clip-nuts for slotted mounting plates, 20 M5 79 Clip-nuts for slotted mounting plates, 20 M6 Self-tapping screws for functional upright mounting, 79 20 M5 79 Hexagonal spacers, H = 9 mm, 4 M5 79 Hexagonal spacers, H = 23 mm, 4 M5 79 Hexagonal spacers, H = 55 mm, 4 M5

Catalogue number index

Index

Cat. no. Designation

03194 03195 03196 03197 03198 03199 03202 03203 03204 03205 03213 03214 03216 03217 03218 03220 03221 03222 03223 03230 03231 03232 03234 03235 03238 03239 03241 03243 03244 03245 03247 03248 03249 03250 03251 03252 03253 03256 03257 03260 03261 03264 03267 03270 03271 03273 03274 03275 03276 03280 03281 03282 03283 03286 03287

Pages

79 79 79 79 79 79 60, 72 59, 60, 62, 72, 159 Modular front plate width 600/650 4m 58, 59, 72, 159 Modular front plate width 600/650 5m 58, 62, 72 Modular front plate W300 3m 59, 62, 72 Modular front plate W300 4m 58, 59, 72 Modular front plate W850 3m 71, 72 Modular front plate W850 4m 71, 72 Modular front plate W850 5m 71, 72 Blanking strip, W = 1000 mm 41, 58, 59, 62, 71, 73, 153 4 divisible blanking plates W90 41, 45, 58, 59, 62, 71, 73, 153 NSX blanking plate electronic trip unit 41 Front plate 3 modular rows width 600/650 8m 59, 72 Front plate CVS250 horizontal fixed toggle W600 4m 44, 159 Front plate INS-INV250 horizontal W600 4m 50 Front plate NSX/CVS250 horizontal fixed toggle/ 40, 44, 159 rotary handle W600 4m Front plate NSX250 horizontal fixed motor W600 4m 40 Front plate change-over INS-INV250 rotary handle 53 width 600/650 5m Front plate vigi CVS250 horizontal fixed toggle W600 44, 159 4m Front plate INS250 horizontal W850 4m 70 Front plate 3-4 vigi NSX/CVS250 vertical fixed toggle 41, 45 width 600/650 7m Front plate 3-4 NSX/CVS250 vertical fixed toggle/ 41, 45 rotary handle width 600/650 5m Front plate 3-4 vigi NSX/CVS250 vertical rotary 41, 45 handle/tel/plug-in W600 7m Front plate changeover NSX250 vertical rotary 52 handle width 600/650 5m Front plate changeover INS250 width 600/650 5m 53 Front plate INS250 vertical width 600/650 5m 51 Blanking plate NSX/CVS250-EZC100 vertical W147 41, 45, 49 Front plate CVS250 vertical fixed toggle W300 9m 45, 160 Front plate INS-INV250 vertical W300 9m 51 Front plate Vigi CVS 250 vertical fixed toggle W300 45 11m Front plate NSX/CVS 250 vertical fixed toggle/rotary 41, 45, 160 handle W300 9m Front plate CVS250 horizontal fixed toggle W850 4m 68 Front plate Vigi CVS 250 horizontal fixed toggle 68 W850 4m M+fr plate NG125/INS160 W600 6m Pack250 159 M+fr plate NG160 W600 6m Pack250 159 M+fr plate INS/INV250 h.fix.tog. W600 6m Pack250 159 M+fr plate INS/INV250 W300 9m Pack250 160 Front plate CVS 630 horizontal fixed toggle W600 46, 48 6m Front plate INS630 horizontal W600 9m 50 Front plate CVS630 vertical fixed toggle width 47, 49 600/650 9m Front plate INS630 vertical width 600/650 10m 51 Front plate NSX/CVS 630 vertical toggle/rotary 43, 47 handle/plug-in width 600/650 9m Front plate Vigi CVS 630 vertical fixed toggle W600 47 11m Front plate CVS630 vertical fixed toggle W300 8m 47 Front plate INS-INV 250-630 vertical W300 10m 51 Front plate Vigi CVS 630 vertical fixed toggle W300 47 5m Front plate NSX/CVS 630 vertical fixed rotary handle 43, 47 W300 12m Front plate CVS 630 horizontal fixed toggle W850 69 6m Front plate INS630 hz W850 6m 70 Captive nuts for M6 hexagonal spacers (20) Hexagonal spacers, H = 9 mm, 4 M6 Hexagonal spacers, H = 23 mm, 4 M6 Hexagonal spacers, H = 55 mm, 4 M6 Hexagonal spacers, H = 25 mm, 4 M6 Hexagonal spacers, H = 40 + 10 mm, 4 M8 Modular front plate width 600/650 2m Modular front plate width 600/650 3m

Cat. no. Designation 03289 03290

03320 03321 03325 03326 03327 03328 03329 03342

Front plate NSX630 horizontal fixed toggle W850 6m Front plate NSX250 horizontal plug-in toggle W600 4m Front plate Vigi NSX/CVS 250 horizontal toggle/ rotary handle W600 4m Front plate Vigi NSX250 vertical toggle W300 9m Front plate NSX250 horizontal fixed toggle W850 4m Front plate Vigi NSX250 horizontal fixed toggle W850 4m Front plate NSX630 horizontal fixed toggle W600 6m Front plate Vigi NSX/CVS630 vertical toggle/rotary handle W600 9m Front plate NSX630 vertical fixed toggle W300 8m Front plate Vigi NSX630 vertical fixed toggle W300 10m Front plate NSX/EZC 250 horizontal fixed rotary handle W850 4m Front plate 3-15 EZC100 vertical width 600/650 5m Front plate EZC250 horizontal width 600/650 4m Front plate EZC250 vertical width 600/650 7m Front plate INF32/40 3P vertical width 600/650 3m Front plate INF32hz 3/4P-INF32-40 v4P width 600/650 3m Front plate INF63-160 hz/v. 3/4p width 600/650 5m Front plate INF63 v.4P-INF160 v.3/4P width 600/650 5m Front plate ISFT100 vertical width 600/650 6m Front plate ISFT160 vertical width 600/650 6m Front plate ISFT100n vertical width 600/650 8m Front plate ISFT160 horizontal W600 3m Front plate ISFT160 vertical W300 6m Front plate ISFT250 horizontal W600 5m Front plate ISFT250 vertical W300 9m Transparent front plate width 600/650 4m

03343

Transparent front plate width 600/650 6m

03344

Transparent front plate width 600/650 9m

03345 03352 03353 03354 03363 03364 03581 03583 03801

Transparent front plate width 600/650 12m Transparent front plate W300 4m Transparent front plate W300 6m Transparent front plate W300 9m Transparent front plate W850 6m Transparent front plate W850 9m Universal angle brackets (2) Universal angle brackets (6) Plain front plate width 600/650 1m

03802

Plain front plate width 600/650 2m

03803

Plain front plate width 600/650 3m

03804

Plain front plate width 600/650 4m

03805 03806

Plain front plate width 600/650 5m Plain front plate width 600/650 6m

03807 03808 03811

Plain front plate width 600/650 9m Plain front plate width 600/650 12m Plain front plate W300 1m

03812

Plain front plate W300 2m

03813 03814

Plain front plate W300 3m Plain front plate W300 4m

03815 03816 03817

Plain front plate W300 5m Plain front plate W300 6m Plain front plate W300 9m

03292 03293 03294 03295 03296 03297 03298 03299 03301 03303 03304 03305 03312 03313 03314 03315

Pages

67 40

40, 44, 159 41, 160 66 66 42 43, 47 43 43 66, 68 49 48 49 55 54, 55 54, 55 55 57 57 57 56, 159 57, 160 56, 159 57, 160 60, 62, 63, 72 60, 62, 72, 151 60, 61, 72, 151 60, 72 62, 63, 72 62, 72 61, 72 72 72 79 79 40, 41, 43, 50, 51, 56, 57, 62, 63, 72, 159 41, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 72, 159 42, 43, 46, 47, 48, 50, 52, 62, 72 43, 47, 63, 72 63, 72 51, 61, 63, 72, 151 61, 72, 151 72 43, 58, 62, 63, 72, 160 41, 43, 45, 47, 51, 72, 160 62, 72, 160 47, 63, 72, 160 72, 160 72, 160 61, 72, 160

5

Catalogue number index

Index

Cat. no. Designation 03851

Pages

03914 03923 03925 03928

66, 69, 70, 72 Plain front plate W850 3m 66, 67, 69, 70, 72 Plain front plate W850 4m 72 Plain front plate W850 6m 72 Plain front plate W850 9m 72 Plain front plate W850 11m 72 Front plate for fan or grill width 600/650 7m 72 IP30 ventilated front plate width 600/650 1m 72, 84 IP30 ventilated front plate width 600/650 3m 72, 84 Support 72x72 metering device/push-button for front 65 plate 03904/visor 03928 Support 96x96 metering device/push-button for front 65 plate 03904/visor 03928 Support with 72x72 cut-out for metering dev/p-button 65 for fr.pl.03904/visor 03928 Support with 96x96 cut-out for metering dev/p-button 65 for fr.pl.03904/visor 03928 Front plate 72x72/96x96 cut-out for metering device/ 65 push-button width 600/650 3m Support 72x72 metering dev/p-button for cut-out 65 front plate 03910/03912 Support 96x96 metering dev/p-button for cut-out 65 front plate 03911/03913 Front plate with 6 cut-out 72x72 metering 65 dev/p-button width 600/650 3m Front plate with 4 cut-out 96x96 metering 65 dev/p-button width 600/650 3m Front plate 1 cut-out 144x144 +4cut-out72x72 65 metering dev/p-button width 600/650 4m Front plate with 1 cut-out 96x96 metering 65 dev/p-button width 600/650 3m Front plate 12 push-button/lamps width 600/650 2m 65 Front plate with 1 pre cut-out 96x96 W300 3m 65 Front plate with 4 pre cut-out 96x96 W850 3m 65 Visor 30°for metering dev/pb 72x72/96x96 65, 124

04000

Linergy FM 4P dist. block 80 A

04008

Linergy FM 4P dist. block 63 A 12M 20 holes

04012 04013 04014 04018 04021

Linergy FM 2P dist. block 200 A 24M 24 holes Linergy FM 3P dist. block 200 A 24M 42 holes Linergy FM 4P dist. block 200 A 24M 54 holes Linergy FM 4P dist. block 160 A 12M 27 holes 4P conn. Linergy BW insul. BB/Lin. FM d.blk 200 A

04024 04026

4P conn. Linergy BS stage BB/Lin. FM d.blk 200 A Linergy FM 4P distribution block 200 A 36 modules 81 holes quick connection 4 conn. Linergy BS rear BB/ Linergy FM dist. blk 200 A 4 conn. NG160/Linergy FM dist.blk 160 A Linergy DX 1P distribution block 160 A 4M 6 holes

03853 03854 03856 03859 03861 03890 03891 03895 03900 03901 03902 03903 03904 03907 03908 03910 03911 03912 03913

04000

04029 04030 04031 04033

Plain front plate W850 1m

Linergy DP 3P distribution block/ Compact 250 A 27 holes

04034

Linergy DP 4P distribution block/ Compact 250 A 36 holes

04037 04040 04041 04045

4 copper spacers for Linergy DP 250 Linergy DX (top connection) Linergy DX (bottom connection) Linergy DX 4P dist. block 125 A 6 M 52 holes

04046

Linergy DX 4P d.blk/NG160 160 A 6 M 52 holes

04047

4 conn. NG125/Linergy DX dist. block 125 A

04052 04053 04054

Linergy BS 4P multistage BB 160 A 52 holes Linergy BS 4P multistage BB 250 A 52 holes Linergy BS 4P multistage BB 400 A 52 holes

6

103, 155, 165 103, 155, 165 103, 165 103, 165 103, 165 103, 165 82, 90, 91, 102 83, 95, 102 103 83, 95, 102 83, 102 49, 55, 57, 58, 71, 97, 155, 165 40, 41, 44, 45, 50, 51, 66, 68, 70, 98, 165 40, 41, 44, 45, 50, 51, 66, 68, 70, 98, 165 51 96, 155, 165 96, 155, 165 58, 71, 97, 155, 165 58, 71, 97, 155, 165 58, 71, 97, 155 94, 165 94, 165 94

Cat. no. Designation 04055 04060 04061

04062 04064 04065 04066 04067 04070 04071 04073 04074 04075 04076 04103 04104 04107 04108 04111 04112 04113 04114 04116 04117 04118 04119 04121 04122 04123 04124 04126 04127 04128 04129 04145 04146 04147 04148 04149 04150 04151 04152 04155 04156 04158 04161 04162 04163 04171 04172 04173

Pages

94 40, 44, 50, 51, 66, 68, 70, 80, 91 Power supply block universal 250A 4P 41, 44, 45, 51, 54, 55, 56, 57, 68, 81, 91 Copper connection 250 A vertical 4P/universal power 41, 45, 51, supply W600 80, 81, 91 Copper connection 250 A vertical 4P/universal power 41, 45, 51, supply W300 81, 91 Copper connection NSX/CVS/INS 250 v.4P/staged 41, 45, 51, busbar W300 82 Incomer connection block NSX/INS/INV 250 4P top 40, 50, 66, 70, 80 Incomer connection block NSX/INS/INV 250 4P 40, 50, 66, bottom 70, 80 Power supply block NSX/CVS/INS-INV 400 4P 42, 46, 50, 67, 69, 70, 80, 91 Power supply block NSX/CVS/INS-INV 630 4P 42, 46, 50, 67, 69, 70, 80, 91 Copper connection NSX/CVS/INS-INV 630 4P/ 43, 47, 51, universal power supply 81, 91 Universal power supply block 400-630 A 43, 47, 51, 81, 91 Copper connection NSX/CVS/INS 630 v.4P/ staged 43, 47, 51, busbar Linergy BS 82 Incoming connection block NSX630 hz in-duct 42, 67, 80 90, 155, 165 Linergy BW 3P insulated busbar 125 A L450 90, 155, 165 Linergy BW 4P insulated busbar 125 A L450 90, 155, 165 Linergy BW 3P insulated busbar 125 A L750 90, 155, 165 Linergy BW 4P insulated busbar 125 A L750 90, 165 Linergy BW 3P insulated busbar 160 A L1000 90, 165 Linergy BW 3P insulated busbar 250 A L1000 90 Linergy BW 3P insulated busbar 400 A L1000 90 Linergy BW 3P insulated busbar 630 A L1000 90, 165 Linergy BW 3P insulated busbar 160 A L1400 90, 165 Linergy BW 3P insulated busbar 250 A L1400 90 Linergy BW 3P insulated busbar 400 A L1400 90 Linergy BW 3P insulated busbar 630 A L1400 90, 165 Linergy BW 4P insulated busbar 160 A L1000 90, 165 Linergy BW 4P insulated busbar 250 A L1000 90 Linergy BW 4P insulated busbar 400 A L1000 90 Linergy BW 4P insulated busbar 630 A L1000 90, 165 Linergy BW 4P insulated busbar 160 A L1400 90, 165 Linergy BW 4P insulated busbar 250 A L1400 90 Linergy BW 4P insulated busbar 400 A L1400 90 Linergy BW 4P insulated busbar 630 A L1400 Copper connections 125A 4P W230 with 35² ferrule 91, 155 + 45° angle lug Copper connections 160 A 4P W250 with 45² ferrule 91, 155 + 45° angle lug Connections 160 A 4P Linergy BW/device 160 A 82, 91, 155 W165 Connections 160 A 4P Linergy BW/device 160 A 82, 91, 155 W440 Connections 160 A 4P L380 /Linergy DX 1P 58, 71, 97, 155 82, 90, 91, 8 IPxxB covers/ Linergy BW insulated busbar 102 82, 90, 155 12 terminals 6/10² for Linergy BW busbar 82, 90 12 terminals 1 x 16² for Linergy BW busbar 98, 165 Additional block 2 x 35² 3P/ Linergy DP 250 A 98, 165 Additional block 2 x 35² 4P/ Linergy DP 250 A 90 20 screws 8.8 class M6 x 12/ Linergy BW busbar 92, 93, 165 4 threaded bars 160 A L1000/Linergy BS busbar 92, 93, 165 4 threaded bars 250 A L1000/Linergy BS busbar 92, 93 4 threaded bars 400 A L1000/Linergy BS busbar 92, 93, 165 4 threaded bars 160 A L1400/Linergy BS busbar 92, 93, 165 4 threaded bars 250 A L1400/Linergy BS busbar 92, 93 4 threaded bars 400 A L1400/Linergy BS busbar Linergy BS 4P multistage busbar 630 A 52 holes Power supply block NSX/CVS/INS/INV 250 4P

Catalogue number index

Index

Cat. no. Designation

04174 04190 04191 04192 04194 04195 04197 04198 04200 04201 04202 04203 04206 04207 04208 04210 04214 04215 04220 04223 04224 04226 04227 04228 04233 04234 04235 04239 04243 04255 04256 04257 04263 04264 04265 04266 04267 04330 04331 04332 04333 04335 04336 04742 04743 04746 04751 04752 04753

4 threaded bars 630 A L1400/Linergy BS busbar Copper angle brackets (4), 250 A Linergy BS rear busbar support 400 A Linergy BS multistage busbar support 630 A 20 bolts 8.8 class M6 x 20 /5 mm copper bar 40 screws 8.8 class M6 x 16/threaded bar Barrier H1500 mm/Linergy BS multistage busbar 630 A Barrier H100 mm /Linergy BS rear busbar 400 A

Cat. no. Designation

Pages

07950 07951 07952 07953 07955 07956

Insert bloc combinaison.9mm male triangle Insert bloc combinaison.6mm male square Insert bloc combinaison.7mm male square Insert bloc combinaison.8mm male square Insert bloc combinaison.6mm female square Barrel bloc with combination lock number 2432E

126 126 126 126 126 126

08002

150

109, 165

08006

110 76, 78, 155 78 78 109, 165 109, 165 109, 165 78

08012 08013 08064

08082 08083 08084 08085 08086 08092 08093 08094 08095 08096 08102 08103 08104 08105 08106 08107 08108 08109 08113 08114 08115 08116 08117 08118 08119 08122 08123 08124

Wall-mounted enclosure 2 rows Prisma Pack 160 IP30 Wall-mounted enclosure 3 rows Prisma Pack 160 IP30 Wall-mounted enclosure 4 rows Prisma Pack 160 IP30 Wall-mounted enclosure 5 rows Prisma Pack 160 IP30 Wall-mounted enclosure 6 rows Prisma Pack 160 IP30 Extension enclosure 2 rows Prisma Pack 160 Extension enclosure 3 rows Prisma Pack 160 Wall-mounted enclosure 2 rows + 6m free Prisma Pack 250 IP30 Wall-mounted enclosure 3 rows + 6m free Prisma Pack 250 IP30 Wall-mounted enclosure 4 rows + 6m free Prisma Pack 250 IP30 Wall-mounted enclosure 5 rows + 6m free Prisma Pack 250 IP30 Wall-mounted enclosure 6 rows + 6m free Prisma Pack 250 IP30 Wall-mounted enclosure 7 rows + 6m free Prisma Pack 250 IP30 Floor-standing enclosure 7 rows + 6m free Prisma Pack 250 IP30 Floor-standing enclosure 8 rows + 6m free Prisma Pack 250 IP30 Floor-standing enclosure 9 rows + 6m free Prisma Pack 250 IP30 Plain door 2r Pack 160 Plain door 3r Pack 160 Plain door 4r Pack 160 Plain door 5r Pack 160 Plain door 6r Pack 160 Transparent door 2r Pack 160 Transparent door 3r Pack 160 Transparent door 4r Pack 160 Transparent door 5r Pack 160 Transparent door 6r Pack 160 Wall-mounted enclosure W600 6m Prisma G IP30 Wall-mounted enclosure W600 9m Prisma G IP30 Wall-mounted enclosure W600 12m Prisma G IP30 Wall-mounted enclosure W600 15m Prisma G IP30 Wall-mounted enclosure W600 18m Prisma G IP30 Wall-mounted enclosure W600 21m Prisma G IP30 Wall-mounted enclosure W600 24m Prisma G IP30 Wall-mounted enclosure W600 27m Prisma G IP30 Extension enclosure W600 9m Prisma G IP30 Extension enclosure W600 12m Prisma G IP30 Extension enclosure W600 15m Prisma G IP30 Extension enclosure W600 18m Prisma G IP30 Extension enclosure W600 21m Prisma G IP30 Extension enclosure W600 24m Prisma G IP30 Extension enclosure W600 27m Prisma G IP30 Plain door W600 6m Prisma G IP30 Plain door W600 9m Prisma G IP30 Plain door W600 12m Prisma G IP30

08125

Plain door W600 15m Prisma G IP30

08126

Plain door W600 18m Prisma G IP30

08127

Plain door W600 21m Prisma G IP30

08128

Plain door W600 24m Prisma G IP30

08132 08133 08134

Transparent door W600 6m Prisma G IP30 Transparent door W600 9m Prisma G IP30 Transparent door W600 12m Prisma G IP30

Earth bar with 1 terminal 35² and 40 clamps L450 Linergy TB 12 x 3 mm direct earth bar with 1 terminal 35² W330 Linergy TB Earth bar (2) with 1 termibal 35² and 20 clamps W200 Linergy TB 4P auxiliary bus duct W1755 Linergy MS 2 fixing brackets for add. bar H15 2 fixing brackets for add. bar H45 2 fixing brackets for add. bar H80 2 insulated spacers for neutral bar Linergy TB 4 earth block 12x4² quick connection Linergy TB 4 earth block 3x16² quick connection Linergy TB Mounting plate for terminal block and earth bar in duct Mounting plate with 4 vertical DIN rails for terminal blocks Raisers, 5 Practic Modular device rail, W=1600 mm Rail and raisers modular Linergy MS auxiliaries terminal block 10 in/20 out Trunking for door, W=2000 mm Grommets for wiring through front (10) Flexible trunking for wiring to door Horizontal cable straps (12) Covers for horizontal cable straps (4) Horizontal trunking supports (12) Adaptable support for horizontal trunking (10) Horiz. trunking sections (4), W = 450 mm, + supports Covers for vertical cable straps (2), L = 1000 mm Vertical cable straps, Prisma G (12) Vertical trunking supports (12) 10 vertical trunking plates Vertical trunking L2000 Vertical partition Prisma G IP30 Horizontal partition W600 Prisma G IP30/IP55 Horizontal partition W300 Prisma G IP30/IP55 Horizontal partition Prisma Pack 160 Vertical partition H36m Prisma G IP30 Horizontal partition W850 Prisma G IP30/IP55 Insulated flexible bar 20 x 2 L1800 Insulated flexible bar 20 x 3 L1800 Insulated flexible bar 32 x 5 L1800 Insulated flexible bar 32 x 5 L1800 Insulated flexible bar 32 x 6 L1800 Insulated flexible bar 32 x 8 L1800

77 77 77 77 76 75 61, 75 61, 75 151 75 75 83 83, 102 83 83 83 83

4 cable connect.1P 160 A 70 mm² Linergy BS 4 cable connect.1P 250 A 185 mm² Linergy BS 4 cable connect 1P 400 A 300 mm² Linergy BS Handle padlocking kit for 2 lockers Barrel bloc with combination lock number 405 Barrel bloc with combination lock number 455 Barrel bloc with combination lock number 1242E Barrel bloc with combination lock number 3113A Barrel bloc with combination lock number 2433A Insert bloc combinaison.DIN double bar Insert bloc combinaison.screwdriver slot Insert bloc combinaison.6.5mm male triangle Insert bloc combinaison.7mm male triangle Insert bloc combinaison.8mm male triangle

95 95 95 126, 163 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126

07000

07051 07052 07053 07938 07940 07941 07942 07943 07944 07945 07946 07947 07948 07949

Pages

92, 93 82 92, 165 93 95 95 43, 47, 51, 93 43, 47, 51, 92 109, 159, 160, 165 109, 165

78 79 73 58, 73, 151 110 76 76 76 77, 155 77, 155 77, 155 77 76, 155

08000 08003

08004 08005

08065 08066 08067 08068 08069 08072 08073 08074

150 150 150 150 150, 151 150, 151 159, 160 159, 160 159, 160 159, 160 159, 160 159, 160 159, 160 159, 160 159, 160 150 150, 151 150 150 150 150, 151 150, 151 150 150 150 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120, 159, 160 120, 159, 160 120, 159, 160 120, 159, 160 120, 159, 160 120 120 120, 159, 160

7

Catalogue number index

Index

Cat. no. Designation 08135

Transparent door W600 15m Prisma G IP30

08136

Transparent door W600 18m Prisma G IP30

08137

Transparent door W600 21m Prisma G IP30

08138

Transparent door W600 24m Prisma G IP30

08172 08173 08174

Wall-mounted duct W300 6m Prisma G IP30 Wall-mounted duct W300 9m Prisma G IP30 Wall-mounted duct W300 12m Prisma G IP30

08175

Wall-mounted duct W300 15m Prisma G IP30

08176

Wall-mounted duct W300 18m Prisma G IP30

08177

Wall-mounted duct W300 21m Prisma G IP30

08178

Wall-mounted duct W300 24m Prisma G IP30

08179

Wall-mounted duct W300 27m Prisma G IP30

08182 08183 08184

Plain duct door W300 6m Prisma G IP30 Plain duct door W300 9m Prisma G IP30 Plain duct door W300 12m Prisma G IP30

08185

Plain duct door W300 15m Prisma G IP30

08186

Plain duct door W300 18m Prisma G IP30

08187

Plain duct door W300 21m Prisma G IP30

08188

Plain duct door W300 24m Prisma G IP30

08197

Transparent duct door W300 21m Prisma G IP30

08198

Transparent duct door W300 24m Prisma G IP30

08202 08203 08204 08205 08212

Floor-standing enclosure W600 27m Prisma G IP30 Floor-standing enclosure W600 30m Prisma G IP30 Floor-standing enclosure W600 33m Prisma G IP30 Floor-standing enclosure W600 36m Prisma G IP30 Extension floor-standing enclosure W600 27m Prisma G IP30 Extension floor-standing enclosure W600 30m Prisma G IP30 Extension floor-standing enclosure W600 33m Prisma G IP30 Extension floor-standing enclosure W600 36m Prisma G IP30 Plain door W600 27m Prisma G IP30

08213 08214 08215 08222 08223 08224 08225 08232 08233 08234 08235 08244 08245 08254 08255 08264 08265 08272 08273 08274 08275 08282

8

Pages

120, 159, 160 120, 159, 160 120, 159, 160 120, 159, 160 120, 121 120, 121 120, 121, 160 120, 121, 160 120, 121, 160 120, 121, 160 120, 121, 160 120, 121, 160 120, 121 120, 121 120, 121, 160 120, 121, 160 120, 121, 160 120, 121, 160 120, 121, 160 120, 121, 160 120, 121, 160 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120

120, 159, 160 Plain door W600 30m Prisma G IP30 120, 159, 160 Plain door W600 33m Prisma G IP30 120, 159, 160 Plain door W600 36m Prisma G IP30 120 Transparent door W600 27m Prisma G IP30 120, 159, 160 Transparent door W600 30m Prisma G IP30 120, 159, 160 Transparent door W600 33m Prisma G IP30 120, 159, 160 Transparent door W600 36m Prisma G IP30 120 Floor-standing enclosure W850 33m Prisma G IP30 120, 121 Floor-standing enclosure W850 36m Prisma G IP30 120 Plain door W850 33m Prisma G IP30 120 Plain door W850 36m Prisma G IP30 120 Transparent door W850 33m Prisma G IP30 120 Transparent door W850 36m Prisma G IP30 120 Floor-standing duct W300 27m Prisma G IP30 120, 121, 160 Floor-standing duct W300 30m Prisma G IP30 120, 121, 160 Floor-standing duct W300 33m Prisma G IP30 120, 121, 160 Floor-standing duct W300 36m Prisma G IP30 120, 121 Plain duct door W300 27m Prisma G IP30 120, 121, 160

Cat. no. Designation 08283

Plain duct door W300 30m Prisma G IP30

08284

Plain duct door W300 33m Prisma G IP30

08285 08292

Plain duct door W300 36m Prisma G IP30 Transparent duct door W300 27m Prisma G IP30

08293

Transparent duct door W300 30m Prisma G IP30

08294

Transparent duct door W300 33m Prisma G IP30

08295 08302 08303 08304 08305 08306 08307 08309 08311 08312 08313 08314 08315 08316 08317 08319 08322 08323 08324 08325 08326 08327 08329 08332 08333 08334 08335 08336 08337 08339 08340 08342

Transparent duct door W300 36m Prisma G IP30 Wall-mounted enclosure W600 7m Prisma G IP55 Wall-mounted enclosure W600 11m Prisma G IP55 Wall-mounted enclosure W600 15m Prisma G IP55 Wall-mounted enclosure W600 19m Prisma G IP55 Wall-mounted enclosure W600 23m Prisma G IP55 Wall-mounted enclosure W600 27m Prisma G IP55 Wall-mounted enclosure W600 33m Prisma G IP55 Wall-mounted enclosure W850 33m Prisma G IP55 Extension enclosure W600 7m Prisma G IP55 Extension enclosure W600 11m Prisma G IP55 Extension enclosure W600 15m Prisma G IP55 Extension enclosure W600 19m Prisma G IP55 Extension enclosure W600 23m Prisma G IP55 Extension enclosure W600 27m Prisma G IP55 Extension enclosure W600 33m Prisma G IP55 Plain door+frame W600 7m Prisma G IP55 Plain door+frame W600 11m Prisma G IP55 Plain door+frame W600 15m Prisma G IP55 Plain door+frame W600 19m Prisma G IP55 Plain door+frame W600 23m Prisma G IP55 Plain door+frame W600 27m Prisma G IP55 Plain door+frame W600 33m Prisma G IP55 Transparent door + frame W600 7m Prisma G IP55 Transparent door + frame W600 11m Prisma G IP55 Transparent door + frame W600 15m Prisma G IP55 Transparent door + frame W600 19m Prisma G IP55 Transparent door + frame W600 23m Prisma G IP55 Transparent door + frame W600 27m Prisma G IP55 Transparent door + frame W600 33m Prisma G IP55 Transparent door + frame W850 33m Prisma G IP55 Duct (rear enclosure + plain door) W300 7m Prisma G IP55 Duct (rear enclosure + plain door) W300 11m Prisma G IP55 Duct (rear enclosure + plain door) W300 15m Prisma G IP55 Duct (rear enclosure + plain door) W300 19m Prisma G IP55 Duct (rear enclosure + plain door) W300 23m Prisma G IP55 Duct (rear enclosure + plain door) W300 27m Prisma G IP55 Duct (rear enclosure + plain door) W300 33m Prisma G IP55 2 side panels 7m Prisma G IP55 2 side panels 11m Prisma G IP55 2 side panels 15m Prisma G IP55 2 side panels 19m Prisma G IP55 2 side panels 23m Prisma G IP55 2 side panels 27m Prisma G IP55 2 side panels 33m Prisma G IP55 2 side panels 7m 2 cut-out Prisma G IP55 2 side panels 11m 2 cut-out Prisma G IP55 2 side panels 15m 2 cut-out Prisma G IP55 2 side panels 19m 2 cut-out Prisma G IP55 2 side panels 23m 2 cut-out Prisma G IP55 2 side panels 27m 2 cut-out Prisma G IP55 2 side panels 33m 2 cut-out Prisma G IP55 2 plain upper/low plate W600 Prisma G IP55 2 plain upper/low plate W300 Prisma G IP55 Partial plain door 4m Prisma G IP55/11-27m Partial plain door 6m Prisma G IP55/33m Partial plain door 4m Prisma G IP55/11-27m Partial plain door 6m Prisma G IP55/33m Horizontal or vertical combination kit Prisma G IP55 L combination kit Prisma G IP55

08343 08344 08345 08346 08347 08349 08352 08353 08354 08355 08356 08357 08359 08362 08363 08364 08365 08366 08367 08369 08371 08372 08374 08375 08376 08377 08381 08382

Pages

120, 121, 160 120, 121, 160 120, 121 120, 121, 160 120, 121, 160 120, 121, 160 120, 121 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 141 141 141 141 141 141 141 136 136 140 140 140 140 137 137

Catalogue number index

Index

Cat. no. Designation

08383 08384 08386 08387 08391 08392 08393 08394 08395 08396 08585 08783 08801 08802 08803 08804 08805 08806 08807 08809 08811 08812

Square combination kit Prisma G IP55 Vertical partition Prisma G IP55 Canopy W600 Prisma G IP55 Canopy W300 Prisma G IP55 1 mounting upright L1950 Prisma G IP55 1 lateral plinth support H150 Prisma G IP55 1 plinth cover panel W600 Prisma G IP55 1 plinth cover panel W300 Prisma G IP55 Pole-mounting kit for enclosures Prisma G IP55 2 lifting rings Prisma G IP55 Front plate hinge kit (2) Form C cable-tie support W=1600 2 lifting rings for Prisma G IP30 Plinth H150 W850 Prisma G ip55 4 external brackets for Pack 160 4 external brackets for Prisma G IP30 Plinth raiser W600 H100mm Prisma G IP30 Plinth raiser W850 H100mm Prisma G IP30 Plinth raiser W300 H100mm Prisma G IP30 2 lifting cross-members W850+300 /G IP30 2 lifting cross-members W600+600 /G IP30 2 lifting cross-members W600+300 /G IP30

08813 08814

2 lifting cross-members W600+300+600 /G IP30 2 lifting cross-members W600+600+300+300 /G IP30 Combination kit for floor-standing enclosure Prisma G IP30 additional combination kit Prisma G IP30 2 vertical combination uprights Prisma G IP30

08815 08816 08817 08818 08819 08820 08821 08822 08823 08824 08826 08827 08830 08831 08832 08833 08836 08837 08841 08861 08862 08863 08864 08866

08867

08868 08870 08871 08872 08874 08875 08876 08878 08879

Pages

137 75 138 138 137, 138 138 138 138 138 137 73 76 123, 161 136 153 123, 161 124, 161 124 161 122, 123 122, 123 122, 123, 161 122, 123 122, 123 122, 127

122 122, 151, 153 Multiple combination kit Prisma G IP30 122 Flush-mounting kit for W600 h6-18m encl/G IP30 124 Flush-mounting kit for W600 h21-27m encl/G IP30 124 Trunking spreader Pack 160 152 Flush-mounting kit Pack 160 153 IP31 canopy for Pack 160 152 Trunking spreader for Prisma G IP30 124 2 lifting cross-members W600+600+300+300+300 / 122, 123 G IP30 IP31 canopy W600+W300+W300 Prisma G 121 IP31 canopy W600 Prisma G 121, 161 IP31 canopy W600+W600 Prisma G 121 IP31 canopy W600+W300 Prisma G 121, 161 IP31 canopy W600+W300+W600 Prisma G 121 IP31 canopy W850 Prisma G 121 IP31 canopy W850+W300 Prisma G 121 IP43 door gasket L5300 Prisma G 121, 152, 161 Blanking plate/support 200x112 Prisma G IP55 140, 141 Support 200x112 for 8 push-button diameter 22 140 Prisma G IP55 Support 200x112 for 2 industrial sockets 65x85 140, 141 Prisma G IP55 Support 200x112 for 2 industrial sockets 65x85 + 140, 141 90x100 Prisma G IP55 2 cable tie support adapter 41, 43, 44, 45, 47, 51, 52, 53, 66, 68, 70, 76 2 cable tie support W600 Prisma G 41, 43, 44, 45, 51, 52, 53, 66, 68, 70, 76, 155 4 cable tie support W300 Prisma G 41, 43, 44, 45, 47, 51, 76 Plain metal gland plate W600 /G IP30 125 Cut-out metal gland plate W600 /G IP30 125 Membrane gland plate 25 entries diameter 5-26mm 125, 139 Prisma G IP30 and IP55 Plain metal gland plate W300 /G IP30 125 Cut-out metal gland plate W300 /G IP30 125 Cut-out metal plate for FL21 gland plate installation 139 Prisma G IP55 Cut-out metal plate + plastic interface prisma Pack 152 160 IP30 Plain metal gland plate Pack 160 IP30 152

Cat. no. Designation 08880

Pages

08900 08903 08904 08905 08906 08907 08908 08910

Cut-out metal plate + plastic interface W850 Prisma G IP30 Plastic plain gland plate for ref 08871/08875/08876 Prisma G IP30 and IP55 Horizontal combination strip W600 Prisma G IP30 Plate + plastic interface W850 Prisma G IP30 Plate + plastic interface W300 Prisma G IP30 Horizontal combination strip W300/G IP30 Gland plate for W600 plinth floor-standing enclosure Prisma G Gland plate for w300 plinth floor-standing enclosure Prisma G Gland plate for w850 plinth floor-standing enclosure Prisma G Knockout gland plate 12 entries m12-25 for ref 08871/08875/08876 G IP30 and IP55 Knockout gland plate 4 entries m20-40 for ref 08871/08875/08876 G IP30 and IP55 Knockout gland plate 13 entries m16-20 for ref 08871/08875/08876 G IP30 and IP55 Membrane glandplate 35 entries diam.5-32mm for ref 08871/08875/08876 G IP30 and IP55 Membrane glandplate 2 entries diam.28+60mm for ref 08871/08875/08876 G IP30 + IP55 Glandplate 39 entries diameter 7 to 26mm direct mounting Prisma G IP55 Glandplate 2 entries diameter 33 to 72mm direct mounting Prisma G IP55 Switchboard identification plate 12 adhesive label holders 24x432 width 600/650 12 adhesive label holders 36x432 width 600/650 12 adhesive label holders 24x180 W300 12 adhesive label holders 36x180 W300 12 adhesive label holders 24x650 W850 12 adhesive label holders 36x650 W850 Earthing braid, 6 mm²

08911

Earthing wire, 6 mm²

08913 08914 08915 08916 08917 08918 08931 08932 08933 08934 08935 08936 08938 08939 08940 08941 08942 08943 08944 08945 08946 08947 08948 08949 08950 08951 08952 08953 08955 08956 08961 08963 08964 08965

12 clip-on labels 18x35 12 engraving plates 18x35 /support 08913 12 clip-on labels 18x72 12 engraving plates 18x72 /support 08915 12 clip-on labels 25x85 12 engraving plates 25x85 /support 08917 Standard handle, Ral 7016 Poignée sans insert EURO Handle without insert, ASSA-ABLOY Handle for cylinder, EURO, IP55 Handle, IP55, L = 155 mm IP55 door latch with lock and 2 no. 405 keys Handle padlocking kit IP55 handle padlocking kit Barrel lock no. 405 Barrel lock no. 455 Barrel lock no. 1242 E Barrel lock no. 3113 A Barrel lock no. 2433 A DIN double bar insert Screwdriver slot insert Triangle insert, 6.5 mm male Triangle insert, 7 mm male Triangle insert, 8 mm male Triangle insert, 9 mm male Square insert, 6 mm male Square insert, 7 mm male Square insert, 8 mm male Square insert, 6 mm female Barrel lock no. 2432E Touch-up paint brush Adhesive drawing holder Switchboard lighting Switchboard portable lamp

74 74 74 74 74 74 74 61, 124, 154, 163 124, 151, 154, 163 74 74 74 74 74 74 126, 163 126, 163 126, 163 142 142 142 126, 163 142 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 74 74 60 60

Slot handle insert IP55 for screwdriver

142

08881 08882 08883 08884 08885 08887 08888 08889 08891 08892 08895 08896 08897 08898 08899

09000 09931

128

125, 139 122 128 128 122 121 121 121 125, 139 125, 139 125, 139 125, 139 125, 139 139 139

9

Catalogue number index

Index

Cat. no. Designation

09932 09933 09934 09937 09939 09942 09943 09945 09946 09947 09948 09949 09981 09982 09983 09984 09985 09986 09988 09989

Pages

Double bar handle insert IP55, 3 mm IP55 barrel + 2 no. 2433 A keys IP55 8 mm male triangle insert for handle (CNOMO) IP55 7 mm male triangle insert for handle IP55 9 mm male triangle insert for handle (EDF) IP55 barrel + 2 no. 1242E keys IP55 barrel + 2 no. 3113A keys IP55 barrel + 2 no. 455 keys IP55 6 mm female square insert for handle IP55 7 mm male square insert for handle IP55 8 mm male square insert for handle IP55 6 mm male square insert for handle IP55 screwdriver slot insert for door IP55 3 mm double bar insert for door IP55 7 mm male triangle insert for door IP55 8 mm male triangle insert for door (CNOMO) IP55 9 mm male triangle insert for door IP55 6 mm male square insert for door IP55 8 mm male square insert for door IP55 6 mm female square insert for door

142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142

Lateral tooth-caps for comb busbar - set of 10 Comb busbar for 12 modules C60 Clario Comb busbar for 48 modules C60 Clario left Comb busbar for 48 modules C60 Clario right

107 107 107 107

Installation accessory for Kaedra enclosure: 103 x 225 mm plate - 2 openings Installation accessory for Kaedra enclosure: 103 x 225 mm plate - for 65 x 65 or 75 x 75 mm outlet Installation accessory for Kaedra enclosure: 103 x 225 mm plate - for 100 x 107 mm outlet Self-adhesive label sheets for common symbols (10) Self-adhesive label sheets for special symbols (10)

141

74 74

Comb busbar (W = 430 mm, 16 poles) 1P Comb busbar (W = 430 mm, 16 poles) 2P Comb busbar (W = 430 mm, 16 poles) 3P Comb busbar (W = 430 mm, 16 poles) 4P Tooth caps (set of 20) Insulated connectors for 25 mm² cables (4)

104 104 104 104 104 104

Comb busbar 1P + N - 80 A - L = 18 x 18 mm Comb busbar 3 poles + N - 80 A,18 modules

107 107

Comb busbar for DPN - 2P - 96 mod (9 mm) Comb busbar for DPN - 3P - 96 mod (9 mm) Lateral tooth-caps - 2P Lateral tooth-caps - 3P Tooth-caps (12) Insulated connectors 25 mm2 (set of 4) Comb busbar PH + N 12 poles Comb busbar PH + N 24 poles Comb busbar 3P and N 12 poles Comb busbar 3P and N 24 poles

107 107 107 107 107 107 107 107 107 107

28947 28948

INS tunnel terminals 3P INS tunnel terminals 4P

91 91

31073 31140 31141 31142 31143 31144 31145 31146 31147

Mechanical interlocking Source changeover assembly - 100 A-3P Source changeover assembly - 100 A-4P Source changeover assembly - 200 A-3P Source changeover assembly - 200 A-4P Source changeover assembly - 160 A-3P Source changeover assembly - 160 A-4P Source changeover assembly - 250 A-3P Source changeover assembly - 250 A-4P

53 53 53 53 53 53 53 53 53

10000

10405 10545 10546 10547

13000 13142 13143 13144 13735 13736

14000

14811 14812 14813 14814 14818 14885

19000

19512 19516

21000

21089 21093 21094 21095 21096 21098 21501 21503 21505 21507

28000 31000

10

141 141

Cat. no. Designation

Pages

49860

57

49000 49861 49862 49863 49864 49865 49869 49872 49890

Distribution connector 3 x 10 mm² (set of 3) for ISFT100 Comb busbar to supply 2 devices - for ISFT100 Comb busbar to supply 3 devices - for ISFT100 Comb busbar to supply 4 devices - for ISFT100 Insulated comb cover for free outgoer - for ISFT100 Incoming connector (25 to 95 mm²) for comb busbars (set of 3) Long terminal shield Fupact ISFT160-3P Long terminal shield Fupact ISFT250-3P Coupler to connect 2 comb busbars, ISFT100

57 57 57 57 57 56, 57 56, 57 57

Cat. no. A

Designation

Pages

Cat. no.

LGY410028

LV429306 LV429307

Adaptator NSX100/160/250 4P

40

LV429358

Coupling accessory NSX100/250-3P

52

LV429359

Coupling accessory NSX100/160/250-4P 52, 53 Mechanical interlocking for NSX100/250 52 changeover system Short terminal shield NSX100/160/250 3P 40, 41, 45

Comb busbar 1P-N 63A 56 mod.

108

A9N21036

Comb busbar 3P-N repart. 63 A 56 mod.

108

A9N21037

Comb busbar 1P-N Vigi 63 A 56mod.

108

A9N21038

Comb busbar 3P-N Vigi repart. 63 A 56 mod.

108

A9N21039

Set of 20 end caps 1P-N

108

A9N21040

Set of 20 end caps 3P-N

108

A9N21041

Set of 10 phase connectors 63 A

108

A9N21042

Set of 10 neutral connectors 63 A

108

A9N21050

Set of 10 tooth caps

108

A9XAH157

Comb busbar aux. 1P 100 A 57 mod.

105

A9XAH257

Comb busbar aux. 2P 100 A 57 mod.

105

A9XAH357

Comb busbar aux. 3P 100 A 57 mod.

105

A9XAH457

Comb busbar aux. 4P 100 A 57 mod.

105

A9XAH557

Comb busbar aux. 4P repart. 100 A 57 mod.

105

A9XAH657

Comb busbar aux. 3P repart. 100 A 57 mod.

105

A9XPCD04 A9XPCM04

Set of 4 connectors 100 A double terminal 105, 106 105, 106 Set of 4 connectors 100 A monoconnect

A9XPE110

Set of 10 end caps 1P

105

A9XPE210

Set of 10 end caps 2P

105

A9XPE310

Set of 10 end caps 3P

105

A9XPE410

Set of 10 end caps 4P

105

A9XPH106

Comb busbar 1P 100 A 6 mod.

105

A9XPH112

Comb busbar 1P 100 A 12 mod.

105

A9XPH124

Comb busbar 1P 100 A 24 mod.

105

A9XPH157

Comb busbar 1P 100 A 57 mod.

105

A9XPH212

Comb busbar 2P 100 A 12 mod.

105

LV429593

A9XPH224

Comb busbar 2P 100 A 24 mod.

105

A9XPH257

Comb busbar 2P 100 A 57 mod.

105

LV429594

A9XPH312

Comb busbar 3P 100 A 12 mod.

105

Comb busbar 3P 100 A 24 mod.

105

A9XPH357

Comb busbar 3P 100 A 57 mod.

105

A9XPH412

Comb busbar 4P 100 A 12 mod.

105

A9XPH424

Comb busbar 4P 100 A 24 mod.

105

A9XPH457

Comb busbar 4P 100 A 57 mod.

105

A9XPH512

Comb busbar 4P repart. 100 A 12 mod.

105

A9XPH518

Comb busbar 4P repart. 100 A 18 mod.

105

A9XPH524

Comb busbar 4P repart. 100 A 24 mod.

105

A9XPH557

Comb busbar 4P repart. 100 A 57 mod.

105

A9XPM112

Comb busbar 1P 100 A 12 mod.

106

A9XPM212

Comb busbar 2P 100 A 12 mod.

106

A9XPM312

Comb busbar 3P 100 A 12 mod.

106

A9XPM412

Comb busbar 4P 100 A 12 mod

106

A9XPM512

Comb busbar 4P repart. 100 A 12 mod.

106

A9XPT920

Set of 20 tooth caps

105, 106

EZATSHD3P

Long terminal shield EZC100-3P

49

EZATSHD4P

Long terminal shield EZC100-4P

49

EZETSHD3P

Long terminal shield EZC250-3P

48

EZETSHD3PN

Long terminal shield EZC250/EZCV2504P

49

EZETSHD4P

Long terminal shield EZC250-4P

48

EZETSHD4PN

Long terminal shield EZC250/EZCV2504P

49

LGY4230 LGY4231 LGY112510

10 plates + RJ45 female connector 10 plates + 8P auxiliary connectors Distribution block 1P 125 A 10 holes

LGY116013

Distribution block 1P 160 A 13 holes

LGY125014

Distribution block 1P 250 A 14 holes

111 111 100, 155, 165 100, 155, 165 100, 165

E

Pages

100, 155, 165 100, 155, Distribution block 4P 125 A 4 x 12 holes 165 100, 155, Distribution block 4P 125 A 4 x 15 holes 165 100, 155, Distribution block 4P 160 A 4 x 12 holes 165 Linergy BS rear busbar support 400 A 92 Additional neutral bar for screw distribution 100, 155 block - 100 A - 7 connections Additional neutral bar for screw distribution 100, 155 block - 125 A - 12 connections Additional neutral bar for screw distribution 100, 155 block - 125 A - 15 connections 40, 41, 43, Collar Vigi NSX100/630, CVS100/250 44, 45, 47, 66 40 Adaptator NSX100/160/250 3P

A9N21035

A9XPH324

Designation

LGY412548 LGY412560 LGY416048 LGY4193 LGYN1007 LGYN12512 LGYN12515 LV429285

LV429369 LV429515 LV429516

Distribution block 4P 100 A 4 x 7 holes

LV431064

Short terminal shield NSX100/160/250 4P 40, 41, 45, 51 Long terminal shield NSX100/160/250 3P 40, 41, 44, 45, 52, 66, 68 Long terminal shield NSX100/160/250 4P 40, 41, 44, 45, 50, 51, 52, 53, 66, 68, 70 46, 47, 48, Long terminal shield NSX400/630 3P 49, 69 46, 47, 48, Long terminal shield NSX400/630 4P 49, 69 53 Raiser

LV432591

Short terminal shield - 3P-630 A max

43, 47

LV432592

Short terminal shield - 4P - INS/ INV320...630, NSX400...630

43, 47

LV432593

Long terminal shield - 3P - 630 A max pitch 45 mm

42, 43, 46, 47, 67, 69

LV432594 LV480445

42, 43, 46, Long terminal shield - 4 poles - for INS/ INV320...630/NSX400...630 - pitch 45 mm 47, 50, 51, 67, 69, 70 Long terminal shield Fupact INF100/160 54, 55

LV480756

Long terminal shield Fupact ISFT100N

LV429517 LV429518

57

N NSYCAF125

Filter standard G2 M1 cut-out 125 x 125 mm NSYCAF125T Fine filter G3 M1 cut-out 125 x 125 mm NSYCAF223 Filter standard G2 M1 cut-out  223 x 223  mm NSYCAF223T Fine filter G3 M1 cut-out  223 x 223 mm NSYCCOTHD Double Thermos °C (NA NC) NSYCR100WU2 PTC heating resistance 100 W - 110-250 V NSYCR250W230VV Heating resistance ventil. 250 W - 230 V NSYCR55WU2 PTC heating resistance 55 W - 110-250 V NSYCVF560M230PF Forced vent. IP54, 560 m3/h, 230 V + outlet grille and filter G2 NSYCVF850M230PF Forced vent. IP54, 850 m3/h, 230 V + outlet grille and filter G2 NSYTR Terminal blocks NSYTRA Terminal blocks accessories

84 84 84 84 85 85 85 85 84 84 112 112

L

11

Presentation

Overview

To respond to increasing building requirements

Improve the continuity of service

12

Ensure the safety of life and property

Control deadlines and costs

Prisma: the optimised, tested and IEC compliant solution, for low voltage electrical distribution and control switchboards.

Prisma, a comprehensive range of enclosures and cubicles > A solution based on more than 30 years of experience in low voltage switchboards. > Integrating Schneider Electric switchgear offerings and ensuring electrical, mechanical and communication functions complete consistency. > Quality production, certified ISO 9001 and manufactured in Montmélian (France).

13

Presentation

Overview

PB115624_28.eps

Pack 160 enclosures / Prisma G Pack 250 Enclosures up to 630 A IP30, IP40, IP41, IP43, IP55

630 A

> Small companies

160 A

250 A

> Buildings > Offices > Laboratories

> Schools > Small shops > Hotels, etc.

14

Pack

> Healthcare centres > Hotels > Supermarkets > Malls, etc.

Cubicles up to 4000 A IP30, IP31, IP55

4000 A

> Hospitals > Data centres > Logistics centres > Shopping centres

Prisma P

> Offices buildings

Prisma G

15

Presentation

Overview

Simple, functional systems for safe, up to 630 A Switchboards that are safe… With Prisma G you can be sure to build 100 % Schneider Electric switchboards that are safe, optimised: > All components (switchgear, distribution blocks, prefabricated connections, etc.) are perfectly rated and coordinated to work together; > All switchboard configurations, even the most demanding ones, have been tested. You can prove that your switchboard meets the current standards, at any time. You can be sure to build a reliable electrical installation and give your customers full satisfaction in terms of dependability and safety for people.

…a esthetics Prisma G with its discreet design, blends harmoniously into all tertiary buildings, including in entrance halls and passageways.

Available power Safety of people and property Controlled costs and delivery times Upgradeability

16

upgradeable LV switchboards …optimised and upgradeable With Prisma G you can build just the right switchboard for your customer, sized precisely to fit costs and needs. With this complete, prefabricated and tested system, it's easy to upgrade your installation and still maintain the performance levels. > The wall-mounted and floor-standing enclosures combine easily with switchboards already in service. > Devices can be replaced or added at any time.

Simple gestures for cabling in the workshop

Efficient installation and connection work on site

Easy maintenance throughout the switchboard

All connection points are fully accessible and easy to check.

Easy connection on site, whatever the cable cross-section or installation location.

Easy and direct access to devices, in a switchboard in service.

17

Presentation

IEC 61439 standard

The switchboard, central to the electrical installation Both the point of arrival of energy and a device for distribution to the site applications, the LV switchboard is the intelligence of the system, central to the electrical installation. It plays an essential role in the availability of electric power, while meeting the needs of personal and property safety. Its definition, design and installation are based on precise rules; there is no place for improvisation. The IEC 61439 standard aims to better define "low voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies", ensuring that the specified performances are reached. It specifies in particular: > the responsibilities of each player, distinguishing those of the original equipment manufacturer; the organisation that performed the original design and associated verification of an assembly in accordance with the standard, and of the assembly manufacturer - the organisation taking responsibility for the finished assembly; > the design and verification rules, constituting a benchmark for product certification. All the component parts of the electrical switchboard are concerned by the IEC 61439 standard. Equipment produced in accordance with the requirements of this switchboard standard ensures the safety and reliability of the installation. A switchboard must comply with the equirements of standard IEC 61439-1 and 2 to guarantee the safety and reliability of the installation. Managers of installations, fully aware of the professional and legal liabilities weighing on their company and on themselves, demand a high level of safety for the electrical installation. What is more, the serious economic consequences of prolonged halts in production mean that the electrical switchboard must provide excellent continuity of service, whatever the operating conditions.

The Schneider Electric solution > Specify switchboards that comply with standard IEC 61439-1 and 2. > Guarantee a level of safety that has been 100 % tested, from the day the switchboard is installed and throughout its service life. > Ensure a lasting investment through easy upgrading of the installation in compliance with the standard. > Guarantee that the switchboard complies with the technical specifications.

18

Prisma tested switchboards The conformity of the switchboard has been tested and proven. A Prisma switchboard is: > made up of Schneider Electric low voltage devices and components that all comply with the applicable standards; > based on configurations in our catalogue; > made up of Prisma and Linergy mechanical and electrical components that have been subjected to the verification of original equipment manufacturer; > mounted and wired by a panelbuilder in compliance with professional standards; > subjected to the individual verification. Schneider Electric makes available to the panelbuilder everything required to create tested Prisma switchboards, including the basic configurations in the low voltage distribution catalogue, all the documentation for switchboard design and mounting, calculation and design software, etc. Panelbuilders can demonstrate conformity with standard IEC 61439-1 and 2 by presenting the declarations or certificates of conformity for type tests carried out by independent laboratories (ASEFA, ASTA, KEMA, etc.) and supplied by Schneider Electric. The panelbuilder is responsible for the individual routine verification and delivers the corresponding declarations of conformity.

Original Manufacturer and Assembly Manufacturer:

Both involved in tested assemblies Standard IEC 61439 clearly defines the type of verifications that must be conducted by both organisations involved in final conformity of the solution: the Original Manufacturer, guaranteeing assembly system design and the Assembly Manufacturer, responsible for the final conformity of the switchboard.

Proje

ct spe

cifica

tion*

Specifier

sem

S bly

As

Original Manufacturer The organisation that has carried out the original design and the associated verification of an assembly system.

Tes t

m

e yst

Assembly Manufacturer (Panel builder) The organisation (whether or not the same as the OM) responsible for the completed assembly. He is responsible for "Routine verifications" on each panel produced, according to the standard. If he derivates from the instructions of the original manufacturer he has to carry out again design verifications.

ed

As

> Specifies the needs and constraints for design, installation, operation and upgrading of the complete system. > Checks that its requirements have been fully integrated by the Assembly Manufacturer. Depending on the application, the specifier could be the end-user or a design office.

sem

bly

End-User Should ask for a certified LV switchboard. By systematically requesting routine verifications, he ensures that the assembly system used is compliant.

He is responsible for the "Design verifications" listed by IEC 61439-2 including many electrical tests. * Schneider Electric has developed a specification guide.

19

Presentation

IEC 61439 standard

The main 10 functions of standard IEC 61439 For each of the following 10 functions, the standard IEC 61439 requires design verifications from the system manufacturer - mainly through type-tests - and routine verifications on each panel from the Panel Builder to achieve 3 basic goals: safety, continuity of service and compliance with end-user requirements. Safety Voltage stresses withstand capability To withstand long term voltages, and transient and temporary overvoltages according to the insulation coordination principles and requirements.

Current-carrying capability To protect against burns and to withstand temperature rise: > when any circuit is continuously loaded, alone, to the specified current > when the assembly is loaded to the specified current according to the specified load pattern (between circuits and/or as a function of the time).

Short-circuit withstand capability To withstand the stresses resulting from the prospective short-circuit current and from the associated data (High forces between conductors, temp. rise in a very short time, air ionization, overpressure).

Protection against electric shock > Hazardous-live-parts not to be accessible (basic protection) > Accessible conductive parts not to become hazardous-live (fault protection).

Protection against risk of fire or explosion > Resistance to internal glowing elements > Note: protection of persons, and optional protection of the assembly, against arcing due to internal fault can be specified through a "special test" according to IEC 61641.

Continuity of service Maintenance and modification capability Capability to preserve continuity of supply without impairing safety during assembly maintenance or modification > Electrical condition of the assembly or various circuits > Speed of exchange of the functional units > Test facilities…

Electro-Magnetic compatibility To properly function (immunity) and not to generate EM disturbances (emission) in specified environmental conditions: > Industrial networks or locations (Environment A) > Domestic, commercial, and light industrial locations (Environment B).

Compliance with end-user requirements Capability to operate the electrical installation To properly function, according to: > The electrical diagram of the overall system and related information (voltages, coordination…) > The specified operating facilities (e.g. free or restricted access to Man Machine Interfaces, isolation of the outgoing circuits…).

Capability to be installed on site > To withstand handling, transport, storage… and installation constraints > Capability to be erected and connected (type of enclosure, type, material and cross sectional areas of external conductors).

Protection of the assembly against mechanical and atmospheric environmental conditions > Presence of water or solid foreign bodies (IP according to IEC 60529) > External mechanical impacts (optional IK according to IEC 62262) > Indoor or outdoor installation (humidity, UV). 20

IEC 61439-1 paragraph 11.4

Protection against electric shocks and integrity of protection circuits The following should be checked visually: > presence of protective shields against direct and indirect contacts on live parts; > presence of the PE conductor. The continuity of protection circuits is ensured by compliance with the assembly instructions delivered with each product.

Standard individual check sheet in accordance with the IEC 61439-1 and 2 standard from the assembly manufacturer (panelbuilder)

IEC 61439-1 paragraph 11.5

Integration of incorporated components The assembly manufacturer must comply with the instructions of the original equipment manufacturer for installation and wiring of the components used.

Job No.: ................................................................................................. Switchboard No.: ................................................................................... Drawing No./Rev. No.: ............................................................................

Chapter IEC 61439-1 paragraph 11.6

Degrees of protection provided by enclosures

11.2

Internal electric circuits and connections

Insulation clearances and creepage distances

11.3

Protection against electric shocks and integrity of protection circuits

11.4

Integration of incorporated components

11.5

This allows: > not only self-checking to check effective tightening to torque; > but also identification of any loosening.

Internal electric circuits and connections

11.6

Terminals for external conductors

11.7

Mechanical operation

11.8

IEC 61439-1 paragraphe 11.9

Dielectric properties

11.9

Dielectric properties

Wiring, operating performance and function

11.10

The main circuits, and the auxiliary and control circuits connected to the main circuit, shall be subjected to the test voltage in accordance.

Date of verification:

Schneider Electric recommends marking the nut with a tinted acrylic lacquer, indelible and temperature-resistant.

Verified

............ / ............ /............. IEC 61439-1 paragraph 11.10

Wiring, operating performance and function Verification of wiring and marking conformity with the drawings, parts list and diagram.

Verifications performed by: ..........................................................................…………………………

21

Presentation

Electrical switchboards up to 630 A

PB113427.eps

PD390228_SE_2013.eps

The Prisma G functional system can be used for all types of low voltage distribution switchboards up to 630 A, in commercial and industrial environments.

Switchboard design is very simple 1 A metal structure The switchboard is made up of one or more enclosures, combined width-wise and/or height-wise, with a choice of doors (plain or transparent).

2 A distribution system A complete offer of centralised or row distribution blocks, with busbars in duct or on rear of enclosure, provides current distribution over the full height of the switchboard. 3 Complete functional units Built around each device, the functional unit includes: bb a dedicated mounting plate for device installation bb a front plate to block direct access to live parts bb prefabricated busbar connections to connect devices to the busbar bb cable-running accessories can be clipped onto the back of double-profile modular rails. Each functional unit contributes to a function in the switchboard. The system includes everything required for functional unit mounting, supply and connection. The Prisma G and functional unit components, in particular, have been designed and tested according to device characteristics. This design approach ensures a high degree of reliability in system operation and optimum safety.

22

Assets of Prisma switchboards 1 A dependable electrical installation The total compatibility of Schneider Electric devices with the Prisma enclosure is a key advantage in ensuring a high level of installation dependability. 2 An upgradeable electrical installation Thanks to modular design, Prisma switchboards can be easily modified to integrate new functional units as needed. Maintenance operations, carried out with the switchboard de-energised, are fast and straight-forward due to easy access to devices. 3 Total safety for personnel Work in a switchboard must be carried out by authorised persons in compliance with all applicable safety regulations. To increase the safety of personnel, devices are installed behind protective front plates; only the operating handles are accessible. Additional internal protection (partitions, barriers) is available to protect against direct contact with live parts. Terminal shields are mandatory for installing Compact NSX and INS/INV devices in Prisma for even more personnel safety.

Presentation

Electrical switchboards up to 630 A

PB115632_73.eps

System design has been validated by type tests as per standard IEC 61439-1 & 2 and benefits from the combined experience of Schneider Electric over many years. Electrical characteristics Comply with IEC 62208 and EN 62208 standards: bb rated insulation of main busbars at rear of enclosure: 1000 V bb InA: 630 A bb rated peak withstand current Ipk: 53 k bb rated short-time withstand current Icw: 25 kA rms / 1 second bb short-circuit current: 50 kA bb frequency: 50/60 Hz.

Mechanical characteristics

Readly available close by The kit concept makes handling and transport easier and you get to benefit from Schneider Electric’s efficient international logistics. Your distributor, hand-picked by Schneider Electric, can give you the very best advice.

bb Steel sheet metal bb Electrophoresis treatment + hot-polymerised polyester epoxy powder, white colour RAL 9001. bb Enclosures supplied in kit form, totally dismountable, designed to be assembled and wired horizontally on a work station. bb Can be combined side by side and one on top of another bb Degree of protection: v IP30: without door v IP40: with door v IP41: with door + canopy v IP43: with door + gasket + canopy v IP55: IP55 Prisma G offer, supplied in kit form bb degree of protection against mechanical impacts: v IK07: without door v IK08: with door (transparent) v IK10: with plain door v IK10: for Prisma G IP55 bb Seismic characteristics: 2G without accessories bb Enclosure dimensions: v 3 widths: -- W = 300: duct 10 modules width -- W = 600: Wall-mounted and floor-standing enclosures, 24 modules width -- W = 850: Floor-standing enclosure 36 modules width v depth with door: -- enclosures G IP30: 250 mm -- enclosures G IP55: 260 mm v heights: -- Prisma G IP30: 12 heights: 330 mm to 1980 mm -- Prisma G IP55: 7 heights: 450 mm to 1750 mm bb Inside switchboards.

Electrical switchboards built using the Prisma functional system and Schneider Electric recommendations fully comply with international standard IEC  61439-1&2. 23

Presentation

With Prisma, your solution is 100 % optimised Flexible design for building applications and their operation Thanks to Prisma solutions, design offices can design and customise switchboards easily and quickly: > organisation by functional units, each corresponding to an application in the building (lighting, HVAC, lifts, etc.) > organisation by dedicated physical zones: one for functional units (switchgear, mounting plates, front plates), one for power distribution, and one for connections.

100 % dependable and optimised design, in compliance with costs and deadlines

100 % of dedicated building switchboard architectures are tested in compliance with IEC standards and can be customised.

24

By supporting design offices with the services and software tools (Ecodial, Rapsody...) needed to quickly design switchboards, we help them to highlight their professionalism: switchboards with tested architectures to meet the most stringent specifications. Our tools and services also enable them to meet requirements concerning compliance with costs and deadlines: optimised selection of the appropriate components for each switchboard (switchgear, distribution systems, enclosures with perfect electrical and mechanical consistency), front panel design and fast cost studies.

Modular devices Acti 9

NG160, NG125, iC120 circuit breakers INS40/160 switch disconnector

A double-profile modular rail offering a high level of performance Made of an aluminium alloy with amagnetic properties, the rail design is extremely rigid. The rail supports are crimp mounted.

PB115632_69.eps

Presentation

Fast mounting The supports have positioning studs to guide the rail on the rear uprights. Only two mounting screws are required. Multiple functions A number of devices can be clipped directly onto the rails, including Linergy FM 80 and 200 A distribution systems, all horizontal cable-running accessories such as cable straps and trunking supports, as well as the supports for Linergy TB earth bars. Supply from all directions Supply to the rows, using Linergy FH comb busbars or Linergy FM distribution systems via: >> Linergy BS or insulated busbar Linergy BW installed behind the devices. >> Linergy BS busbar installed in the duct. Centralised power supply Via Linergy DX or DS distribution blocks, Linergy DP.

Distribution

Cable running Straps

Linergy FM 80 and 200 A device feeders

>> Easy and fast to install. >> Low cost. >> Perfectly organised and integrated cable running. >> Professional finish. >> Mounting at the back of modular rail, very compact dimensions.

>> Fast and secure front connection using spring terminals. >> Reliable connections, with balanced tightening, insensitive to vibrations and thermal variations. >> All types of modular devices can be mixed. >> Easy balancing of phases. >> Interchangeable devices. >> Easy installation upgrades. >> Fully insulated (IPxxB).

Trunking >> Traditional solution.

PB115696.eps

Linergy FH comb busbars >> Direct connection to device terminals or via a connector. >> Fully insulated. >> Can be cut to length.

Linergy DX quick distribution blocks >> See page 96

Linergy DP distribution blocks >> See page 98

Linergy DS screw distribution blocks >> See page 100

25

Presentation

Functional units

Presentation

Upgradeable Prisma functional units = the best electrical + mechanical + communication consistency.

Functional units include switchgear mounting plates, front plates, connections, barriers for ensuring the best level of continuity of service, safety of life and property.

Compact NSX up to 630 A > 40

Easypact CVS/EZC from 100 to 630 A > 48

Compact INS-INV250-630 A > 50

Source changeover systems Compact NSX > 52

Source changeover systems Compact INS > 53

Fupact INF from 32 to 160 A > 54

Fupact ISFT from 160 to 250 A > 56

COM

LK/10-100/ACT

NETWORK STATUS

COM

0V

D1 D0

R ETHERNET

STATUS

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0V

I1

I2

Q 24V

0V

I1

I2

Q 24V

0V

I1

I2

Q 24V

0V

I1

I2

Q 24V

0V

I1

I2

Q 24V

0V

I1

I2

Q 24V

0V

I1

I2

Q 24V

AI2 24V 0V AI1

+24V0V

8 7

6 5

4 3

D0/-

D1/+

0V

2 1

C C/-

D1

D0

N.C.

N.C.

iEM31

ON

Imax:

63A

+24VDC CMD SDOF0V

11

12

14

OF

NG125, NG160, INS40 to 160, iC120 - Acti 9 > 58

Industrial control switchgears, metering > 62 Human-switchboard interface > 64

A

B 3

N P

DANGER

HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH

Turn off all power before working on this equipment. Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

POWER

26

100-230V POWER

POWER

EBX2 100-230V 00 24V ~ 50/60 1.2A 0.6A Hz

Com’X Made

in GERMANY

200

Presentation of Compact NSX circuit breakers for Prisma G Presentation of source changeover system

Presentation

Presentation A range of intelligent circuit breakers

A cable connects the display to the trip unit without any special settings or configuration, making it easy to personalise alarms and displays or read event logs and maintenance indicators.

Installation architectures for the measurement function Compact NSX circuit breakers equipped with Micrologic 5/6 A or E trip units provide measurements that can be read on the FDM 121 or FDM128 display module or directly on the circuit breaker. This makes it possible to optimise the space required by the functional unit. Installation times have also been reduced with respect to system with current transformers. What is more, installation and connections are made easier because the FDM121 or FDM128 may be installed: >> via a direct cut-out in a plain door >> on the front of a W600 enclosure for one or four 96 x 96 devices >> on partial door cut-out. PB105112.eps

Compact NSX improves management of electrical installations In addition to protection functions, the new generation of Compact NSX moulded-case circuit breakers provides new features (analysis, measurements and communication) with access to information: >> either directly on the LCD screen of the trip unit to set the circuit breaker or read the main electrical values, including U, I, f, P(W) and E (kWh) >> or on the FDM 121 or FDM128 display on the front of the Prisma switchboard (duct door with special front plate) for quick access to a greater wealth of information.

A new front plate The front of Compact NSX circuit breakers has an eye-pleasing curved profile, making Prisma switchboards even more attractive. Prisma front plates are designed for all types of controls (toggle, motor mechanism, rotary handle).

Integration of Compact NSX in Prisma Installation of Compact NSX devices in a Prisma functional switchboard is very easy and made of a functional unit system: >> dedicated mounting plates for Compact NSX offer >> matching power connections Linergy DP distribution block and prefabricated connections, connection blocks, power supply blocks) >> partitioning >> compliance with the safety perimeter, by design.

Presentation To ensure the supply of energy at all times, certain electrical installations are connected to two sources: >> normal source S1 >> replacement source S2 which steps in to supply the installation if the normal source is not available.

operator is required and consequently, the transfer from the normal source to the replacement source is delayed.

A mechanical and/or electrical interlocking system between two Compact switch-disconnectors or circuit breakers (or a mixture) avoids simultaneous connection of the two sources during switching. In Prisma G, a manual changeover with mechanical interlocking of devices may be installed.

The interlocking system avoids simultaneous connection (even transient) of the two sources.

This is the simplest system. A human

DD385519.eps

A manual source-changeover system comprises two or three manually controlled devices (circuit breakers or switch-disconnectors) that are mechanically interlocked.

S1

S2

For more information on the communication functions of Compact NSX, see the ULP system user manual, ref. TRV99100, and the Compact NSX catalogue, ref. LVPED208001_EN. See catalogue "Compact, Masterpact source changeover systems", ref. LVPED21122EN

27

Presentation

Presentation of Fupact fusegear for Prisma G

Presentation Whatever the switchboard configuration, Prisma range offers tested and certified solution guaranteeing the safety of life and properties.

2 families of Fupact fusegears Fupact INF ensures your power application for: >> distribution switchboards >> disconnection, isolation, locking and primary control of incoming circuits >> emergency stop, >> motor feeders (protect motors against singlephasing).

Fupact ISFT fuse-switch disconnectors are particularly suited for: >> secondary distribution circuits >> powering and control of industrial motors as local isolation device.

PB107591_35.eps

Fupact fusegears have a test position for greater flexibility, easy to use.

>> Fupact fusegears have dedicated mounting plates and front plates. >> The upstream and downstream connections are made by the panelbuilder. >> Vertical mounting allows to install several Fupact fusegears. Positioning and mounting of the devices in the switchboard and filling rate of it take into account temperature rise, withstand short-circuit capacities, isolation clearances.

28

_MG_1041_50.eps

Installation

PB104876.eps

Fupact ISFT

PB104875.eps

Fupact INF

Determining catalogue numbers

Presentation

Rapsody software

Easy design with Rapsody software A time-saver in the design and quotation phases. More flexibility since modifications and upgrades are possible throughout the project.

5

easy steps to design a switchboard Define the switchboard's electrical and environmental characteristics, in a few clicks.

Choose and configure the devices to be installed, with no risk of error.

Customise, and easily modify the single-line diagram. Move or duplicate devices. Generate current distribution and connection systems.

Choose the switchboard and let the software set up the enclosure. A list of mounting and connection accessories is proposed to make mounting work easier. Automatically export the information required to make a clear, comprehensive and professional quotation.

29

Green Premium

TM

Endorsing the most eco-friendly products in the industry

Schneider Electric’s Green Premium ecolabel is committed to offering transparency, by disclosing extensive and reliable information related to the environmental impact of its products: Green Premium is the only label that allows you to effectively develop and promote an environmental policy whilst preserving your business efficiency. This ecolabel guarantees compliance with the most up-to-date environmental regulations, but it does more than this.

Over 75% of Schneider Electric manufactured products have been awarded the Green Premium ecolabel

RoHS Schneider Electric products are subject to RoHS requirements at a worldwide level, even for the many products that are not required to comply with the terms of the regulation. Compliance certificates are available for products that fulfil the criteria of this European initiative, which aims to eliminate hazardous substances.

REACh Schneider Electric applies the strict REACh regulation on its products at a worldwide level, and discloses extensive information concerning the presence of SVHC (Substances of Very High Concern) in all of these products.

PEP: Product Environmental Profile Schneider Electric publishes the most complete set of environmental data, including carbon footprint and energy consumption data for each of the lifecycle phases on all of its products, in compliance with the ISO 14025 PEP ecopassport program. PEP is especially useful for monitoring, controlling, saving energy, and/or reducing carbon emissions.

EoLI: End of Life Instructions

Discover what we mean by green …. Check your products! 30

Available at the click of a button, these instructions provide: • Recyclability rates for Schneider Electric products. • Guidance to mitigate personnel hazards during the dismantling of products and before recycling operations. • Parts identification for recycling or for selective treatment, to mitigate environmental hazards/ incompatibility with standard recycling processes.

Presentation

The energy management with Prisma G

Smart Panels: powerful technologies, easy to implement In addition to basic functions and enclosures, the Smart Panel solution is enhanced with new features for collecting and transmitting energy data from the main switchboard panel and all subpanels, making it a highly flexible and accurate energy management system. All the panels, from main, division to tertiary, are smart panels with data gathering and transmission functions).

Smart Panel solution The Smart Panel solution automates energy usage data collection to eliminate time-consuming and error-prone manual meter reading. Automatic metering at the source lets you see exactly how and where the building is using energy. It also performs intelligent cross references of energy usage: - by zones (offices, lobby, storage, parking, etc.) - with usage by type (lighting, heating, hot water for sanitation, etc.). Metering and monitoring form the basis of the Smart Panel solution.

Energy management has never been simpler

1. Measure

Embedded and stand alone metering & control capabilities

2. Connect > Integrated communication interfaces > Ready to connect to energy management platforms

3. Save

>D  ata-driven energy efficiency actions >R  eal time monitoring and control >A  ccess to energy and site information through online services

31

Presentation

The energy management with Prisma G

Switchboards are the most convenient location to collect data about electrical supplies troughout the building. Schneider Electric provides best-in-class devices for electrical protection, control, and measurement, as well as efficient switchboard build-up systems. We offer new digital possibilities through better connectivity, thanks to the enerlin'X system components embedded in our power operating devices.

Connecting is easy with Smart Panels. Ethernet is today the most widespeed communication protocol in professional building, providing fast data transmission. Thanks to the Enerlin'X digital system, switchboards can be connected via Ethernet like any other device through an RJ45 socket. The design of Enerlin'X: > grouping of similar functions in the smart components (e.g. Acti 9 Smartlink) > error-free cabling, fast connection-disconnection > space-savings in the enclosure.

Schneider Electric serves the needs of any building, regardless of size and criticality, and helps find savings opportunities. Our solutions provide different mixes of energy, network, and asset management features tailored to each size. Clear visibility of the energy supply system and consumption is provided by locally installed software while online services offer improved mobility and convenience.

32

Presentation

The energy management with Prisma G

1.Measure Power supply and protection monitoring, metering Compact circuit breakers and switches They offer reliable protection as well as support energy management by providing energy consumption date, equipment status, and operational support information. Acti 9 circuit breakers, residual current devices, surge arresters Each Acti 9 protection devices contributes to electrical supply reliability. Easy-to-fit auxiliaries transmit real-time status to the Enerlin'X system and additional RCA modules enable digitally controlled resetting after a trip.

Circuit and load control Acti 9 contactors and impulse relays, remote controlled Compact To improve user comfort, lighting or other loads are switched on and off, separately or all together via the digital system.

PowerLogics meter monitor key distribution points 24 hours a day, from generators, substations, and services entrances, to main feeders and loads. Help improve network reliability by tracking real-time power quality equipment status, tranding loads, and logging events and alarms.

Modular energy meters Basic kWh meter for elementary applications to MIDcompliant meters for billing applications, and advanced energy meters capable of measuring a variety of electrical parameters.

2. Connect Acti 9 Smartlink

Enerlin'X IFM

> Digital interface for Acti 9 or third-party devices. > Modular rail clippable, no extra space required; 100 % prefabricated connections. > 2 versions: Modbus SL slave or Ethernet + Modbus SL. > Automatic e-mail sent upon critical events (configurable). > Embedded web pages for energy monitoring & control master.

Modbus connection and data collection for one Compact device.

Com’X 200 energy data logger > Collects data from electrical and other devices troughout the building. > Delivers batches of data ready to be processed by StruxureWare™ solutions and online services.

Enerlin'X I/O Provides tailored additional functions.

Com’X 510 energy server > Collects data from electrical and other devices throughout the building. > Provides detailed and global views of energy consumption as soon as as connected, with data accessible via web browser.

Enerlin'X IFE > Ethernet communication interface for power circuit breakers > Embedded web pages for energy control, and maintenance > Modbus master, with automatic detection and configuration of "slave" devices > Automatic e-mail sent upon critical events (configurable)

3. Save Enerlin'X FDM121

Powerview

> Access to switchgear settings, status, and measurements.

User-friendly web pages

> Auto discovery of Modbus SL connectedd devices.

User-friendly displays of all datas stored in enerlin'X devices, accessible via Ethernet and viewable with web browsers. includes user-configurable e-mail notification feature.

Com'X 510 web pages All-in-one energy management for small and medium buildings, allowing you to detect the most important opportunities for savings. > Provides dashboards and historical trend charts for consumption, viewable via web browser. > Connection to network via WiFi or Ethernet. > Aggregates electrical data with gas, steam, air, water.

Remote access Powerview webpages accessible anytime anywhere through secure, private internet access. User-configurable e-mail notification feature also included.

33

Presentation

Examples of switchboard configurations Enclosure PB115626_103.eps

Incomer INS 160 A Incoming cables via top

Distribution Linergy DX distribution block 4P

Outgoing devices Acti 9 devices Supply Cable running Connection

Linergy FM distribution block + Linergy FH comb busbar Straps + cover + trunking Linergy TR, TB terminal block at bottom of switchboard

IP30/IP4X enclosure Wall-mounted enclosure, W = 595 mm, H = 1080 mm

34

Examples of switchboard configurations

Presentation

Incomer Compact NSX250 Fixed, front connection Toggle Incoming cables via top on incoming connection block

PB115631_103.eps

Enclosure + duct

Distribution Linergy BW rear busbar

Outgoing devices Acti 9 + NG160 devices Supply Linergy FM + Linergy FH comb busbar + Linergy DS distribution block 4P + Linergy DX Cable running Connection

Straps + cover + trunking Linergy TR, TB terminal block in duct

IP30/IP4X enclosure Wall-mounted enclosure, W = 595 mm, H = 1450 mm Duct W = 305, H = 1450

35

Determining catalogue numbers

Starting with the electrical diagram: IP30/IP4X switchboard

DD385258.eps

Presentation

NSX250

Distribution using Linergy BW busbars

DD381878.eps

2

Acti 9

> see page 59

NSX100/250

NSX100/250

C60 or iC60

NSX

NSX

C60 or iC60

03232

NSX

Linergy BW

All Multi 9 or Acti 9 devices Linergy FH

Multi 9 or Acti 9 devices y 40 A Linergy FH

DD385229.eps

Dd383519.eps

Dd385272.eps

Order the mounting plates and front plates taking into account: bb supply to the rows bb cable running.

1 Dd385271.eps

Install the modular devices

DD385227.eps

DD385294.eps

bb order the mounting plates and the front plates bb the incoming connection block bb the power supply block for the Linergy BW busbars.

Installation/connection

DD385228.eps

> see page 40

1 DD385295.eps

Install the incomer

DD383960.eps

C60 or iC60

All Multi 9 or Acti 9 devices Linergy FH

Multi 9 or Acti 9 devices y 40 A

TeSys "U"

> see page 63

DD381880.eps

2

DD381978.eps

Linergy FH

bb Linergy FM distribution block > see page 102 bb Cable running > see page 76

bb count the number of occupied modules

19 modules

bb determine the corresponding wall-mount enclosure

21 modules

bb order the additional plain front plate.

36

Plain front plate > see page 72

DD381979.eps

Determine the size of the switchboard

> see page 90

DD385230.eps

Linergy BW busbars

DD381882.eps

Dd385273.eps

Plan the distribution system

Linergy BW

2

DD385231.eps

Duct, W = 300 mm

3

Cable tie supports

4

Accessories for lifting, handling, wall mounting, finishing parts, etc.

DD381982.eps

IP wall-mount enclosure

DD381884.eps

1

DD381885.eps

DD381892.eps

> see page 118

Wall-mount enclosure (IP30)

DD381983.eps

Select the enclosures

Mounting plate for terminal block and Linergy TB earth bar Modular rail, W = 1600 mm 12 x 3 mm direct earth bar with 1 terminal 35² L330 Linergy TB 4 earth block 12 x 4² quick connection Linergy TB 4 earth block 3 x 16² quick connection Linergy TB

DD381985.eps

Dd385274.eps

> see pages 109, 112

Dd383520.eps

Select the Linergy TR terminal blocks and the Linergy TB earth bar

37

Prisma functional system

38

Prisma functional system

Functional units

Contents

Presentation 32 Circuit breakers Compact NSX100/250 horizontal mounting Compact NSX100/250 vertical mounting Compact NSX400/630 horizontal mounting Compact NSX400/630 vertical mounting Easypact CVS100/250 horizontal mounting Easypact CVS100/250 vertical mounting Easypact CVS400/630 horizontal mounting Easypact CVS400/630 vertical mounting Easypact EZC100/630 horizontal mounting Easypact EZC100/630 vertical mounting

40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49

Compact INS-INV250/630 horizontal mounting Compact INS-INV250/630 vertical mounting

50 51

Compact NSX100/250 circuit breakers changeover system Compact INS-INV250 switch-disconnector changeover system

52 53

Fupact INF horizontal mounting Fupact INF vertical mounting Fupact ISFT160/250 horizontal mounting Fupact ISFT100/100N, ISFT160/250 vertical mounting

54 55 56 57

Modular devices y 160 A switchboard incomer Modular devices outgoers y 63 A

58 59

Other modular devices - Switchboard lighting

60

Kilowatt-hour meters - Class II

61

TeSys, Altistart, Phaseo

62

Human-switchboard interface

64

Compact NSX100/250 horizontal mounting W850 Compact NSX400/630 vertical mounting W850 Easypact CVS100/250 horizontal mounting W850 Easypact CVS400/630 vertical mounting W850

66 67 68 69

Compact INS-INV250/630 horizontal mounting W850

70

Switchboard input y 160 A, outgoing y 63 A

71

Front plates, rails, slotted mounting plates

72

Finishing parts - Labels

74

Switch-disconnectors

Manual source changeover system Fusegear

Modular devices Accessories

Other devices

Industrial control devices Other devices

Circuit breakers

Switch-disconnectors 70 Modular devices

Front plates and accessories Finishing parts Partitioning of functional units Organisation of switchboard Accessories Prefabricated connections

Accessories

Partitioning 75 Cable running Installation accessories for terminal block and earth bar

76 78

Installation accessories

79

Connections blocks - Power supply blocks 80 Horizontal mounting 80 Vertical mounting 81 Linergy BW and devices connections, other prefabricated connections 82 Other prefabricated connections - Insulated flexible bars 83 Management of the internal temperature

84 39

Compact NSX100/250 horizontal mounting

Functional system

Functional units Circuit breakers

300

Devices

Toggle

NSX100/250

Number of devices per row Nb. of vertical modules Mounting plates Front plates cut-out [Nb. of vertical upstream modules]

1 5 03030 03232 [4] 03801 [1]

1 4 03030 03232 [4] -

Incoming connection block or Long terminal shields (1)

cables via top: 04066 3P: LV429517 4P: LV429518

cables via bottom: 04067 3P: LV429517 4P: LV429518

Upstream connection

300

Toggle

Direct rotary handle

Motor mechanism Toggle module

NSX100/250 NSX100/250

NSX100/250 Vigi NSX100/250

NSX100/250

NSX100/250

Number of devices per row Nb. of vertical modules Mounting plates Front plate cut-out [Nb. of vertical modules]

1 4 03030 03232 [4]

1 4 03031 03232 [4]

1 4 03032 03234 [4]

1 4 03032 03290 [4]

Short/Long terminal shields

3P: LV429517 4P: LV429518 -

with ammeter module or Vigi 1 4 03033 03292 [4]

Upstream connection

Type of connected devices

All types

Insulated Linergy BW busbars

Busbars / distribution blocks Power supply block Long terminal shields

All types NSX

3P: 04033 > page 98 4P: 04034 -

Rear Linergy BS busbars

Linergy BS multi-stage busbars

All types

All types

> page 92

> page 93, 94

NSX with ammeter module or Vigi NSX

> page 90

04060 (2) -

04060 (2) -

(3)

3P: LV429517 4P: LV429518

(1) Maximum size of connection cables: 70 mm². For cable cross-sections greater than 70 mm², use of a cable duct is recommended. (2) Supplied with connections. - (3) Connection must be made.

40

Device 3P: LV429515 4P: LV429516

DD380777.eps

Linergy DP 250 A distribution block DD380587.eps

Downstream distribution

Plug-in base 3P: LV429517 4P: LV429518 3P: LV429306 4P: LV429307

DD380522.eps

+ connection adapter for plug-in base

1 4 03031 03292 [4] + LV429285 (collar)

DD380761.eps

Devices

DD385894.eps

Horizontal plug-in DD385892.eps

600

Horizontal fixed (1) DD385891.eps

Mounting

DD385893.eps

600

Horizontal fixed DD385296.eps

Mounting

Compact NSX100/250 vertical mounting

Functional system

Functional units Circuit breakers

Vertical fixed

300

600

Devices

DD380666.eps

DD383871.eps

Mounting

Toggle

Rotary handle

NSX100/160 NSX250

Vigi NSX100/160 Vigi NSX250 NSX100/160 NSX250

Vigi NSX100/160 Vigi NSX250

Number of devices per row Nb. of vertical modules Mounting plates Front plates cut-out [Nb. of vertical modules] upstream downstream

4 x 3P or 3 x 4P 7 9 03040 03040 03243 [5] 03243 [5]

8 03040 03241 [7]

11 03040 03241 [7]

03802 [2] 03802 [2]

03801 [1]

03802 [2] 03802 [2]

Long terminal shields

3P: LV429517 4P: LV429518 08867 + 08866 03249 (to add modular devices to a row with Compact NSX 3P or 4P without electronic trip unit) 03222 (to add modular devices to a row with Compact NSX 3P or 4P with electronic trip unit) 03220 (to add modular devices to a row with Compact NSX 3P or 4P + Vigi without electronic trip unit) 03221 (to add modular devices to a row with Compact NSX 3P or 4P + Vigi with electronic trip unit) - Set of 4 strips

600

Vigi NSX

04061 04062 3P: LV429515 4P: LV429516

04061 must be made 3P: LV429517 4P: LV429518

Downstream Linergy DP distribution 250 A distribution block in duct

All types

Devices

Number of devices per row Nb. of vertical modules Mounting plates Front plates cut-out [Nb. of upstream vertical downstream modules]

Toggle

Direct rotary handle

NSX Vigi NSX NSX 100/250 100/250 100/250 1

1

1

9 03050 03253 [9] -

13 03050 03293 [9] 03812 [2] 03812 [2]

9 03051 03253 [9] -

Upstream connection

Type of All types connected devices Distribution 3P: 04033 block / busbars 4P: 04034 + 03011 Power supply block Connection block Short/long terminal shields

> page  98

> page 93, 94

-

must be made 3P: LV429517 4P: LV429518

Insulated Linergy BW busbars (2)

NSX

Vigi NSX

> page 90

-

04061

-

04064

-

All types

> page 92

DD380745.eps

300

Vertical fixed DD383858.eps

Mounting

NSX

> page 90

Rear Linergy Linergy BS BS busbars multi-stage busbars or multistage distribution block

04061

Dd382305.eps

Power supply block Connection block Short terminal shields

All types 3P: 04033 + 03002 > page 98 4P: 04034 -

Linergy BS multi-stage busbars

DD380777.eps

Type of connected devices Distribution block / busbars

Rear Linergy BS busbars

DD380761.eps

Insulated Linergy BW busbars (1)

11 03041 03244 [7] + LV429285 (collar) 03802 [2] 03802 [2]

DD380777.eps

Linergy DP 250 A distribution block DD380780.eps

Downstream distribution

Dd382567.eps

Cable-ties Divisible 85 x 147 mm blanking plates 107 x 147 mm (H x L) 46 x 1000 mm 46 x 90 mm

DD380593.eps

Upstream connection

03802 [2]

4 x 3P or 3 x 4P 7 9 8 03041 03041 03041 03243 [5] 03243 [5] 03244 [7] + LV429285 (collar) 03802 [2] 03802 [2] 03802 [2] 03801 [1]

All types

All types

> page 92

> page 93, 94

-

-

must be must be made made 3P: 3P: 3P: LV429517 LV429515 LV429517 4P: LV429518 4P: 4P: LV429516 LV429518

04065 3P: LV429515 4P: LV429516

Long terminal shields 3P: LV429517 4P: LV429518 Cable-ties 08868 + 08866 (1) 1 device centred on mounting plate. (2) S  pace available at the top of the enclosure after mounting the universal power supply block: - NSX100/250 = 7 modules - Vigi NSX100/250 = 9 modules.Space required by power supply block on Linergy BW busbars = 5 modules.

41

Compact NSX400/630 horizontal mounting

Functional system

Functional units Circuit breakers

300

Devices

Toggle

NSX400/630 1 9 03070 03296 [6] 03803 [3]

1 6 03070 03296 [6] -

Incoming connection block

04076

04076

Downstream distribution

Insulated Linergy BW busbars

Type of connected devices Busbars Power supply block with connections Long terminal shields

42

NSX400

NSX630

04070

04071

> page 90

-

Linergy BS multi-stage busbars

All types

DD380761.eps

Rear Linergy BS busbars

DD380783.eps

Upstream connection

DD380777.eps

Number of devices per row Nb. of vertical modules Mounting plate Front plates cut-out [Nb. of vertical upstream modules]

DD383851.eps

600

Horizontal fixed DD383852.eps

Mounting

All types

> page 92

> page 93, 94

connection must be made

connection must be made

3P: LV432593 4P: LV432594

3P: LV432593 4P: LV432594

Compact NSX400/630 vertical mounting

Functional system

Functional units Circuit breakers

300

Toggle

NSX630

Vigi NSX400

Vigi NSX630

NSX400/630

03802 [2] -

03802 [2] 03801 [1]

03802 [2] -

03802 [2] 03801 [1]

03802 [2] 03803 [3]

Upstream connection

1 12 03073 03275 [9]

Cable-ties

08866 + 08867

Downstream distribution

Insulated Linergy BW busbars

Type of connected devices Busbars Power supply block Long terminal shields

Rear Linergy BS busbars

Devices

All types

All types

> page 93, 94

04074 (1) 3P: LV432593 4P: LV432594

connection must be made 3P: LV432593 4P: LV432594

connection must be made 3P: LV432593 4P: LV432594

Vertical fixed

600

Toggle

Direct rotary handle

NSX400 NSX630 Vigi NSX400/630 NSX 400/630

Number of devices per row Nb. of vertical modules Mounting plates Front plates cut-out [Nb. of upstream vertical downstream modules]

1 11 03080 03298 [8] 03812 [2] 03811 [1]

1 12 03080 03298 [8] 03812 [2] 03812 [2]

Long terminal shields

3P: LV432593 4P: LV432594 08866 + 08868

1 14 03080 03299 [10] 03812 [2] 03812 [2]

1 12 03081 03283 [12] -

1 17 03074 03297 [11] + LV429285 (collar) 03802 [2] 03804 [4]

Linergy BS multi-stage busbars

> page 92

DD383858.eps

300

All types

Vigi NSX400/630

1 14 03074 03275 [9]

> page 90

DD383857.eps

Mounting

1 14 03073 03297 [11]

DD380777.eps

3P: LV432593 4P: LV432594

DD383825.eps

Long terminal shields

1 13 03073 03297 [11]

Downstream Insulated Rear Linergy Linergy BS distribution Linergy BW BS busbars multi-stage busbars (2) busbars

Type of connected devices Busbars

Dd382305.eps

1 11 03073 03275 [9]

DD380777.eps

Number of devices per row Nb. of vertical modules Mounting plate Front plates cut-out [Nb. of vertical modules] upstream downstream

Direct rotary handle

NSX400

Dd382567.eps

Devices

DD380761.eps

600

DD383854.eps

Vertical fixed DD383853.eps

Mounting

All types

All types

All types

> page 90

> page 92

Power supply block Connection block Short/long terminal shields

04074

-

> page 93, 94

-

04073

must be made

04075

Barrier

included

3P: LV432591 3P: LV432593 4P: LV432592 4P: LV432594 04198

3P: LV432591 4P: LV432592 04197

Upstream connection

Cable-ties

(1) Connection must be made. (2) Space required by power supply block on insulated Linergy BW busbars = 5 modules.

43

Easypact CVS100/250 horizontal mounting

Functional system

Functional units Circuit breakers

DD380594.eps

600

Horizontal fixed without cable duct (1) DD385472.eps

Mounting 300

Devices

Toggle

Number of devices per row

Rotary handle

CVS100/250, 3P/4P

Vigi CVS100/250, 3P/4P

CVS100/250, 3P/4P

Vigi CVS100/250, 3P/4P

1

1

1

1

Nb. of vertical modules

8

8

8

8

Mounting plates

03030

03033

03031

03031

Front plates [Nb. of vertical modules]

cut-out

03230 [4]

03238 [4]

03232 [4]

03292 [4] + collar LV429285

upstream

03802 [2]

03802 [2]

03802 [2]

03802 [2]

downstream

03802 [2]

03802 [2]

03802 [2]

03802 [2]

3P: LV429517 4P: LV429518 08866 + 08867

3P: LV429517 4P: LV429518

3P: LV429517 4P: LV429518

3P: LV429517 4P: LV429518

Upstream connection

Long terminal shields Cable-ties

600

Horizontal fixed with cable duct DD383855.eps

Mounting 300

Devices

Toggle

Number of devices per row

Rotary handle

CVS100/250, 3P/4P

Vigi CVS100/250, 3P/4P

CVS100/250, 3P/4P

Vigi CVS100/250, 3P/4P

1

1

1

1

Nb. of vertical modules

4

4

4

4

Mounting plates

03030

03033

03031

03031

03230 [4]

03238 [4]

03232 [4]

03292 [4] + collar LV429285

3P: LV429517 4P: LV429518 08866 + 08868

3P: LV429517 4P: LV429518

3P: LV429517 4P: LV429518

3P: LV429517 4P: LV429518

Front plate [Nb. of vertical modules]

cut-out

Upstream connection

Type of connected devices

All types

Insulated Linergy BW busbars

Toggle CVS

Direct rotary handle

> page 90

Power supply block

04060 (2)

04060 (2)

Long terminal shields

-

-

-

All types

All types

> page 92

> page 93, 94

connection must be made 04061 (3) + connection must be made 3P: LV429517 3P: LV429517 4P: LV429518 4P: LV429518

(1) Maximum size of connection cables: 70 mm². For cable cross-sections greater than 70 mm², use of a cable duct is recommended. (2) Supplied with connections. (3) Connection must be made. Note: for insulated flexible bars connections, see page 83.

44

Linergy BS multi-stage busbars

CVS or Vigi CVS

3P: 04033 > page 98 4P: 04034 -

Busbars / Distribution blocks

Rear Linergy BS busbars

DD380761.eps

Linergy DP 250 A distribution block DD380587.eps

Downstream distribution

DD380777.eps

Cable-ties

DD380522.eps

Long terminal shields

Easypact CVS100/250 vertical mounting

Functional system

Functional units Circuit breakers

300

Devices

DD385265.eps

600

Vertical fixed without cable duct DD383871.eps

Mounting

Toggle

Number of devices per row

Rotary handle

CVS100/250

Vigi CVS100/250

CVS100/250

Vigi CVS100/250

4 x 3P or 3 x 4P

4 x 3P or 3 x 4P

4 x 3P or 3 x 4P

4 x 3P or 3 x 4P

Nb. of vertical modules

9

11

9

11

Mounting plates cut-out

03040 03243 [5]

03040 03241 [7]

03041 03243 [5]

03041 03244 [7] + collar LV429285

upstream

03802 [2]

03802 [2]

03802 [2]

03802 [2]

downstream

03802 [2]

03802 [2]

03802 [2]

03802 [2]

3P: LV429517 4P: LV429518

3P: LV429517 4P: LV429518

3P: LV429517 4P: LV429518

Cable-ties

3P: LV429517 4P: LV429518 08867 + 08866

Divisible blanking plates

03249

03221

03249

03221

Front plates [Nb. of vertical modules]

Upstream connection

04061 04062 3P: LV429515 4P: LV429516

04061 must be made 3P: LV429517 4P: LV429518

Vertical fixed in duct

All types

Devices

Toggle

Rotary handle

CVS100/250, Vigi CVS100/250, 3P/4P CVS100/250, 3P/4P 3P/4P Number of devices per row

1

1

1

Nb. of vertical modules

9

13

9

Mounting plates

03050

03050

03051

03252 [11]

03253 [9]

03812 [2]

-

3P: LV429517 4P: LV429518

3P: LV429517 4P: LV429518

Front cut-out 03250 [9] plates upstream [Nb. of vertical modules] 3P: LV429517 4P: LV429518

> page 93, 94

-

must be made 3P: LV429517 4P: LV429518

Downstream Linergy DP Insulated Linergy distribution 250 A BW busbars (2) distribution block in duct

Type of All types connected switchgear Distribution 3P: 04033 block / busbars 4P: 04034 + 03011

CVS

Power supply block Connection block Short/long terminal shields

-

04061

-

04064

> page 98

-

Upstream connection Long terminal shields Cable-ties

All types

> page 92

DD380745.eps

600

DD380777.eps

Vigi CVS

> page 90

DD383858.eps

300

+ 03002

CVS

DD385266.eps

Mounting

> page 98

Rear Linergy Linergy BS BS busbars multi-stage busbars or multi-stage distribution block

Vigi CVS

> page 90

04061

Dd382305.eps

Power supply block Connection block Short/long terminal shields

All types 3P: 04033 4P: 04034 -

Linergy BS multi-stage busbars

DD380777.eps

Type of connected devices Distribution block / busbars

Rear Linergy BS busbars

DD380761.eps

Insulated Linergy BW busbars (2)

Dd382567.eps

Linergy DP 250 A distribution block DD380780.eps

Downstream distribution

DD380593.eps

Long terminal shields

All types

All types

> page 92

> page 93, 94

-

-

must be must be made made 3P: 3P: 3P: LV429517 LV429515 LV429517 4P: LV429518 4P: 4P: LV429516 LV429518

04065 3P: LV429515 4P: LV429516

08866 + 08868

(1) 1 device centred on mounting plate. (2) Space available at the top of the enclosure after mounting the universal power supply block: - CVS100/250 = 7 modules - Vigi CVS100/250 = 9 modules. Space required by power supply block on insulated Linergy BW busbars = 5 modules.

45

Functional system

Functional units

Easypact CVS400/630 horizontal mounting

Circuit breakers

600

Horizontal fixed with cable duct DD383855.eps

Mounting 300

Devices

Toggle

CVS400/630, 3P/4P

CVS400/630, 3P/4P

Number of devices per row

1

1

Nb. of vertical modules

11

8

Mounting plate

03070

03070

cut-out

03270 [6]

03270 [6]

upstream

03803 [3]

-

downstream

03802 [2]

03802 [2]

3P: LV429593 4P: LV429594

3P: LV429593 4P: LV429594

Upstream connection

Long terminal shields

Rear Linergy BS busbars

Type of connected devices Long terminal shields Power supply block with connection Long terminal shields

Note: for insulated flexible bars connections, see page 83.

46

CVS400

CVS630

04070

04071

> page 90

-

Linergy BS multi-stage busbars DD380777.eps

Insulated Linergy BW busbars DD380783.eps

Downstream distribution

All types

DD380761.eps

Front plates [Nb. of vertical modules]

All types

> page 92

> pages 93, 94

connection must be made

connection must be made

3P: LV432593 4P: LV432594

3P: LV432593 4P: LV432594

Easypact CVS400/630 vertical mounting

Functional system

Functional units Circuit breakers

300

Devices

DD383854.eps

600

Vertical fixed without cable duct Dd380784.eps

Mounting

Toggle

Number of devices per row

Rotary handle

CVS400/630, 3P/4P

Vigi CVS400/630, 3P/4P

CVS400/630, 3P/4P

Vigi CVS400/630, 3P/4P

1

1

1

1

Nb. of vertical modules

13

15

14

17

Mounting plates

03073 03273 [9]

03073 03276 [11]

03074 03275 [9]

03074 03297 [11] + collar LV429285

Front plates [Nb. of vertical modules]

cut-out upstream

03802 [2]

03802 [2]

03802 [2]

03802 [2]

downstream

03802 [2]

03802 [2]

03803 [3]

03804 [4]

Long terminal shields

3P: LV429593 4P: LV429594

3P: LV429593 4P: LV429594

3P: LV429593 4P: LV429594

3P: LV429593 4P: LV429594

Downstream distribution

Insulated Linergy BW busbars

Upstream connection

connection must be made

3P: LV432593 4P: LV432594

3P: LV432593 4P: LV432594

Vertical fixed in duct

Toggle

CVS400/630, 3P/4P Number of devices per row 1

Rotary handle

Vigi CVS400/630, CVS400/630, 3P/4P 3P/4P 1

1

Nb. of vertical modules

12

13

12

Mounting plates

03080

03080

03081

Front plates cut-out [Nb. of upstream vertical downstream modules]

03280 [8]

03282 [5]

03283 [12]

03812 [2]

03814 [4]

-

03812 [2]

03814 [4]

-

3P: LV429593 4P: LV429594

3P: LV429593 4P: LV429594

Downstream Insulated distribution Linergy BW busbars (2)

Rear Linergy BS busbars

Linergy BS multi-stage busbars Dd382305.eps

connection must be made

600

Devices

DD380761.eps

04074 (1) + connection must be made 3P: LV432593 4P: LV432594

DD383858.eps

300

All types

> pages 93, 94

DD380744.EPS

Mounting

All types

> page 92

DD380777.eps

Long terminal shields

All types

> page 90

Dd382567.eps

Type of connected devices Busbars Power supply block

Linergy BS multi-stage busbars

DD380777.eps

DD383825.eps

Rear Linergy BS busbars

Type of connected switchgear Busbars

All types

All types

All types

> page 90

> page 92

Power supply block Connection block Short terminal shields Barrier

04074

-

> pages 93, 94

04073

must be made 04075

-

3P: LV432591 3P: LV432593 3P: LV432591 4P: LV432592 4P: LV432594 4P: LV432592 included 04198 04197

Upstream connection Long terminal shields

3P: LV429593 4P: LV429594

Cable-ties

08868 + 08866

(1) Connection must be made. (2) S  pace required by power supply block on insulated Linergy BW busbars = 5 modules. Note: for insulated flexible bars connections, see page 83.

47

Functional system

Functional units

Easypact EZC100/630 horizontal mounting

Circuit breakers

600

Horizontal fixed DD385297.eps

Mounting 300

Devices

Toggle

EZC100-250 / EZCV250

Number of devices per row Nb. of vertical modules Mounting plate Cut-out front plate

Upstream connection

Long terminal shields (set of 2)

600

4P 1 4 03104 03304

EZETSHD3P

EZETSHD4P

Horizontal fixed DD383855.eps

Mounting

3P 1 4 03104 03304

300

Devices

Toggle

EZC400/630

Number of devices per row Nb. of vertical modules Mounting plate Front plates cut-out [Nb. of vertical upstream modules] downstream

Upstream connection

Long terminal shields

4P 1 8 03070 03270 [6]

03803 [3]

-

03802 [2]

03802 [2]

3P: LV429593 4P: LV429594

3P: LV429593 4P: LV429594

Linergy BS multi-stage busbars

Type of connected devices Busbars Connection block Long terminal shields

48

DD380761.eps

Rear Linergy BS busbars DD380777.eps

Distribution

3P 1 11 03070 03270 [6]

  EZC250/EZCV250

EZC400/630

must be made 3P: EZETSHD3P 4P: EZETSHD4P

3P: LV429593 4P: LV429594

> page 92

EZC250/EZCV250

EZC400/630

must be made 3P: EZETSHD3P 4P: EZETSHD4P

3P: LV429593 4P: LV429594

> page 93, 94

Easypact EZC100/630 vertical mounting

Functional system

Functional units Circuit breakers

300

Devices

DD383044.eps

DD383044.eps

600

Vertical fixed Dd383110.eps

Mounting

Toggle

EZC100 Number of devices per row Nb. of vertical modules Mounting plates Cut-out front plate

Upstream connection

Long terminal shields (set of 2) Divisible blanking plate H = 85 mm, L = 147 mm

1P 15 5 03102 03303

3P 5 5 03102 03303

4P 3 5 03102 03303

03249

EZATSHD3P

EZATSHD4P

600

3P 4 7 03104 03305

4P 3 7 03104 03305

EZETSHD3PN -

EZETSHD4PN

Vertical fixed Dd380784.eps

Mounting

EZC250 / EZCV250

300

Devices

Toggle

EZC400/630

cut-out

1P 1 13 03073 03273 [9]

upstream

03802 [2]

downstream

03802 [2]

Number of devices per row Nb. of vertical modules Mounting plate Front plates [Nb. of vertical modules]

Upstream connection

Long terminal shields

Type of connected devices Distribution block

EZC100

DD380777.eps

Linergy BS multi-stage busbars

EZC100

EZC250/EZCV250

DD380761.eps

Distribution block Rear Linergy BS busbars Linergy DX 1P, 160 A Dd383493.eps

Distribution

3P: LV429593 4P: LV429594

EZC400/630

04031 (x Nb. of pole) y 400 A + 03001 (rail)

EZC100

EZC250/EZCV250

EZC400/630

3P: EZETSHD3PN 4P: EZETSHD4PN

3P: LV429593 4P: LV429594

y 630 A

> page 97

Busbars Connection block must be made Long terminal shields 3P: EZATSHD3P 4P: EZATSHD4P

> page 92

must be made 3P: EZATSHD3P 4P: EZATSHD4P

> page 93, 94

3P: EZETSHD3PN 4P: EZETSHD4PN

3P: LV429593 4P: LV429594

must be made 3P: EZATSHD3P 4P: EZATSHD4P

49

Compact INS-INV250/630 horizontal mounting

Functional system

Functional units Switch-disconnectors

600

Horizontal fixed with connection block DD380669.eps

Mounting 300

Devices

Direct front handle

INS250-INV100/250

Number of devices per row Nb. of vertical modules Mounting plate cut-out Front plates [Nb. of vertical upstream modules]

1 5 03030 03231 [4] 03801 [1]

1 4

Incoming connection block

04066 04067

04067

Upstream connection

cables via top cables via bottom

600

Horizontal fixed, direct connection DD380670.eps

Mounting 300

Devices

Direct front handle

1 9 03070 03271 [6]

1 6 03070 03271 [6]

-

03803 [3]

-

Long terminal shields (1)

LV429518

LV432594

LV432594

Distribution block / busbars Power supply block with connection Long terminal shields (1) (1) Available for 3P/4P.

50

> page 98

-

4P 04034

> page 98

INS250 INS-INV INV100/250 320/400

INS-INV 500/630

> page 90

04060 -

04070

Linergy BS multi-stage busbars

04071

INS-INV250

INS-INV 320/630

DD380761.eps

Rear Linergy BS busbars DD380777.eps

INS250 INV100/250 3P 04033

Insulated Linergy BW busbars Dd381349.eps

Type of connected devices

INS-INV320/630 INS-INV320/630

1 4 03030 03231 [4]

Dd381346.eps

Distribution block Linergy DP 250 A

INS250INV100/250

Number of devices per row Nb. of vertical modules Mounting plates Front plates cut-out [Nb. of vertical upstream modules]

Upstream connection

Downstream distribution

03030 03231 [4] -

INS-INV250

INS-INV 320/630

> page 92

> pages 93, 94

connection must be made

connection must be made

LV429518

LV429518

LV432594

LV432594

Compact INS-INV250/630 vertical mounting

Functional system

Functional units Switch-disconnectors

Vertical fixed with or without spreaders Dd380671.eps

Mounting 300

Devices

Direct front handle

INS250-INV100/250

INS/INV320/400

Lateral handle

INS/INV500/630

INS/INV250

Number of devices per row Nb. of vertical modules Mounting plates Front plates cut-out [Nb. of vertical upstream modules] downstream

1 8 03040 03248 [5] 03801 [1] 03802 [2]

1 10 03073 03274 [10] -

1 12 03073 03274 [10] 03802 [2] -

1 8 03032 03806 [6] 03802 [2]

Long terminal shields (1) Cable-ties

LV429518 08866 + 08867

LV432594

LV432594

LV429518

Downstream distribution

Linergy DP 250 A distribution block

Type of connected devices

INS-INV250 Front handle 3P 4P 04034 04033 + 03002 + 03002

Distribution block / busbars

> page 98

Power supply block Connection block

-

Short/long terminal shields (1)

-

> page 98

> page 98

04060 04062 LV429516

04074 must be made LV432594

Direct front handle

INS250 INS-INV INS-INV INV100/250 320/400 500/630

Number of devices per row Nb. of vertical modules Mounting plates Front cut-out plates [Nb. of downstream vertical modules] Long terminal shields

1

1

1

9

10

12

03050 03251 [9]

03080 03281 [10] -

03080 03281 [10] 03812 [2]

LV429518

Cable-ties

08866 + 08868

-

Upstream connection

(1)

DD380761.eps

DD380777.eps

INS-INV250 INS-INV 320/630

> page 92

> pages 93, 94

must be made

must be made

LV429518

LV429518

LV432594

LV432594

Vertical fixed with or without spreaders Insulated Linergy Rear Linergy BS BW busbars (3) busbars

LV432594 LV432594

Type of connected devices Distribution blocks / Busbars Power supply block Connection block Short/long terminal shields (1) Barrier

INS250 INV100/250

INS250- INS-INV INS250- INS-INV INS250- INS-INV 320/630 INV 320/630 INV 320/630 INV 100/250 100/250 100/250

3P 4P 04033 04034 > page 90 + 03011 + 03011 > page 98 > page 98

Linergy BS multi-stage busbars

DD380777.eps

Downstream Distribution distribution block Linergy DP 250 A

Dd382570.eps

600

Devices

Linergy BS multi-stage busbars

INS-INV250 INS-INV 320/630

Dd382569.eps

300

INS-INV250 INS-INV 320/630 Lateral handle 3P 4P > page 90 04033 04034 + 04037 (2) + 04037 (2) + 03003 + 03003

DD380773.eps

Mounting

> page 98

Dd381348.eps

Insulated Linergy BW Rear Linergy BS busbars busbars

Dd381347.eps

Upstream connection

Dd382571.eps

600

> page 92

> pages 93, 94

-

04061

04074

-

-

-

04064

04073

must be made

04065

-

LV429516 LV432594 LV429518 LV432594 LV429516 LV432592

-

included

04198

04075

04197

(1) Available for 3P/4P. (2) Copper spacer. (3) S  pace available at the top of the enclosure after mounting the universal power supply block: 7 modules. Space required by power supply block on insulated Linergy BW busbars = 5 modules.

51

Functional units Manual source changeover system

Compact NSX100/250 circuit breakers changeover system Mounting

600

Fixed

(Changeover with mechanical interlocking) DD380535.eps

Functional system

300

ON I

reset

O OFF

O

Devices

Front connection, direct rotary handle

NSX100/250

Nb. of vertical modules Mounting plate Front plates cut-out [Nb. of vertical upstream modules] downstream Mechanical interlocking

3P 10 03043 03245 [5] 03802 [2] 03803 [3] LV429369

4P 10 03043 03245 [5] 03802 [2] 03803 [3] LV429369

Long terminal shields Cable-ties Coupling accessory

LV429517 08866 + 08867 LV429358

LV429518

Upstream connection

Downstream distribution

Long terminal shields

52

3P: LV429517 4P: LV429518

LV429359

Functional units Manual source changeover system

600

Fixed

(Changeover with mechanical interlocking)

Fixed

(Complete source changeover assembly)

Dd380536.eps

Mounting

Compact INS-INV250 switch-disconnector changeover system

300

Dd380537.eps

Functional system

I ON

I ON

OFF O

Devices

Front, direct rotary handle

INS-INV250

Nb. of vertical modules Mounting plate Front plates [Nb. of vertical modules]

cut-out upstream downstream Mechanical interlocking Complete source-changeover assembly

Upstream connection

Long terminal shields Cable-ties Coupling accessory

Front, direct rotary handle

INS250

3P 9 03043 + 2 x LV431064 (raiser) 03235 [5] 03802 [2] 03802 [2] 31073 -

4P 9 03043 + 2 x LV431064 (raiser) 03235 [5] 03802 [2] 03802 [2] 31073 -

3P 9 03043

4P 9 03043

03247 [5] 03802 [2] 03802 [2] 100 A: 31140 160 A: 31144 200 A: 31142 250 A: 31146

03247 [5] 03802 [2] 03802 [2] 100 A: 31141 160 A: 31145 200 A: 31143 250 A: 31147

LV429518 08866 + 08867 LV429359

LV429518

LV429518

LV429518

LV429359

LV429359

LV429359

Downstream distribution

Long terminal shields

LV429518

53

Fupact INF horizontal mounting

Functional system

Functional units Fusegear

300

Devices

Dd382475.eps

600

Horizontal Dd382474.eps

Mounting

Extended rotary handle

INF32

INF40/63

INF100/160

3P or 4P 1 3 03113 03313

3P 1 5 03114 03314

4P 1 5 03114 03314

3P 1 7 03114 03314 [5]

4P 1 7 03114 03314 [5]

-

-

-

03802 [2] (1)

03802 [2] (1)

Long terminal shields

-

-

-

3 x LV480445

4 x LV480445

Downstream distribution

Insulated Linergy BW busbars (2)

Type of connected devices Busbars Power supply block Connection block Long terminal shields

INF100/160

All types

All types

04061 must be made 3P: 3 x LV480445 4P: 4 x LV480445

must be made 3P: 3 x LV480445 4P: 4 x LV480445

must be made 3P: 3 x LV480445 4P: 4 x LV480445

> page 90

> page 92

(1) Not needed if direct distribution. (2) T  he mounting plate for INF Fupact does not leave a passage for the busbar; it can only be installed below the plate. The distribution system is installed under the functional unit.

54

Linergy BS multi-stage busbars Dd382846.eps

Rear Linergy BS busbars

DD381380.eps

Upstream connection

DD380777.eps

Number of devices per row Nb. of vertical modules Mounting plates Front plates cut-out [Nb. of vertical downstream modules]

> pages 93, 94

Fupact INF vertical mounting

Functional system

Functional units Fusegear

Extended rotary handle

INF32/40 3P 4 3 03113 03312

4P 3 3 03113 03313

-

Long terminal shields

-

Downstream distribution

Distribution block Linergy DX 1P, 160 A

Type of connected devices

INF100/160 3P 3 x 04031

4P 4 x 04031

+ 03002

+ 03002

Number of devices per row Nb. of vertical modules Mounting plates Front plates cut-out [Nb. of vertical downstream modules]

3P 3 5 03114 03314

4P 2 5 03114 03315

-

-

-

-

Distribution block / busbars

Power supply block universel Connection block Long terminal shields

> page 97

must be made 3 x LV480445

> page 97

4 x LV480445

INF100/160 3P 2 7 03114 03315 [5]

4P 2 7 03114 03315 [5]

-

03802 [2] (1)

03802 [2] (1)

-

3 x LV480445

4 x LV480445

Insulated Linergy BW busbars (2)

Rear Linergy BS busbars DD381380.eps

Dd383658.eps

Upstream connection

INF63

INF100/160 3P

4P

04061 must be made 3 x LV480445

must be made 4 x LV480445 3 x LV480445 4 x LV480445

> page 90

Linergy BS multi-stage busbars

INF100/160 3P

> page 92

4P

DD380761.eps

Devices

Dd382478.eps

300

DD380777.eps

600

Vertical Dd382477.eps

Mounting

INF100/160 3P

> pages 93, 94

4P

must be made 3 x LV480445 4 x LV480445

(1) Not needed if direct distribution. (2) The mounting plate for INF Fupact does not leave a passage for the busbar; it can only be installed below the plate. The distribution system is installed under the functional unit.

55

Functional system

Functional units

Fupact ISFT160/250 horizontal mounting

Fusegear

300

Devices

On mounting plate

Number of devices per row Nb. of vertical modules Mounting plates Front plates cut-out [Nb. of vertical upstream modules] downstream

Upstream connection

Long terminal shields

Insulated Linergy BW busbars

Type of connected devices Busbars Universal power supply block Connection block Long terminal shields

(1) Not needed if direct distribution.

56

ISFT160

> page 90

04061 must be made 49869

ISFT250

49872

ISFT250

1 6 03124 03328 [5] 03801 [1]

49869

49872

Rear Linergy BS busbars

Linergy BS multi-stage busbars

DD380777.eps

Dd382481.eps

Downstream distribution

ISFT160

1 6 03121 03326 [3] 03801 [1] 03802 [2] (1)

ISFT160

> page 92

must be made 49869

ISFT250

49872

DD380761.eps

600

Horizontal Dd382480.eps

Mounting

ISFT160

> pages 93, 94

ISFT250

must be made 49869 49872

Fupact ISFT100/100N, ISFT160/250 vertical mounting

Functional system

Functional units Fusegear

5

8

4

6

4

7 03120 03320 [6] 03801 [1]

8 03126 03325 [8] -

8 03121 03321 [6] 03802 [2] (1)

8 03122 03325 [8] -

8 03122 03321 [6] 03802 [2] (1)

LV480756

49869

LV480756

49869

Upstream connection

Long terminal shields

-

Insulated Linergy BW busbars

Type of connected devices Connectors / distribution block / busbars Universal power supply block Connection block Long terminal shields

ISFT100N ISFT160 3 x 04031 + 03002

ISFT100N

must be made LV480756

04061 must be made LV480756

49869

> page 90

Comb busbat Coupler to connect 2 busbars Tooth cover Set of 3 connectors

Rear Linergy BS busbars

Linergy BS multi-stage busbars

ISFT100N

49869

must be made LV480756 49869

must be made LV480756 49869

Rear Linergy BS busbars

Linergy BS busbars in duct

> page 92

ISFT160

ISFT100N

> pages 93, 94

ISFT160

On mounting plate

ISFT250

Long terminal shields

49869

49872

Downstream distribution

Distribution block Linergy DX 1 P, 160 A

Insulated Linergy BW busbars

Type of connected devices Distribution block / busbars

ISFT160 3 x 04031 + 03011

ISFT160

Power supply block universel Connection block Long terminal shields

must be made 49869

04061 must be made 49869

1 9 03125 03329

> page 97

Dd382843.eps

1 6 03123 03327

Dd383659.eps

Upstream connection

ISFT100 2 3 4 49861 49862 49863 49890 49864 49865 (25 to 95 mm2) 49860 (3 x 10 mm2)

Type Number

ISFT160

ISFT160

Number of devices per row Nb. of vertical modules Mounting plates Cut-out front plate

Connected devices

Vertical fixed

600

Devices

Comb busbar

Dd382488.eps

Mounting

> page 97

Upstream connection

Dd382847.eps

Distribution block Linergy DX 1 P, 160 A Dd383659.eps

Downstream distribution

300

ISFT160

Dd382484.eps

ISFT100N

DD380761.eps

On busbars

> page 90

Dd382490.eps

Number of devices per row Nb. of vertical modules Mounting plates Front plates cut-out [Nb. of upstream vertical downstream modules]

On mounting plate

ISFT100 ISFT100N ISFT160

DD380777.eps

Devices

DD380777.eps

300

600

Dd382483.eps

Vertical Dd382482.eps

Mounting

ISFT250

ISFT160

49872

must be made 49869 49872

> page 92

ISFT250

ISFT160

> page 93

ISFT250

must be made 49869 49872

(1) Not needed if direct distribution.

57

Modular devices y 160 A switchboard incomer

Functional system

Functional units Modular devices

Switch-disconnector

5 03002 (adjustable) (1) 03205 03220 03221

4 03001 03204 03220 03221

Switch-disconnector

NG125, Vigi NG125, C120, Vigi C120, iC120, Vigi iC120 4 03010

NG160

Nb. of vertical modules Rail (20 modules of 9 mm) Front plates modular [Nb. of vertical downstream modules] Blanking plates strip > page 153 divisible

5 03011 (adjustable) (2)

Downstream distribution

Insulated Linergy BW busbars

INS40/160

INS100/160 with long terminal shields

4 03010

5 03010

03214 [4]

03214

03214 [4]

03214 [4]

03811 [1] 03220 03221

03220 03221

03220 03221

03811 [1] 03220 03221

All types

All types

All types

Linergy DS Multi-stage distribution

Dd383301.eps

DD380777.eps

Dd383270.eps

Rear Linergy BS Linergy BS Distribution Distribution busbars Multi-stage block Linergy DX block Linergy DX busbars in duct 1P, 160 A 4P, 125 A/160 A

DD385267.eps

600

Devices

INS100/160 with long terminal shields 5 03001 03205

Dd383496.eps

Circuit breaker

INS40/160

Dd383300.eps

Mounting

NG125, Vigi NG125, C120, Vigi C120, iC120, Vigi iC120 5 03001 03205

DD380761.eps

Nb. of vertical modules Rail (48 modules of 9 mm) Modular front plate Blanking plates strip > page 153 divisible

NG160, Vigi NG160

Dd383626.eps

Devices

DD383995.eps

300

600

300

Circuit breaker Dd383268.eps

Mounting

Type of connected devices Distribution block / busbars

> page 90

> page 92

> page 93

All types 04031

125 A 04045

160 A 04046

> page 100

Connections block

> page 91

-

must be made

04149

04047

-

must be made

(1) Can be completed by a rail + raiser (cat. no. 04227) to instal modular devices on. (2) Can be completed by a rail + raiser (cat. no. 04227) to install modular devices on.

58

> page 97

> page 97

> page 97

All types

Modular devices outgoers y 63 A

Functional system

Functional units Modular devices

Modular devices y 40 A 48 3 03001 03203 03220 03221

Distances between centres: 200 mm

600

All modular devices 20 4 03010 03214 03220 03221

Linergy FH comb busbar

Type of connected devices Comb busbars / distribution blocks

Dd383266.eps

Modular devices y 40 A 20 3 03010 03213 03220 03221

Distribution block Linergy FM 63 to 200 A row

Dd382484.eps

Downstream distribution

Distances between centres: 150 mm

DD384088.EPS

Devices Rail lenght (modules of 9 mm) Nb. of vertical modules Rail (20 modules of 9 mm) Modular front plate Blanking plates strip > page 153 divisible

48 8 03001 x 3 03223 03220 03221

Dd383489.eps

Mounting

All modular devices 48 4 (1) 03001 03204 03220 03221

Dd383490.eps

Devices Rail lenght (modules of 9 mm) Nb. of vertical modules Rail (48 modules of 9 mm) Modular front plate Blanking plates strip > page 153 divisible

Distances between centres: 150 mm Dd383265.eps

300

600

300

Distances between centres: 200 mm Dd383264.eps

Mounting

According devices

> page 104

All types

> page 102

(1) For a modular row with a 160 A (half row) and 200 A Linergy FM distribution block positioned directly below a non-modular mounting-plate (Compact, etc.), or at the top of a switchboard, add one additional module (i.e. 4+1) and a plain upstream front plate (03801).

59

Other modular devices Switchboard lighting

Functional system

Accessories

Other devices behind transparent front plates

Other modular devices

600

300

Dd383480.eps

Dd383481.eps

600

300

Dd383479.eps

Vigirex, Vigilohm and other modular devices

Transparent front plates W = 600

2

2

3

4

5

3

4

5

A

A

Devices Nb. of modules 4 6 9 12

Vigirex (1), Vigilohm (2)

Other modular devices

3 03001 03203

2 03001 03202 (3)

Height 200 mm 300 mm 450 mm 600 mm

03342 03343 03344 03345

Nb. of vertical modules Rail (48 modules of 9 mm) Cut-out front plates

(ammeter, voltmeter, lamp, pushbuttons, etc.)

Fixed lighting

600

DD385223.eps

Fixed lighting 300

Catalogue number Presentation

Characteristics

08964 This system is generally used to illuminate the front of a switchboard. bb The kit is made up of: vv a base vv a neon tube vv a front plate with cut-out (1 module) vv a door contact. bb Supply voltage: 220/240 V bb Power rating: 8 W bb Height: 1 module vertical (50 mm)

Switchboard portable lamp DD381675.eps

Baladeuse de tableau

Catalogue number Presentation

Characteristics

(1) RH10, RH21, RH99, RMH relay and RM12T Multiplexer. (2) IM9, IM9-0L, IM20, IM20H. (3) F  or installation at the top or bottom of the enclosure, use a 3-module modular front plate (03203).

60

08965 bb Lamp with a magnetic base for installation behind a door or directly on the cubicle framework. bb Supplied without a power cord bb H x W x D: 90 x 345 x 42 bb Supply voltage: 220/240 V bb Power rating: 11 W bb Lamp: picoline OSRAM 8W (supplied) bb Class 2 bb IP20

Kilowatt-hour meters Class II

Functional system

Functional units Other devices

Devices Number of devices per row Nb. of vertical modules Mounting plates Front plates transparen at your choice plain Horizontal partitioning Earthing braid (2) Accessories

Mounting

3-phase kilowatt-hour meters (3 Ph + N) 2 6 03160 03343 [6] 03806 [6] 04331 08910 M5 spacers for mounting plate > page 79

2 6 03160 03343 [6] 03806 [6] 04331 08910

DD382951.eps

DD382950.eps

DD383047.eps

3-phase kilowatt-hour meters (3 Ph + N) + connection blocks 1+1 6 03160 03343 [6] 03806 [6] 04331 08910

Behind front plate (1)

600

Appareillage Number of devices per row Nb. of vertical modules Mounting plates Front plates transparent at your choice plain Horizontal partitioning Earthing braid (2) Accessories

Connection blocks

DD382956.eps

300

3-phase (3 Ph + N) 2 9 03152 03344 [9] 03807 [9] 04331 03154

Behind front plate (1)

300

600

Single-phase (Ph + N) 3 6 03157 03343 [6] 03806 [6] 04331 03154

DD383046.eps

Mounting

Single-phase (Ph + N) 3-phase (3 Ph + N) 3 2 6 8 03157 03152 03155 [6] 03158 [8] 04331 04331 03154 03154 M5 spacers for mounting plate > page 79

DD383045.eps

Devices Number of devices per row Nb. of vertical modules Mounting plates Metering front plate Front plates transparent at your choice plain Horizontal partitioning Insulating plate (class II) Accessories

DD382949.eps

300

600

Behind front plate (1)

Accessible (1) DD382948.eps

Mounting

3-phase (3 Ph + N) 1 9 03156 03354 [9] 03817 [9] 04332 08910 M5 spacers for mounting plate > page 79

(1) Order one additional horizontal partition in case of installation other than at the top of enclosure. (2) Meters can be installed directly on mounting plate equipped with 6 mm² earthing braid (cat.no 08910) and combined with partitioning or front plates.

61

TeSys, Altistart, Phaseo

Functional system

Functional units Industrial control devices

TeSys D, TeSys K contactors 300

Devices Useful length for rail Nb. of vertical modules Modular rail Plain front plate

For 300 mm wide duct DD380708.eps

600

For 600 mm wide enclosures DD381613.eps

Mounting

LC1Dp or LC1Kp (y 40 A)

LC1Dp or LC1Kp (y 40 A)

432 mm 3 03004 (in rear) 03803

180 mm 3 03011 (adjustable) 03813

TeSys GV2/GV3 circuit breakers 300

Devices

TeSys GV2L, GV2P

Useful length for rail Nb. of vertical modules Modular rail

432 mm 3 03002

Front plates [Nb. of vertical modules]

03203 [3] 03220 03221

cut-out upstream downstream Blanking plates strip > page 153 divisible

For 300 mm wide duct

TeSys GV2RT, GV2ME, GV2LE 3 03001 03203 [3]

TeSys GV3

Dd383492.eps

600

For 600 mm wide enclosures Dd383494.eps

Mounting

432 mm 5 03002

TeSys GV2L, TeSys GV2P GV2RT, GV2ME, GV2LE 180 mm 3 3 03011 03010

03205 [5] 03220 03221

03213 [3] 03220 03221

03213 [3]

TeSys GV3

180 mm 5 03011 (adjustable) 03213 [3] 03811 [1] 03811 [1] 03220 03221

Combined TeSys GV2 circuit breaker + TeSys GV3Ppp1 contactor 300

Devices Useful length for rail Nb. of vertical modules Modular rail Front plates transparent [Nb. of vertical plain modules] downstream

62

For 300 mm wide duct Dd381189.eps

600

For 600 mm wide enclosures Dd381318.eps

Mounting

GV2 + LC1Dp or LC1Kp (y 40 A) 432 mm 5 03004 (in rear) 03342 [4] 03801 [1]

GV3Ppp1 432 mm 7 03004 03343 [6] 03801 [1]

GV2 + LC1Dp or LC1Kp (y 40 A) 180 mm 5 03011 (adjustable) 03352 [4] 03811 [1]

GV3Ppp1 180 mm 7 03011 03353 [6] 03811 [1]

TeSys, Altistart, Phaseo

Functional system

Functional units Industrial control devices

Tesys U starter-controler For 300 mm wide duct Dd381190.eps

600

For 600 mm wide enclosures Dd381319.eps

Mounting 300

Devices Useful length for rail Nb. of vertical modules Rail transparent Front plates [Nb. of vertical plain modules]

TeSys U 432 mm 5 03004 (in rear) 03342 [4] (2) 03801 [1]

TeSys U (1) 432 mm 4 03004 (in rear) 03342 [4] (3) -

TeSys U 180 mm 5 03011 (adjustable) 03352 [4] (2) 03811 [1]

TeSys U (1) 180 mm 4 03011 (adjustable) 03352 [4] (3) -

Soft starters Altistart 01

Number of devices per row Useful length Nb. of vertical modules Rail Slotted plate Plain front plate

Dd381191.eps

300

Devices

For 300 mm wide in duct DD382604.eps

600

For 600 mm wide enclosures DD382603.eps

Mounting

On rail

On recessed slotted mounting On rail plate

ATS01N103FT ATS01N109FT ATS01N222 ATS01N106FT ATS01N112FT to 232 ATS01N206 to 212 19 9 9 432 mm 432 mm 432 mm 4 5 6 03004 03003 03003 (in rear) 03804 03805 03806

ATS01N230LY ATS01N272LY, ATS01N285LY ATS01N244LY ATS01N272Q, ATS01N285Q ATS01N244Q

ATS01N103FT ATS01N106FT

2 432 mm 5 03003

2 420 mm 6 -

19 180 mm 4 03011 (adjustable)

03805

03172 03806

03814

Supply and LV/LV Phaseo transformer 300

Devices Useful length for mounting plate Nb. of vertical modules Slotted plates Plain front plate

For 300 mm wide in duct DD380709.eps

600

For 600 mm wide enclosures Dd382816.eps

Mounting

On recessed slotted mounting plate

On slotted plate

ABL6TS/TD, ABL6-RF 420 mm 4 03171 03804

ABL6TS/TD, ABL6-RF 172 mm 4 03175 03814

(1) TeSys U without communication module, neither auxiliary contact, neither inverter module. (2) If the communication module is installed, the transparent front plate is mandatory. If not, the 2 front plates can be replaced by one plain front plate (cat.no 03805 in wall-mounted or floor-standing enclosure, 03815 in duct). (3) Or plain front plate (cat.no 03804 in wall-mounted or floor-standing enclosure, 03814 in duct).

63

Functional system

Functional units

Human-switchboard interface

Other devices

2 mounting types in Prisma G

2 types of device mounting 72 x 72 and 96 x 96

1

> In the device zone of wall-mounted and floor-standing enclosures Dd381685.eps

Dd381705.eps

> On an interface with plastic mounting plates clipped onto the metal front plate with cut-outs

1

A

10 0

40 10 0

40

60

40

10 0

A

40

60 10 0

60

A

60

A

bb The interface is made up of a metal front plate and plastic mounting plates that clip onto the front plate. bb The devices are attached in the cut-outs of the plastic mounting plates and insulated from the front plate. Dd381687.eps

2

Dd381688.eps

bb A system at the rear of the mounting plates guides the wires.

DD385895.eps

> On a plain door with cut-outs, on an inclined visor by 30°

bb Each mounting plate can receive an adhesive label. bb Plain mounting plates are available to blank off any unused locations.

2 Dd381689.eps

> Directly on a metal front plate with cut-outs

bb Devices are attached directly to the metal front plate. bb Blanking plates are available to blank off any unused locations.

Note: device mounting on door: earthing braid (ref. 08910) or earthing wire (ref. 08911).

64

bb With cut-out plastic mounting plate directly clipped on the visor. bb Supplied with a drilling diagram for mounting on a plain door.

Human-switchboard interface

Functional system

Functional units

Devices 72 x 72 and 96 x 96 Devices 144 x 144 Lamps and pushbuttons Ø22

Other devices

03902

Power Meter and other devices 96 x 96 (2)

03904

DD385466.eps

DB417935.eps

3

To blank-off or install: - from 1 to 4 buttons ø 16 or 22 mm - 1 device, 45 x 45

03900

03903

To blank-off or install: - from 1 to 4 buttons ø 16 or 22 mm - 1 device, 45 x 45 - 1 device, 72 x 72

DD385468.eps

4 x 96 x 96

Vigirex (1) and other devices 72 x 72

DD385465.eps

Nb. of Plastic Blanking plate vertical mounting or devices support modules plates cut-out Mounted on L600 front plate with interface and/or plastic plate 5 x 72 x 72

Metal front plate with cut-outs

DD385467.eps

No. and type of devices per row

03901

03902

Power Meter and other devices 96 x 96 (2)

DD385466.eps

03900

03903

03928 (3)

To blank-off or install: - from 1 to 4 buttons ø 16 or 22 mm - 1 device, 45 x 45

To blank-off or install: - from 1 to 4 buttons ø 16 or 22 mm - 1 device, 45 x 45 - 1 device, 72 x 72

DD385468.eps

3

DD385467.eps

4 x 96 x 96

DD385459.eps

5 x 72 x 72

Vigirex (1) and other devices 72 x 72

DD385465.eps

Mounted on L600 canopy tilted to 30° with plastic plate

03901

Mounted directly on L600 metal front plate with cut-out

03910

Direct mounting 3

Power Meter and other devices 96 x 96

144 x 144 devices + 72 x 72 devices

03913

144 x + 4 x 72 x 72 1x 144 144 x 144 device + 72 x 72 devices

Direct mounting

03908

-

03908

3

Direct mounting

DB417939.eps

1 x 96 x 96

DB417938.eps

03911 (2)

03907

4

03912

-

To blank-off or install: - from 1 or 2 buttons ø 22 mm - 1 device, 45 x 45 - 1 device, 72 x 72 To blank-off or install: - from 1 or 2 buttons ø 22 mm - 1 device, 45 x 45 - 1 device, 72 x 72

DD385469.eps

Power Meter (2) and other devices 96 x 96

DD385469.eps

3

To blank-off or install: - from 1 or 2 buttons ø 22 mm - 1 device, 45 x 45

DD385470.eps

DB417936.eps

Vigirex and other devices 72 x 72

96 x 96 devices

4 x 96 x 96

Direct mounting

DB417937.eps

6 x 72 x 72

(1)

DD385470.eps

72 x 72 devices 72 x 72 devices

To blank-off or install: - from 1 or 2 buttons ø 22 mm - 1 device, 45 x 45

03907

Pushbuttons and lamps Ø22 mm DB417940.eps

Direct mounting 2 -

4 x 96 x 96

DD385861.eps

Mounted directly on L850 metal front plate with cut-outs Power Meter and other devices 96 x 96 03925

DD385860.eps

Power Meter and other devices 96 x 96 03923

Direct mounting

3

Mounted directly on L300 metal front plate with cut-outs 1 x 96 x 96

-

-

To blank-off or install: - from 1 or 2 buttons ø 22 mm - 1 device, 45 x 45 - 1 device, 72 x 72

To blank-off or install: - from 1 or 2 buttons ø 22 mm - 1 device, 45 x 45 - 1 device, 72 x 72

03908

Direct mounting

3 -

DD385470.eps

03914

DD385470.eps

12 x Ø 22 mm

03908

Note: To maintain the IP55 degree of protection, the measurement devices must be installed behind a transparent door.

65

Compact NSX100/250 horizontal mounting W850

Functional system

Functional units Circuit breakers Horizontal fixed

850

Devices

DD385366.eps

DD385286.eps

Mounting

Toggle

Direct rotary handle

Compact NSX100/250

Vigicompact NSX100/250

Compact NSX100/250

Vigicompact NSX100/250

Number of devices per row

1

1

1

1

1

Nb. of vertical modules

5

4

4

4

4

Mounting plate Front plates (1) [Nb. of vertical modules]

03030

03030

03033

03031

03031

03294 [4]

03294 [4]

03295 [4]

03301 [4]

03301 [4]

-

-

-

-

cut-out

+ LV429285 (collar)

upstream 03851 [1]

Upstream connection Incoming connection block

cables via top: 04066

cables via bottom: 04067

-

-

-

Long terminal shields

-

-

3P : LV429517

3P : LV429517

3P : LV429517

4P : LV429518

4P : LV429518

4P : LV429518

08866 + 08867

-

Linergy DP 250 A

Type of connected devices

All types

Insulated Linergy BW busbars

Rear Linergy BS busbars Dd381946.eps

Dd381945.eps

Downstream distribution

Linergy BS multistage busbars DD385702.eps

08866 + 08867

Dd381936.eps

Cable-ties

Compact NSX100/250

Vigicompact NSX100/250

All types

All types

> page 90

> page 90

> page 92

> page 93

Busbars / distribution block

3P : 04033 4P : 04034

Power supply block with connections

-

04060

04060

connection must be made

Long terminal shields

-

-

-

3P : LV429517 4P : LV429518

> page 98

(1) 96x96 cut-out to the right of L850 front plates (ref 03294, 03295 and 03301) for installation of an FDM or other 96x96 Power Meter type devices.

66

Compact NSX400/630 vertical mounting W850

Functional system

Functional units Circuit breakers

Horizontal fixed

850

Devices

DD385826.eps

DD385825.eps

Mounting

Toggle

Compact NSX400/630 Number of devices per row

1

1

Nb. of vertical modules

9

6

Mounting plate Front plates [Nb. of vertical modules]

03070

03070

cut-out

03289 [6]

03289 [6]

upstream

03853 [3]

-

04076

04076

Upstream connection

Insulated Linergy BW busbars

Devices

Compact NSX400

Rear Linergy BS busbars

Linergy BS multi-stage busbars

Dd381936.eps

Dd381946.eps

Downstream distribution

DD385702.eps

Incoming connection block

Compact NSX630 All types

All types > page 93

Busbars / distribution block

> page 90

> page 90

> page 92

Power supply block with connections

04070

04071

connection must be made

Long terminal shields

-

-

3P : LV432593 4P : LV432594

67

Easypact CVS100/250 horizontal mounting W850

Functional system

Functional units Circuit breakers

DD385366.eps

Horizontal fixed DD385370.eps

Mounting 850

Devices

Toggle

Number of devices per row

Direct rotary handle

CVS100/250

Vigi CVS100/250

CVS100/250

1

1

1

Nb. of vertical modules

4

4

4

Mounting plate Front plates [Nb. of vertical modules]

03030

03033

03031

03256 [4]

03257 [4]

03301 [4]

cut-out

Upstream connection 3P : LV429517 4P : LV429518

3P : LV429517 4P : LV429518

Cable-ties

08866 + 08867

08866 + 08867

Type of connected devices

All types

Insulated Linergy BW busbars

Rear Linergy BS busbars

DD380522.eps

Toggle

Linergy BS multi-stage busbars DD380777.eps

Linergy DP 250 A distribution block DD380587.eps

Downstream distribution

Direct rotary handle

DD380761.eps

Long terminal shields

All types

All types

> page 92

> pages 93

CVS, Vigi CVS Busbars / distribution block Power supply block with connection Long terminal shields

(1) Connection must be made.

68

3P : 04033 > page 98 4P : 04034 -

04060

-

-

> page 90

04061 (1) + connection must be made 3P : LV429517 4P : LV429518

connection must be made 3P : LV429517 4P : LV429518

Easypact CVS400/630 vertical mounting W850

Functional system

Functional units Circuit breakers

Horizontal fixed DD385370.eps

Mounting 850

Toggle

Toggle

CVS400/630

CVS400/630

Number of devices per row

1

1

Nb. of vertical modules

10

7

Mounting plate Front plates cut-out [Nb. of vertical upstream modules] downstream

03070

03070

03286 [6]

03286 [6]

Raccordement amont

Long terminal shields

03851 [1]

3P : LV429593 4P : LV429594

3P : LV429593 4P : LV429594

Rear Linergy BS busbars

Type of connected devices Busbars / distribution block Power supply block with connection Long terminal shields

CVS400

CVS630

> page 90

04070 -

Linergy BS multi-stage busbars

DD380777.eps

Insulated Linergy BW busbars

-

03851 [1]

DD380783.eps

Downstream distribution

03853 [3]

04071 -

CVS400/630

DD380761.eps

Devices

CVS400/630

> page 92

> pages 93

connection must be made 3P : LV432593 4P : LV432594

connection must be made 3P : LV432593 4P : LV432594

69

Compact INS-INV250/630 horizontal mounting W850

Functional system

Functional units Switch-disconnectors

DD385292.eps

850

Devices

DD380670.eps

Horizontal fixed

Mounting

Direct front handle

Direct front handle

INS250 INV100/250

INS-INV320/630

Number of devices per row

1

1

1

Nb. of vertical modules

5

4

9

6

Mounting plate

03030

03030

03070

03070

cut-out

03239 [4]

03239 [4]

03287 [6]

03287 [6]

upstream

03851 [1]

-

03853 [3]

-

-

Front plates [Nb. of vert.l mod.]

Raccordement amont

1

Incoming connection block

cables via top: 04066

cables via bottom: 04067

-

Long terminal shields

LV429518

LV429518

LV432594

LV432594

Cable-ties

08866 + 08867

08866 + 08867

08866 + 08867

08866 + 08867

Downstream distribution

Linergy DP 250 A

Type of connected devices

INS250-INV100/250

INS250-INV100/250 INS-INV320/400 INS400/630INS-INV250 INS-INV500/630

Distribution block / busbars

3P : 04033 4P : 04034 > page 98

> page 90

> page 90

> page 90

> page 92

Power supply block with connection

-

04060

04070

04071

connection must be made connection must be made

Long terminal shields

-

-

Linergy BS multi-stage busbars

LV429518

INS-INV 320/630

DD385702.eps

Dd381936.eps

Dd381945.eps

70

Rear Linergy BS busbars

Dd381946.eps

Insulated Linergy BW busbars

INSINV250

INS-INV 320/630

>pages 93, 94

LV432594

LV429518 LV432594

Switchboard incomer y 160 A, outgoing y 63 A

Functional system

Functional units Modular devices

850

Devices Nb. of vertical modules Rail (72 modules of 9 mm) Modular front plate [nb of vert. mod.] Blanking plates strip > page 153 divisible

NG160, Vigi NG160

NG125, Vigi NG125, iC120, Vigi iC120

5

5

03007 (adjustable) (1) 03218 [5]

03006 03218 [5]

03220 03221

03220 03221

Switchboard incomer y 160 A, switches DD385290.eps

Montage 850

Compact INS40/160

Compact INS100/160 with long terminal shields

4

5

03006 03217 [4]

03006 03218 [5]

03220 03221

03220 03221

> page 90

> page 92

> page 93

All types 04031

125 A 04046

Connections block

> page 91

-

must be made

04149

supplied 04047 with 04046

Devices Power supply type Modular rail (1) Modular front plate [nb of vert. mod.]

All types

Outgoing y 63 A distance between centres 20 mm

> page 97

> page 97

160 A 04045

> page 97

DD385267.eps

All types

> page 100

must be made

Distance between centres 150 mm

DD385287.eps

850

All types

Linergy DS Multi-stage distribution

Dd383301.eps

DD380777.eps

Type of connected devices Distribution block / busbars

Mounting

All types

Dd383300.eps

Rear Linergy BS Linergy BS Distribution Distribution busbars Multi-stage block Linergy DX block Linergy DX busbars in duct 1P, 160 A 4P, 125 A/160 A Dd383270.eps

Insulated Linergy BW busbars

DD380761.eps

Devices Nb. of vertical modules Adjustable modular rail (1) Modular front plate [nb de mod. vert.] Blanking plates strip > page 153 divisible

Downstream distribution

DD385289.eps

Switchboard incomer y 160 A, circuit breakers DD385288.eps

Mounting

Any Acti 9 type modular devices All power supply types (Linergy FH, Linergy FM) with cable straps or trunking 03006 03217 [4]

Acti 9 type modular devices y 40 A Linergy FM 63/80 A or Linergy FH feeder with cable straps

03216 [3]

(1) Modular rail capacity: 36 modules (18 mm). (2) To complete the row with modular devices, the rail (L = 342 mm) and its extensions. Note: modular row with Linergy FM 200 A distribution block (24 or 36 modules) and 160 A (12 modules) positioned directly below a non-modular mounting plate (Compact, etc.), or at the top of a switchboard: add 1 additional module (i.e. 4 + 1) and a plain upstream front plate.

71

Functional system

Front plates and accessories

Front plates, rails, slotted mounting plates Plain front plates Enclosure W850

Nb. of vertical modules 1 2 3 4 5 6 9 11 12

Duct W300 DB385896.eps

DB417928.eps

Enclosure W600 DB417926.eps

Used for

Height

Plain

Plain

Plain

50 mm 100 mm 150 mm 200 mm 250 mm 300 mm 450 mm 550 mm 600 mm

03801 03802 03803 03804 03805 03806 03807 03808

03851 03853 03854 03856 03859 (1) 03861 -

03811 03812 03813 03814 03815 03816 03817 -

Transparent front plates Enclosure W850 DB418068.eps

Height

Transparent

Transparent (2)

Transparent

200 mm 300 mm 450 mm 600 mm

03342 03343 03344 03345

03363 (1) 03364 (1) -

03352 03353 03354 -

Modular front plates

Nb. of vertical modules 1 2 3 4 5 7 8

Height 50 mm 100 mm 150 mm 200 mm 250 mm 350 mm 400 mm

72

1 row of modular devices

03202 03203 03204 03205 -

03216 03217 03218 -

L600 wall mounted and floor standing enclosures

1 row of modular devices 03213 03214 -

DD60759.eps

DB418069.eps

1 row of modular devices

(1) Front plate available end of 2016. (2) 2/3 transparent front plate

Duct W300

Dd381676.eps

Enclosure W850

DB124226.eps

Enclosure W600 DB124225.eps

Used for

Other front plates DB124224.eps

Nb. of vertical modules 4 6 9 12

Duct W300 DB417929.eps

Enclosure W600 DB417927.eps

Used for

3 rows of modular devices

Ventilated

03223

03891 03895

With cut-out for fan or filter

> page 84

-

03890 -

Front plates, rails, slotted mounting plates

Functional system

Front plates and accessories

Accessories for front plates DD384029.eps

03220 bb Strip bb H = 46 mm, L=1m

DD381371.eps

Dd381351.eps DD381371.eps

Dd383497.eps

Dd381353.eps

DD381371.eps

300

L300 duct DD381370.eps

Enclosure W850

03221 bb Divisible bb Set of 4 bb H = 46 mm, L = 90 mm

Dd383497.eps

Enclosure W600

Blanking plates

01094 Set of 10

Rails

Dd383497.eps

600 850

01093 Set of 20 white RAL9001

Dd381351.eps

Used for

08585 Set of 2 hinges

Dd381352.eps

Catalogue numbers Characteristics

Front-plate locking handles DD384502.EPS

Self adhesive front plate grips DD384501.EPS

Front plate hinge kit DD383950.eps

Used for

Catalogue numbers Useful length

Fixed 03001 432 mm

Adjustable 03002 432 mm

Rear 03004 432 mm

Surbaissé 03003 432 mm

Fixed 03006 648

Adjustable 03007 648

Fixed 03010 180 mm

Adjustable 03011 180 mm

9 mm pitch number

48

48

48

48

20

128 mm

158 mm

72 pitch (36 modules) from 47 to 114 mm

20

from 47 to 114 mm

72 pitch (36 modules) 50

50 mm

from 47 to 114 mm

Useful depth behind front plate 50 mm

Adjustable rails

Rail + raiser DD381310.eps

DD385471.eps

Rail to be cut W1600

Cat. no. Characteristics

04226 Set of 2 rails, useful length: 1600 mm with 4 holes, dia. 6.4 mm, 450 mm between centres

04227 Rail and 4 modular raisers Useful length: 432 mm Raiser height: 33 mm

Slotted mounting plate (1)

Catalogue numbers Nb. of vertical modules Height Useful width Useful depth behind front plate

Flat 03170 4 200 mm 440 mm 140 mm

Recessed 03171 4 200 mm 420 mm 160 mm

03172 6 300 mm

03173 9 450 mm

Flat 03175 4 200 mm 172 mm 140 mm

DD381375.eps

DD381369.eps

Duct W300 DD381375.eps

Enclosure W600 DD381369.eps

Used for

Recessed 03176 4 200 mm 152 mm 160 mm

03177 6 300 mm

03178 9 450 mm

Dedicated mounting plate (04223) > page 78.

(1) For 850 width floor standing enclosure, fit a L600 mounting plate plus a L300.

73

Finishing parts Labels

Functional system

Finishing parts

Identification labels

T LIGH

T LIGH

08913 08915 08917 18 x 35 18 x 72 25 x 85 bb Set of 12 bb The clip-on support is supplied with a paper label and a transparent cover. bb It clips onto the front plate horizontally or vertically and can be screwed to any support (plain door, plain front plate, etc.).

Symbol sheets

DD381753.eps

DD381715.eps

DD381751.eps

Adhesive labels

08914 08916 08918 18 x 35 18 x 72 25 x 85 bb Set of 12 bb These plates simply replace the paper labels.

DD381752.eps

Catalogue numbers Dimensions (mm) Characteristics

Dd383975.eps

Engraving plates DD383974.eps

Clip-on labels

Width Catalogue numbers Dimensions (mm) Characteristics

W600 W850 W300 08903 08904 08907 08908 08905 08906 24 x 432 36 x 432 24 x 650 36 x 650 24 x 180 36 x 180 bb Set of 12 bb The adhesive label holders are supplied with a paper label and a transparent cover.

13735

13736

bb Set of 10 adhesive symbol sheets bb Standard symbols: vv loads: sockets, lights, heating units, etc. vv rooms: bedroom, bathroom, etc.

bb Set of 10 adhesive symbol sheets bb Special symbols: vv loads: lightning arrestor, gate, swimming pool, etc. vv rooms: technical room, computer room, etc.

Adhesive labels for mimic diagrams Lines, 900 mm Outgoing arrows long (7 mm thick) x 10 Catalogue numbers Characteristics

01005 Set of 10 Colour: black

Incoming arrows x 10

x 10 01006

Transformers

01007

Earth symbols x 10

x 10 01008

01009

Accessories

Catalogue numbers Characteristics

74

Touch-up paint brush Dd381208.eps

DD384008.eps

Adhesive drawing holder

DD381721.eps

Switchboard identification plate

08900

08963

08961

Colour: RAL 9001

Colour: RAL 9001

Colour: RAL 9001

Partitioning

Functional system

Partitioning of functional units

Horizontal partitioning

The metal partitions are used to: bb separate the functional units from one to another bb create a physical separation between devices and a terminal block, for example.

W300

Prisma G IP30 IP55

Catalogue numbers Characteristics

DD381419.eps

W850 DD385300.eps

W600 DD381418.eps

Used for

04331 04336 04332 Metal. It is mounted directly on the functional uprights. Lateral and rear cut-outs are available for cable running or the installation of busbars at the rear of the switchboard.

Vertical partitioning

The metal partition creates a physical separation between the device compartment and a wide duct, or enclosure. It is used to: bb separate the devices from busbars or a distribution block installed in the duct, bb set up a special zone for terminal blocks in the duct.

Cat. no. Description

04330 Can be used for partitioning up to 33-modules. It can be cut to length every 150 mm.

From 7 to 33 modules Prisma G IP55

DD383119.eps

36 modules DD385837.eps

Prisma G IP30

From 6 to 33 modules Dd383509.eps

Used for

04335 08384 Can be used for partitioning in 36-module Metal. floor standing enclosure. There are cut -outs for cable running. Quantity to order according to height. Nb. of vertical 7 11 15 19 23 27 33 modules Height (mm) 450 650 850 1050 1250 1450 1750 Quantity

1

2

3

75

Functional system

Organisation of switchboard

Cable running

Trunking Horizontal trunking 60 x 30 mm

Brackets

Catalogue numbers Characteristics

04267 Set of 18 L = 2000 mm

Used with

Prisma G wall-mounted and floor-standing enclosures

04257 Set of 4 L = 450 mm Supplied with 8 supports Prisma G wall-mounted and floor-standing enclosures + Pack 160 enclosures

DD385899.eps

Dd381639.eps

Dd381626.eps

Vertical trunking 80 x 60 mm Dd381640.eps

Type

04206 H = 15 mm For vertical trunking installation Pack 160 enclosures

Cable trunking for doors Cable trunking

Catalogue numbers Characteristics

04235 L = 500 mm, inner ø = 19 mm

Dd381641.eps

DD380863.eps

Flexible trunking for wiring to door DD381643.eps

Type

04233 Set of 30 adhesive trunking 30 x 30 mm, L = 2000 mm

Grommets for wiring through front DD380864.eps

DD380865.eps

Grommets

04234 Set of 10. For wiring through front.

Catalogue number Characteristics

Cable-tie supports

Catalogue numbers Characteristics

Dd381171.eps

08867

08868

08783

08866

bb Set of 2 bb Supplied with hardware for mounting on the functional uprights of the enclosure.

bb Set of 4 bb Supplied with hardware for mounting on the functional uprights of the duct.

bb W = 1600 mm, can be cut to length as needed. bb Cables secured by ties or cable clamps. bb Supplied with hardware for mounting on the functional uprights of the enclosure or duct.

bb Set of 2 bb Makes it possible to tie down the cables next to the gland plate and gain one module in height. bb Only for use in 33- and 36-module enclosures.

Note: for the connection of power cables, see page 75 .

76

C-shaped cable-tie Cable-tie support supports for walladapters mounted or floorstanding enclosures and ducts Dd383424.eps

Cable-tie supports in a duct

Dd383423.eps

Cable-tie supports for wall-mounted or floor-standing enclosures Dd381820.eps

Used for

Cable running

Functional system

Organisation of switchboard

Straps and covers Covers for vertical cable straps

Horizontal cable straps

Catalogue numbers Characteristics

04264 Set of 12

04263 Set of 2 x 1 m

Used

Prisma G wall-mounted and floor-standing enclosures

Dd381621.eps

Dd381618.eps

Dd381633.eps

DD381628.eps

Covers for horizontal cable straps Dd383484.eps

Vertical cable straps Dd383485.eps

Type

04239 Set of 12 Have the same capacity as 60 x 30 mm trunking Prisma G wall-mounted and floor-standing enclosures + Pack enclosures

04243 Set of 4 covers of 430 mm Prisma G wall-mounted and floor-standing enclosures + Pack enclosures

Trunking supports Vertical

Dd381623.eps

Dd381626.eps

Dd382922.eps

Dd383477.eps

Dd418728.eps

Horizontal

Dd383486.eps

Horizontal and vertical Dd418729.eps

Type

Catalogue numbers Characteristics

Used

04266 (1)

04256

04265

04255

Set of 10 Vertical trunking metal support plates (80x60 mm) for wall mounted and floor standing enclosures. The support is screwed in at the same time as the modular rail. Supplied with 10 plastic screws to fix the trunking. Used to align the cover of a horizontal trunking section (H = 80 mm) with that of a vertical trunking section (H = 80 mm). Prisma G wall-mounted and floor standing enclosures for trunkings 04267 and 04257

Set of 10 Aligns the cover of a horizontal trunking section (H = 80 mm) with that of a vertical trunking section (H = 80 mm)

Set of 12

Set of 12

Prisma G wall-mounted and floor-standing enclosures

Prisma G wall-mounted and floor standing enclosures for trunkings 04267 and 04257

Prisma G wall-mounted and floor-standing enclosures + Pack enclosures, for trunking 04267

(1) Horizontal mounting not possible with Linergy BW.

77

Installation accessories for terminal block and earth bar

Functional system

Accessories

Support plate and dedicated mounting plate, in device compartment

This mounting assembly is used to easily install and connect a large number of terminal blocks in a minimum amount of space. It is particularly useful when a duct is not warranted or cannot be installed.

Used for

300

In device compartment Dd383507.eps

On mounting plate for terminal block and Linergy TB earth bar Dd383495.eps

Used for

600

Number of vertical modules Catalogue number 04220

5 (250 mm)

Characteristics

bb Mounting brackets, fixed to the functional uprights at the top or bottom of the enclosure, is equipped with four 200 mm symetrical rails. They are installed vertically to facilitate cable running.

04223

bb A mounting plate made up of two supports, is equipped with: vv a 1600 mm modular rail (04226) for terminal blocks vv Linergy TB earth bar > page 109 bb The supports have cut-outs that can be used to easily tie down the connection wires.

bb To facilitate mixing of different size terminal blocks and ensure convenient connections from the front or the side, the distance between rails and the depth of each rail can be adjusted. bb The assembly has cut-outs that can be used to easily tie down the connection wires. bb Linergy TB earth bars and Linergy TR terminal blocks layout, supplied separately, can be installed between the rows of terminal blocks to form different configurations, e.g.: vv four sets of terminal blocks vv 3 sets of terminal blocks + one or two Linergy TB earth bars (W = 290 mm).

> page 109

Installation on the side or in the width of the enclosure

This solution saves considerable space in the device zone and avoids the need for the 300 mm wide duct.

600

Catalogue numbers Characteristics

Horizontally on brackets DD385898.eps

2 fixing brackets for the earth bar on the functional uprights Dd383517.eps

Fixing mode

04206 H = 15 mm Set of 2 brackets

04207 H = 45 mm

04208 H = 80 mm

04206 H = 15 mm Set of 2 brackets

Linergy TR terminal blocks > page 112.

Linergy TB earth bars > page 109. 78

04207 H = 45 mm

04208 H = 80 mm

Installation accessories

Functional system

Accessories

Self-tapping screws DD384035.eps

Self-tapping screws

03183 Set of 20, mounting on functional uprights

M5 Characteristics

Universal angle bracket

DD381577.eps

DD383078.eps

Universal angle bracket

Catalogue numbers Characteristics

03186 03196 Height: 23 mm Set of 4

03198 Height: 25 mm Set of 4

03187 03197 Height: 55 mm Set of 4

03199 Height: 40 + 10 mm Set of 4

Dd383504.eps

30° supports

600

Catalogue numbers Characteristics

03005 Set of 2 supports (to fix a modular rail, earth bar, etc.)

03180 03181 03182 Slotted mounting plate and also on cable-tie support (08876) Set of 20, mounting of various devices

03164 03165 03166 Rail

03194 Functional uprights of IP30/55 enclosures

Set of 20

Set of 20

Dd381637.eps

Dd381612.eps

Dd381312.eps

Dd381313.eps

Clip-nuts

Raiser for rails and slotted mounting plates Dd381314.eps

Raiser

Catalogue number Characteristics

DD381576.eps

Clip-nuts

Characteristics

Dd380828.eps

Dd380828.eps

Dd380828.eps

Dd380828.eps

Dd380828.eps

03185 03195 Height: 9 mm Set of 4

Used for

M4 M5 M6 Mounting on

03583 Set of 6

Hexagonal spacers, 30° supports

Hexagonal spacers

M5 M6 M8 Characteristics

03581 Set of 2

04224 Set of 5, height: 10 mm, length 27 mm Colour: RAL 9001, insulating material

79

Connections blocks Power supply blocks

Functional system

Prefabricated connections

Horizontal mounting

Incoming connection blocks Devices y 630 A

Devices

Compact NSX100/250

Compact INS250, INV100/250

Compact NSX100/250

Compact INS250, INV100/250

Compact NSX400/630

Mounting

Horizontal

Horizontal

Horizontal

Horizontal

Horizontal, in duct

Catalogue number

04066

04066

04067

04067

04076

Configuration

> page 40

> page 50

> page 40

> page 50

> page 42

Characteristics

Optimize the dimension of the enclosure and avoid the contraints of cables bending radius.

DD385296.eps

Connection block 630 A (top/bottom) DD385236.eps

Incoming connection block 250 A via bottom DD385235.eps

Incoming connection block 250 A via top DD385234.eps

Description

Power supply block with connections between Compact device and Linergy BW isolated busbar Devices y 250 A

Devices

Compact NSX100/250

Power supply block 250 A + prefabricated connections 250 A

DD380522.eps

DD385240.eps

Power supply block 250 A DD385237.eps

Description

Compact INS250, INV100/250

Compact INS250, INV100/250

Mounting

Horizontal

Horizontal

Vertical

Catalogue number

04060

04060

04060 + connection 04062

Configuration

> page 40

> page 50

> page 51

Power supply block with connections between Compact device and Linergy BW isolated busbar Devices 400-630 A DD385238.eps

Power supply block 630 A

Devices Mounting

DD385239.eps

Power supply block 400 A

DD380783.eps

Description

Compact NSX400

Compact INS-INV320/400

Compact NSX630

Compact INS-INV500/630

Horizontal

Horizontal

Horizontal

Horizontal

Catalogue number

04070

04070

04071

04071

Configuration

> page 42

> page 50

> page 42

> page 50

80

Connections blocks Power supply blocks

Functional system

Prefabricated connections

Vertical mounting

Universal power supply block + prefabricated connections between Compact device and Linergy BW isolated busbar Devices 100-250 A

DD385241.eps

Universal power supply 250 A + prefabricated connections 250 A

Devices

Compact NSX100/250

A

B

Compact NSX100/250

C

DD385242.eps

Universal power supply 250 A + prefabricated connections 250 A

Dd382567.eps

Description

D

Compact INS250, INV100/250

Mounting

Vertical

Vertical, in duct

Vertical, in duct

Catalogue number

04061 + connection 04062

04061 + connection 04064

04061 + connection 04064

Configuration

> page 41

> page 41

> page 51

Universal power supply block + prefabricated connections between Compact device and Linergy BW isolated busbar Devices 400-630 A Universal power supply 400/630 A + prefabricated connections 400/630 A

DD385245.eps

DD385243.eps

Universal power supply 400/630 A + connection must be made

DD385268.eps

Description

Compact NSX400/630

Compact INS-INV320/630

Compact NSX400/630

Compact INS-INV320/630

Mounting

Vertical

Vertical

Vertical, in duct

Vertical, in duct

Catalogue number

04074 + connection must be made

04074 + connection must be made

04074 + connection 04073

04074 + connection 04073

Configuration

> page 43

> page 51

> page 43

> page 51

Universal power supply block, connections to be made between Compact device and Linergy BW isolated busbar Devices y 250 A Description

Universal power supply 250 A + connection must be made

Devices

Compact NSX100/250 (direct rotary handle, motor mechanism module)

DD385244.eps

DD385318.eps

Devices

Mounting

Horizontal

Vertical

Catalogue number

04061 + connection must be made

04061 + connection must be made

Configuration

> page 40

> page 41

81

Functional system

Dd383472.eps

Dd383498.eps

Dd383295.eps

Dd383294.eps

Prefabricated connections

Linergy BW and devices connections, other prefabricated connections

Descriptif

Allows connection of

Cat. no.

One-piece connection 3/4P - 160 A, L = 165 mm bb Fast connection to Linergy BW busbars bb Equipped with male fittings one end for tunnel terminals bb Respects the degree of protection IPxxB bb Neutral is clearly indicated (blue)

NG160 (located on left-hand side), NG125, INS160, C120, iC120

04147

One-piece connection 3/4P - 160 A, L = 440 mm bb Fast connection to Linergy BW busbars bb Equipped with male fittings one end for tunnel terminals bb Respects the degree of protection IPxxB bb Neutral is clearly indicated (blue)

NG160 (located on left-hand side), Vigi NG160 (located in the middle), NG125, INS160, C120, iC120

04148

12 tap-off blocks for 1 cable of 6 mm2 (32 A max.) and 1 of 10 mm2 (40 A max.) Respects the degree of protection IPxxB. In: 55 A max., Ui: 750 V

All types of device, equipped with tunnel terminals, Linergy FM 160/200 A

04151

12 tap-off blocks for 1 cable of 16 mm2 (50 A max.) Respects the degree of protection IPxxB. In: 55 A max., Ui: 750 V

All types of device, equipped with tunnel terminals, Linergy FM 63/80/160/200 A

04152

Set of four connections 4P - 200 A , L = from 230 to 330 mm Supplied with mounting hardware + insulated covers

Linergy FM 200 A

04021 + 04150

When mounting Schneider Electric prefabricated connections, short terminal shields can be used or not if the function is already integrated in prefabricated connections.

DD385253.eps

Linergy BS multistage lateral busbars, 630 A

DD385251.eps

Dd382305.eps

Linergy BS multistage lateral busbars, 250 A

Connections between two sets of Linergy BS busbars Connection between 2 sets of Linergy BS busbars Dd381458.eps

Devices/Linergy BS multi-stage busbars connections

Devices

Devices

Set of 4 copper angle brackets - 250 A

Catalogue number

04190

Allows connection of

Electrical connections between two sets of rear busbars

Compact CVS-NSX-INS-INV

Mounting

Vertical, in duct

Vertical, in duct

Catalogue number

04065

04075

Configuration

> page 51

> page 51

Note: for some devices, it is recommended to use Schneider Electric prefabricated connections. If not, switchgears must be equipped with long terminal shields for personnel safety.

82

Functional system

Prefabricated connections

Other prefabricated connections Insulated flexible bars Linergy BS and Linergy FM busbars connections y 200 A

DD385535.eps

Devices DD385248.eps

DD385247.eps

Dd383499.eps

Linergy BS multi-stage Rear Linergy BS busbars busbars

Devices Catalogue number

04024

04029

04030

Configuration

> page 103

> page 103

> page 103

Allows supply of a distribution block

Linergy FM device feeders 200 A

Linergy FM device feeders 200 A, Set of 4

Linergy FM device feeders 160 A

DD382008.eps

Insulated flexible bars

The insulated flexible bars are tested in a type-tested switchboard environment. Their design takes into account the switchboard architecture where they are often in close proximity to a protection device (circuit breaker or fuse) with significant heat losses. The sizes for the flexible bars indicated below take into account the heat losses of Schneider Electric devices in a Prisma switchboard.

Characteristics Length Rated insulation voltage (Ui)

1800 mm 1000 V

Connection between device busbar

The flexible bars are determined taking into account the connected device, whatever the internal temperature of the switchboard. The bar sizes indicated below take into account the derating curves of devices.

Devices

NSX100 NSX160/250 NSX400 NSX630 INS125/160 INS250 INS400 INS630 200 A Linergy FM Fupact 250 Fupact 400 Fupact 630 Easypact CVS100 Easypact CVS160/250 Easypact CVS400 Easypact CVS630

Size (mm)

20 x 2 20 x 3 (1) 32 x 5 32 x 8 20 x 2 20 x 3 32 x 5 32 x 6 20 x 3 24 x 5 32 x 5 32 x 8 20 x 2 20 x 3 32 x 5 32 x 8

Catalogue numbers

04742 04743 04751 04753 04742 04743 04751 04752 04743 04746 04751 04753 04742 04743 04751 04753

(1) T  o connect a Compact NSX250 to Linergy BW busbars, use a 24 x 5 mm flexible bar (04746).

Connection between busbars

Flexible bars are designed for connections between busbars taking into account the following characteristics: bb a maximum temperature of 60 °C inside the switchboard. This corresponds to the average temperature inside a switchboard for an ambient temperature of 35 °C bb the maximum withstand temperature for the insulating material is 125 °C.

Ie (1) max

Designing connections > page 169

200 A 250 A 400 A 520 A 580 A 660 A

Size (mm)

20 x 2 20 x 3 24 x 5 32 x 5 32 x 6 32 x 8

Catalogue numbers

04742 04743 04746 04751 04752 04753

(1) Rated operational current.

83

Management of the internal temperature

Functional system

Accessories

Ventilation

In most cases and notably for IP30 switchboards, the heat dissipation by convection takes place naturally and does not require fans. However, when the switchboard is installed in temperate environments or when the degree of protection is high (IP54), ventilation accessories are indispensable. For more in-depth information on selecting air-conditioning accessories and the thermal management of switchboards > page 192 to page 199.

Ventilated front plate Dd381676.eps

Front plate W = 600

Characteristics Surface area of the openings

85 m²/h

165 m²/h PB501051_R.eps

Forced-air ventilation

03891 03895 1 module, 3 modules, H = 50 mm H = 150 mm Degree of protection: IP30. Located at the top and bottom of the switchboard, IP30 ventilated front plates facilitate natural convection in the switchboard. 250 cm2 80 cm2

PB501052_R.eps

Catalogue number Height

Catalogue numbers Free flow rate with filter (m3/h)

50 Hz 60 Hz Flow rate with outlet 50 Hz grille (m3/h) 60 Hz Power consumption (W) (max. current (A)) Sound level (dB (A)) External dimensions (cut-out) Weight (kg) Operating temp. Installation Characteristics

NSYCVF85M230PF NSYCVF165M230PF 85 165 98 193 63 153 72 171 17/15 16,3/14,3 (0,121/0,097) (0,12/0,94) 46/49 50/51 170 x 150 x 62 268 x 248 x 104 (125 x 125) (223 x 223) Plain front plate (u 4 modules) to cut out Plain front plate (u 6 modules) to cut out 0,780 1,140 -20...+60 °C -20...+60 °C Generally installed at the bottom of floor-standing enclosures: bb by cutting out a side panel, bb on front of switchboard by cutting out a 4M (03804) or 6M (03806) plain front plate. The set comprises the fan with a grill and a standard filter. bb Input voltage: 230 V (50/60 Hz). bb Degree of protection: IP54. bb RAL 7035. bb Material: ABS, V0

PB501046_35.eps

Outlet grille filters, set of 5, spare parts

Standards filters G2 M1 Fine filters G3 M1

84

NSYCAF125 NSYCAF125T

NSYCAF223 NSYCAF223T

Functional system

Accessories

Management of the internal temperature Heating elements

The resistors prevent condensation, corrosion and superficial leakage currents. They maintain a positive temperature in the enclosures when external temperatures drop very low. Install heaters according to the desired power level at the bottom of the enclosure, respect a safety area of a least 10 cm around the device. Vertical installation is recommended to ensure optimum convection. The resistance heaters are equipped with a PTC - type sensor (positive temperature coefficient). Thanks to these heaters, the surface temperature stabilises at 75 °C when the ambient is at -5 °C.

Catalogue numbers Power rating Characteristics

NSYCR55WU2 NSYCR100WU2 55 W 90 W bb Vertical mounting. bb Aluminium case with fins. bb Temperature: vv turns off at 60 °C, vv turns on at 25-30 °C (temperature of the resistor itself). bb Equipped with a symetrical rail for rapid mounting (clips on). bb Input voltage: 110-250 V.

PB501025.eps

PB501146_32.eps

Heating resistor

NSYCR250W230VV 250 W bb Vertical mounting. bb Aluminium case with fins. bb Temperature: vv turns off at 60 °C, vv turns on at 25-30 °C (temperature of the resistor itself). bb Equipped with a symetrical rail for rapid mounting (clips on). bb Input voltage: 230 V.

Regulating

Used to control the temperature inside electrical switchboards in conjunction with heating resistors and fans. This thermostat can control the activation of a fan and a heater and regulate their temperature independently. Double adjustable thermostat Double temperature control with a resistance heater and a fan with separate operation bb Red button: with normally closed contact (NC) for controlling the resistance heaters. bb Blue button: with normally open contact (NO) for controlling the fans, signalling systems or alarms. PB501162_30.eps

Thermostat

Catalogue number Characteristics

NSYCCOTHD bb Setting range: 0 °C to +60 °C. bb Power rating: 30 W bb Input voltage: 120 V AC: 15 A - 230 V AC: 10 A bb Fixing: clips onto a modular rail.

Thermal management of switchboards > page 192

85

Linergy distribution and connection systems

86

Version : 5.0

21/04/2016

5-DESW015EN Linergy

Linergy distribution and connection systems

Contents

Distribution and connection Panorama of the solution

88

Power busbars Linergy BW

Insulated busbars up to 630 A

Linergy BS

Rear flat busbars up to 400 A Multi-stage busbars up to 630 A Multi-stage distribution blocks up to 630 A Common accessories up to 630 A

90 92 93 94 95

Distribution blocks Linergy DX

Quick distribution blocks

Linergy DP

Quick distribution blocks

Linergy DS

96 98

100

Device feeders Linergy FM

Quick device feeders

Linergy FH

Horizontal comb busbar for 27 mm pitch for NG125 Horizontal comb busbar for 18 mm pitch for Acti 9 Horizontal comb busbar for 9 mm pitch for Acti 9, C60 Horizontal comb busbar for 9 mm pitch for Acti 9

102 104 105 107 108

Terminal blocks Linergy TB Earth bars

109

Terminal blocks and bars Linergy TA

Auxiliary connections Terminal blocks

110 112

87

Linergy

Distribution and connection

Panorama of the solution

Linergy and Prisma G: an optimised and high-performance type-tested offer (IEC 61439-1 & 2 standard) > For incoming devices

> For rows of modular devices

Linergy DX 160 A and Linergy DP 250 A distribution block

Linergy DX 125 at 160 A distribution block - Spring terminals for electrical connections that stay tight - Front designed to integrate perfectly with modular devices

Linergy FM 63/200 A

- Reliable spring-terminal connections requiring no maintenance

-R  eliable spring-terminal connections for outgoing circuits, requiring no maintenance

- Fast installation

- Horizontal or vertiical installation in minimum space

- Easy upgrades through replacement or addition of devices

Linergy BS 160 to 630 A distribution block

- Easy balancing of phases

Linergy FH 100 to 125 A comb busbars

- Fast and direct connections, adaptable to all needs - Easy, economical connections

Linergy TR

- Traditional, highly polyvalent solution - Many installation possibilities 88

- Fast and simple installation - Multiple connection options (screw, spring or push-in connections)

Linergy

Distribution and connection

Panorama of the solution

Customised organisation of your switchboard > Busbars up to 630 A for all switchboard architectures Linergy BW busbars: compact and insulated for fast upgrades.

Linergy BS busbars: for traditional distribution.

Prefabricated connections, optimised and fully insulated.

Rear Linergy BS busbars.

Lateral busbars. The bars are staggered for easy access to connection points.

> Row distribution blocks for modular devices Linergy FH comb busbars: a simple, cost-effective solution.

Linergy FM device feeder: a fast, flexible and reliable solution.

Linergy FH comb busbars.

Linergy FM device feeder Linergy FM device feeder 80 A. 200 A. The Linergy FM device feeder snaps easily onto the back of the rails. All types of modular devices can be mixed in the same row and phase balancing is simple. It’s easy to change or add devices.

Linergy FH comb busbars are fully insulated. Device can de connected in a single operation.

> Centralised distribution blocks for switchboard incomers

Linergy DX 160 A 4P: practical and aesthetic. Modular monobloc distribution block for fast connections

Linergy DX 160 A 1P: "à la carte" distribution block. Modular combinable components for fast connections.

Linergy DS 160 A: a traditional solution.

Linergy DP 250 A: modular and compact.

Installation on modular rail on mounting-plate. Screw-terminal connections.

Installed directly downstream of Compact circuit breakers and switches without taking up any extra vertical modules. Fast connections in spring-loaded terminals.

89

Linergy BW

Linergy distribution systems

Power busbars

Insulated busbars up to 630 A

PD390337.eps

Description

bb Compact busbar, IPxxB, ready for installation (supplied complete with supports and end caps) bb Shaped busbar, threaded M6 with 25-mm pitch, can be cut with 200-mm pitch (150 mm for the 125 A) bb Busbar installed on insulating supports, screwed onto the rear uprights bb Wide selection of tested pre-wired connectors bb Clip-on covers to protect against direct contact (IPxxB). Can easily be cut to allow connections to pass through to the switchgear bb Ends protected by end caps

Linergy BW busbar Rated peak withstand current Rated insulation voltage Rated impulse withstand voltage Rated short-time current Thermal stress

125 A

160 A

250 A

400 A

630 A

(Ipk) (Ui) (Uimp) (Icw) (A².s)

20 k 500 V AC 8 kV 8.5 kA rms / 1 s 7.225 x 107

30 k 750 V AC 8 kV 10 kA rms / 1 s 1.000 x 108

30 k 750 V AC 8 kV 13 kA rms / 1 s 1.690 x 108

52.5 k 750 V AC 8 kV 20 kA rms / 1 s 4.000 x 108

52.5 k 1000 V AC 8 kV 25 kA rms / 1 s 6.250 x 108

450

750

1000

1400

1000

1400

1000

1400

1000

1400

3P

04103

04107

04111

04116

04112

04117

04113

04118

04114

04119

4P

04104

04108

04121

04126

04122

04127

04123

04128

04124

04129

Length (mm) Catalogue numbers

Used for connecting

Set of

12 tap-off blocks For 1 cable of 6 mm2 (32 A max.) and 1 cable of 10 mm2 (40 A max.) Ui: 750 V In: 55 A max. (1) bb All switchgear equipped with enclosed terminals bb Linergy FM 160/200 A 12

Catalogue numbers 04151

DD381385-LIN.eps

DD383472-LIN.eps

DD383498-LIN.eps

IPxxB tap-off terminals

200 A connections 12 tap-off blocks For 1 cable of 1 to 16 mm2 Ui: 750 V In: 55 A max. with only 1 cable

PB502375.eps

Accessories

IPxxB insulating covers

Class 8.8 fixing accessories

Covers which can be clipped on and cut to size are used to isolate the connectors of a connection with cables of cross-section 10 to 25 mm2

M6 x 12 + 20 M6 contact washers

bb All switchgear equipped bb Linergy FM with enclosed terminals 200 A bb Linergy FM 63/80/160/200 A 12 4

8

20

04152

04150

04158

04021

DD384952_L13-LIN.eps

Spare parts

Linergy BW busbar supports Rated operational current at 40 °C Composition

125 A 160 A 250 A 400 A 2 busbar supports + 2 end caps + packet of fixing accessories -

01210

630 A

01210

01210

01211

01201

01201

01201

DD384951_L13-LIN.eps

Catalogue numbers

(Ie)

IPxxB clip-on covers Length (mm) Set of Catalogue numbers (1) Imax = 55 A for all connected cables.

90

200 2 -

01201

Linergy BW

Linergy distribution systems

Power busbars

Insulated busbars up to 630 A

Switchgear

Catalogue numbers

DD385243.eps

DD380522-LIN.eps

Horizontal DD380593-LIN.eps

Mounting Vertical

Power supply units without connections Fixed Fixed

Universal power supply units

bb Enclosed horizontal NSX100/250 with rotary handle or remote control bb Vertical Fupact INF100/160, Fupact ISFT100/250

bb Enclosed NSX400/630 with or without Vigi bb Enclosed INS-INV320/630

Fixed

Fixed

Fixed

Fixed

Fixed

Fixed

04061

04074

04062

04064

04073

04060 (1)

04070

04071

bb Enclosed NSX100/250 with toggle switch bb Enclosed Vertical INS-INV250

bb In duct NSX100/250 with or without Vigi bb In duct Vertical INS-INV250

Universal power supply units with connections bb In duct NSX400/630 with or without Vigi bb In duct INS-INV320/630

bb NSX100/250 horizontal with or without Vigi bb INS-INV250 horizontal

bb NSX400 horizontal bb INS-INV320/400 horizontal

bb NSX630 horizontal bb INSINV500/630 horizontal

Connections

Set of Catalogue numbers

IPxxB 3/4P monobloc connection

DD383472-LIN.eps

IPxxB 3/4P monobloc connection

Connections 4P

35 mm2 ferrule + 45° angled connector 125 A

45 mm2 ferrule + 45° angled connector 160 A

Quick connection on the busbar equipped with a male ferrule for enclosed terminals. Neutral identified by the colour blue.

Supplied with mounting hardware

160 A

200 A

230 mm bb NG125, INS with enclosed terminals cat. no. 28947 or 28948

250 mm bb INS160, NG125, NG160

440 mm 165 mm bb NG160 (left-hand position), bb NG160 (left-hand position), Vigi NG160 (middle position), NG125, INS160, C120, iC120 bb NG125, INS160, C120, iC120

4

4

1

1

4

04145

04146

04148

04147

04021 + 04150 insulated covers

230 to 330 mm bb Linergy FM 200 A

Dd383294-LIN.eps

160 A

DD383295-LIN.eps

Rated operational (Ie) current at 40 °C Length Used for connecting

DD383274-LIN.eps

DD381379-LIN.eps

DD383276-LIN.eps

Pre-wired connectors

(1) Not compatible with Linergy BW 125 A.

91

Linergy distribution systems

Power busbars

Linergy BS

Rear flat busbars up to 400 A

PD390532_SE.eps

IEC 61439-1 & 2 Description

The busbar can be 3-pole or 4-pole with ratings between 160 A and 400 A. 2 lengths are available: 1000 and 1400 mm, which can be cut as required. The number of supports depends on the installation maximum rated current. The supports allow installation of a 5th busbar with 15 or 20 x 5 mm cross-section to create the earth collector.

DD381388-LIN.eps

Copper busbars 160 à 400 A

160 A Rated peak withstand current Rated insulation voltage Rated short-time current Thermal stress Conductor cross-section Installation

(Ipk) (Ui) (Icw) (A².s)

250 A

400 A

630 A

30 k 40 k 55 k 1000 V AC 1000 V AC 1000 V AC 10 kA eff / 1s 13 kA eff / 1s 25 kA eff / 1s 1,690 x 108 6,250 x 108 1,000 x 108 15 x 5 mm 20 x 5 mm 32 x 5 mm Threaded M6 holes every 25 mm all the way up Connection by: 16 to 50 mm2 flexible cables with crimped lugs 4

80 k 1000 V AC 35 kA rms / 1s 12,25 x 108 32 x 8 mm

Length (mm)

1000

1400

1000

1400

1000

1400

1400

Catalogue numbers

04161

04171

04162

04172

04163

04173

04174

Set of

DD381389-LIN.eps

Insulating busbar support

Distance between supports depending on Icw (1)

y 10 kA eff / 1 s y 13 kA eff / 1 s y 15 kA eff / 1 s y 20 kA eff / 1 s y 25 kA eff / 1 s y 30 kA eff / 1 s y 35 kA eff / 1 s

Installation Catalogue numbers

450 mm 450 mm 450 mm 450 mm 450 mm 450 mm 450 mm 300 mm 225 mm On the rear uprights Screwed onto a solid or pre-slotted plate (fixing centres 450 x 200 mm)

450 mm 450 mm 450 mm 300 mm 225 mm 225 mm 175 mm

04191

LGY4193

04191

04191

DD381192LIN.eps

IPxxB insulating protective shield

Length Height Composition

470 mm 100 mm Supplied with fixings

Catalogue numbers 04198 (1) Linergy FM 200 A distribution blocks with connections ref. 04029 can act as intermediate supports (max. distance apart 200 mm) in addition to the support ref. 04191 at the top and bottom.

92

Linergy distribution systems

Power busbars

Linergy BS

Multi-stage busbars up to 630 A

PD390533_SE.eps

IEC 61439-1 & 2 Description

Multi-stage busbars are installed in a sheath L = 300 mm. We strongly recommend dividing the current between 2 cubicles or enclosures joined on either side. All the connection points are easily accessible from the front. The busbar orientation makes them easier to tighten and facilitates running the cables between them. The current can be 3-pole or 4-pole with ratings between 160 A and 630 A. 2 lengths are available: 1000 and 1400 mm, which can be cut as required. The number of supports depends on the installation maximum rated current.

DD381388-LIN.eps

160 to 630 A copper busbars

Rated peak withstand current Rated insulation voltage Rated short-time current Thermal stress Supply at incoming terminals Conductor cross-section Installation Set of Length (mm)

(Ipk) (Ui) (Icw) (A².s)

Catalogue numbers

160 A 250 A 400 A 30 k 40 k 55 k 750 V AC 750 V AC 750 V AC 10 kA rms / 1s 13 kA rms / 1s 20 kA rms / 1s 1.690 x 108 4.000 x 108 1.000 x 108 Connection by: 16 to 50 mm2 flexible cables with crimped lugs 15 x 5 mm 20 x 5 mm 32 x 5 mm Flat copper busbar with threaded M6 holes every 25 mm2 all the way up 4 1000 1400 1000 1400 1000 1400

630 A 55 k 750 V AC 25 kA rms / 1s 6.250 x 108

1000

1400

04161

must be made

04174

04171

04162

04172

04163

04173

32 x 8 mm

DD381395-LIN.eps

Insulating busbar support

Distance between supports depending on Icw (1)

y 10 kA rms / 1 s y 13 kA rms / 1 s y 15 kA rms / 1 s y 20 kA rms / 1 s y 25 kA rms / 0.6 s y 25 kA rms / 1 s

Installation Catalogue numbers

450 mm 450 mm 450 mm 450 mm 450 mm 450 mm 300 mm 300 mm Installation on functional uprights of duct (Prisma G). Screwed onto a solid or pre-slotted plate (450 x 200 mm fixing centres) 04192 04192 04192

450 mm 450 mm 450 mm 300 mm 300 mm

04192

DD381396-LIN.eps

IPxxB insulating protective shield

Length Height Composition Catalogue numbers

250 mm 1500 mm Fixing accessories supplied with support ref. 04192 04197

93

Linergy distribution systems

Power busbars

Linergy BS

Multi-stage distribution blocks up to 630 A

PB502514_60.eps

IEC 61439-1 & 2 Description

The multi-stage distribution block can be installed horizontally in the device zone or vertically in the 300 mm wide duct of enclosures and cubicles. The distribution block is made up of: bb two staggered supports made of an insulating material bb four slanted copper bars with holes every 25 mm.

160 A

Busbar cross-section Dimensions (mm)

Installation Composition

Catalogue numbers

94

(Ipk) (Ui) (Ue) (Uimp) (Icw) (A².s)

250 A

30 k 30 k 750 V AC 440 V AC 8 kV 10 kA rms/1 s 13 kA rms/1 s 1.690 x 108 1.000 x 108 4 incomers per phase: Ø 12.2 mm clearance holes 13 outgoers per phase 16 to 50 mm2: M6 tapped holes 15 x 5 mm 20 x 5 mm

400 A

630 A

40 kÂ

40 kÂ

20 kA rms/1 s 4.000 x 108

25 kA rms/1 s 6.250 x 108

32 x 5 mm

32 x 8 mm

DD381344-LIN.eps

Rated peak withstand current Rated insulation voltage Rated operational voltage Rated impulse withstand voltage Rated short-time current Thermal stress Total connection capacity

DD381343-LIN.eps

DD381342-LIN.eps

Multi-stage distribution blocks

Screwed in horizontal position on functional uprights in enclosures and cubicles (Prisma G) Screwed in vertical position on sheathed uprights (Prisma G) Screwed onto a solid or pre-slotted plate (fixing centres 450 x 200 mm) 2 multi-stage supports made of an insulating material 4 slanted copper busbars, with holes every 25 mm 1 pack of 36 M6 x 16 screws + contact washers 1 IPxxB front insulating shield 04052

04053

04054

04055

Linergy distribution systems

Power busbars

Linergy BS

Common accessories up to 630 A

E56850.eps

E56852.eps

E56851.eps

Incomer accessories

Connectors for copper or aluminium cables Rated operational current at (Ie) 40 °C Supply at incoming terminals Composition Set of Catalogue numbers

160 A

250 A

400 A

16 to 185 mm2 cables 16 to 70 mm2 cables Supplied with fixings at busbar end 4

70 to 300 mm2 cables

07051

07053

07052

DD381398-LIN.eps

Outgoer accessories

Class 8.8 fixings Composition Catalogue numbers

20 M6 x 20 screws + 20 nuts + 40 contact washers

40 M6 x 16 screws + 40 contact washers

04194

04195

DD383617-LIN_1.eps

Dd383483.eps

Connections to the distribution block

4P 200 A connection (supplied with fixings)

4P 200 A connection (supplied with fixings)

Allows supply of

Linergy BS busbars in duct

Rear Linergy BS busbars

Catalogue numbers

04024

04029

95

Linergy distribution systems

Distribution blocks

Quick distribution blocks

IEC 60947-7-1, IEC 61439-2

PB500924.eps

PB104499-7.eps

Linergy DX

Description

bb Downstream circuits are connected from the front, to spring terminals. bb Contact pressure automatically adapts to the size of the conductor. bb Contacts are insensitive to vibrations and thermal variations. bb Only one cable (flexible or rigid) can be inserted per terminal.

Quick distribution blocks 4P, downstream incoming PB104499-6.eps

4P, upstream incoming PB104500-6.eps

Number of poles

Rated operational current at 40 °C

(Ie)

63 A

63 A

Rated conditional short-circuit breaker of an assembly

(Isc)

The reinforced breaking capacity due to cascading in circuit breaker combinations is maintained. The worst-case situations have been tested.

The reinforced breaking capacity due to cascading in circuit breaker combinations is maintained. The worst-case situations have been tested.

Rated peak withstand current Rated insulation voltage

(Ipk) (Ui)

500 V AC

500 V AC

Rated operational voltage

(Ue)

440 V AC

440 V AC

Rated impulse withstand voltage

(Uimp)

6 kV

6 kV

Rated short-time current Icw Thermal stress Rated operational frequency

(Icw) (A².s)

50/60 Hz

50/60 Hz

Degree of protection

IPxxB

IPxxB

Incoming terminals

1 tunnel terminal 25²/Ph

1 tunnel terminal 25²/Ph

Total connection capacity, outgoing terminals

24 connections: 4 x 6²/phase 12 x 6²/neutral

24 connections: 4 x 6²/phase 12 x 6²/neutral

Dimensions (H x W x D)

96.5 x 72 x 62 8 x 9 mm pitch

96.5 x 72 x 62 8 x 9 mm pitch

Installation

Clipped onto a DIN rail

Clipped onto a DIN rail

Standard for installation inside Prisma

IEC 61439-2

IEC 61439-2

Glow-wire 60695-2-11

960 °C

960 °C

Degree of pollution

3

3

04040

04041

-

-

Other

Catalogue numbers

Accessories Catalogue numbers

96

Linergy distribution systems

Distribution blocks

Linergy DX

Quick distribution blocks

Advantages

bb A reliable electrical connection, no maintenance required (tightness guaranteed over time). bb Quick connection. bb Easy phase balancing. bb Ease of rewiring if the switchboard is expanded or modified.

PB111453_10.eps

1P PB500924-75.eps

PD400106.eps

4P

125 A

160 A

160 A

20 kA/60 ms max according to IEC 61439-1

20 kA/60 ms max according to IEC 61439-1

32 kA

20 k 750 V AC

20 k 750 V AC

24 k 750 V AC

690 V AC

690 V AC

690 V AC

8 kV

8 kV

8 kV

4.5 kA rms/1s 2.025 x 107 50/60 Hz

4.5 kA rms/1s 2.025 x 107 50/60 Hz

5.5 kA rms/1s 3.025 x 107 50/60 Hz

IPxxB

IPxxB

IPxxB

1 tunnel terminal 35²/Ph

Supplied with a prefabricated flexible connection (with lugs) designed for INS100/160 switch-disconnector installed on the left or right

1 tunnel terminal 70²/Ph

52 connections: 7 x 4²/phase 3 x 6²/phase 2 x 10²/phase 1 x 16²/phase (screw terminal)

52 connections: 7 x 4²/phase 3 x 6²/phase 2 x 10²/phase 1 x 16²/phase (screw terminal)

6 connections: 6 x 16²/phase

127 x 108 x 48 8 x 9 mm pitch

127 x 108 x 48 8 x 9 mm pitch

95 x 36 x 70 4 x 9 mm pitch

Screwed to plain or slotted backplate or onto DIN rail

Screwed to plain or slotted backplate or onto DIN rail

Onto DIN rail

IEC 61439-2

IEC 61439-2

IEC 61439-2

960 °C

960 °C

960 °C

3

3

3

04045

04046

04031

Possible to combine 2 terminal blocks (2nd terminal block supplied from enclosed terminals in the 1st, Imax of 2nd terminal block: 80 A)

PB502370-55.eps

04047

4 x 160 A flexible connections, L = 380 mm with 2 x 45 mm2 end fittings for tunnel terminals -

04149

DD383300-LIN.eps

4 x 125 A flexible connections, L = 210 mm with 1 end fitting for tunnel terminal and 1 end 45 ° angle lug

97

Linergy DP

Linergy distribution systems

Distribution blocks

Quick distribution blocks

PB111455_50.eps

IEC 60947-7-1, IEC 61439-1 and 2 Description

bb The Linergy DP quick distribution block is designed for installation directly downstream of Compact NSX and INS up to 250 A. It can also be clipped onto a modular rail.

Avantages

bb It is quick to mount in the horizontal position. Electrical connections are made directly to the device terminals. bb It is the same width as the devices and does not take up any additional space in the switchboard. bb The connection terminals are slanted to facilitate cable entry and avoid exceeding the bending radius of the flexible and rigid cables.

Quick distribution blocks for Compact devices

Rated operational current Rated peak withstand current Rated short-time current Thermal stress Total connection capacity, outgoing terminals

(Ie) (Ipk) (Icw) (A².s)

250 A 250 A 30 kA 30 kA 8.5 kA rms/1 s 8.5 kA rms/1 s 7.225 x 107 7.225 x 107 27 connections: 36 connections: 6 x 10²/phase 6 x 10²/phase 3 x 16²/phase 3 x 16²/phase 1 cable lug 120 mm² per pole 105 x 138 x 63 140 x 138 x 64 On mounting plate or DIN rail ASEFA - KEMA IEC 61439-1-2 960 °C

Incomer terminals Dimensions (H x W x D) Installation Product certifications Standard for installation inside Prisma Glow-wire 60695-2-11 Catalogue numbers

04033

04034

DD385533.eps

Catalogue numbers

98

PB502519-11_r.eps

PB502519-11_r.eps

Description

250 A

250 A

2 connections: 2 x 35²/pole

2 connections: 2 x 35²/pole

On mounting plate

04155

Additional block

2 x 352 3P for Linergy DP 250 A

2 x 352 4P for Linergy DP 250 A

04155

04156

4P PB502519-11_r.eps

3P PB502519-11_r.eps

4P PB111455-15-r.eps

3P PB111454-15-r.eps

Number of poles

04156

Linergy DP

Quick distribution blocks

Technical data Common characteristics Rated conditional short-circuit current of an assembly

(Isc)

Rated insulation voltage

(Ui)

The reinforced breaking capacity due to cascading in circuit-breaker combinations is maintained. The worst-case situations have been tested. 750 V AC

Rated operational voltage Rated impulse withstand voltage

(Ue) (Uimp)

690 V AC 8 kV

Network frequency

50/60 Hz

Degree of protection

IPxxB

Degree of pollution

3

Overvoltage category

III

Additional technical characteristics

Reference temperature

40 °C

Operating temperature

-25 °C to 55 °C

Installation Dd381346-70-LGI.eps

Distribution blocks

DD380780-70-LGI.eps

Linergy distribution systems

Directly on the mounting plates of horizontally mounted Compact NSX100/250 and Compact INS250 devices in the enclosures.

It can also be mounted downstream of vertically mounted Compact NSX100/250 and Compact INS250 devices in the enclosures. In this case, the Linergy DP is mounted on a depth-adjustable modular rail.

99

Linergy DS

Linergy distribution systems

Distribution blocks

PB111254-30.eps

IEC/EN 60947-7-1, IEC/EN 61439-1 & 2 Description

PB111253-30.eps

bb Single-pole or four-pole distribution block that can be installed on a standard DIN rail or on a mounting plate. bb Compatible with Prisma G and P, Pragma, Mini Pragma and Resbo series switchboards. bb Incomers and feeders are connected to screw terminals that accept rigid or flexible cables with ferrule. bb Optional: additional neutral terminal strip for four-pole distribution block.

Avantages

bb Simplified power supply for main incomers. bb Easy phase balancing. bb Easy, effortless cabling due to excellent accessibility. bb Visible cabling. bb Insulation between phases. bb The single-pole distribution blocks are adjacent and bridgeable via the second incoming hole for parallel connection.

Screw distribution blocks PB111252-20.eps

PB111243-20.eps

4P PB111251-20.eps

1P

PB111250-20.eps

Number of poles

Rating

125 A

160 A

250 A

100 A

Number of connections

10

13

14

4x7

2 x Ø 9.5 mm

2 x Ø 12 mm

1 x Ø 15.3 mm

2 x Ø 7.5 mm

2 x Ø 7.5 mm

3 x Ø 7.5 mm

1 x Ø 10 mm

5 x Ø 5.5 mm

6 x Ø 5.8 mm

8 x Ø 5.8 mm

4 x Ø 6 mm

-

-

-

8 x Ø 7.5 mm

-

Ipk/60 ms

25 kÂ

36 kÂ

60 kÂ

14 kÂ

Ipk/6 ms

-

-

-

24 kÂ

Rated short-time withstand current (Icw) (IEC/EN 60947-7-1)

4.2 kA rms/1 s

8.4 kA rms/1 s

14.4 kA rms/1 s

3 kA rms/1 s

Width (number of 9 mm pitches)

3

4

5

8

Dimension (H x W x D)

85 x 27 x 50.5

85 x 36 x 50.5

85 x 45 x 50.5

100 x 71 x 50.5

Weight (g)

125

163

239

210

Neutral terminal strip (optional)

-

-

-

LGYN1007

LGY112510

LGY116013

LGY125014

LGY410028

Terminal capacity Diameter

Rated peak withstand current (Ipk)

Catalogue numbers

100

Linergy DS

Linergy distribution systems

Distribution blocks

Technical data Common characteristics

In compliance with IEC/EN 60947-7-1 and IEC/EN 61439-1 & 2 Rated insulation voltage (Ui)

500 V AC

Rated operational voltage (Ue)

230 V AC (Ph/N) 440 V AC(Ph/Ph) 8 kV

Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) DB406005.eps

Rated conditional short-circuit current of an assembly Network frequency

Up to the breaking capacity of Schneider Electric feeder circuit breakers, even in cascading configuration 50/60 Hz

Pollution degree

3

Overvoltage category

III

Additional technical characteristics

On LGY412560 and LGY416048 references. Input cabling facilitated by side terminals.

Reference temperature

40 °C

Operating temperature

-25 °C to 55 °C

Dielectric withstand (IEC/EN 60947-1)

2500 V AC

125 A

PB111249-20.eps

PB111248-20.eps

PB111247-20.eps

PB111246-20.eps

PB111245-20.eps

PB111244-20.eps

Neutral terminal strip

160 A

100 A

125 A

4 x 12

4 x 15

4 x 12

7

12

15

1 x Ø 9 mm

1 x Ø 9.5 mm

1 x Ø 12 mm

2 x Ø 7.5 mm

1 x Ø 9 mm

1 x Ø 9.5 mm

7 x Ø 7.5 mm

3 x Ø 8.5 mm

3 x Ø 9 mm

5 x Ø 5.5 mm

7 x Ø 7.5 mm

3 x Ø 8.5 mm

4 x Ø 6.5 mm

11 x Ø 6.5 mm

8 x Ø 7.5 mm

-

4 x Ø 6.5 mm

11 x Ø 6.5 mm

-

-

-

-

-

-

18 kÂ

18 kÂ

22 kÂ

-

-

-

26 kÂ

28 kÂ

36 kÂ

-

-

-

4.2 kA rms/1 s

4.2 kA rms/1 s

8.4 kA rms/1 s

-

-

-

14

20

18

7

14

17

100 x 126 x 50.5

100 x 162 x 50.5

100 x 174 x 50.5

20 x 70 x 35

20 x 125 x 35

20 x 155 x 35

390

559

567

63

111

149

LGYN12512

LGYN12515

LGYN12512

-

-

-

LGY412548

LGY412560

LGY416048

LGYN1007

LGYN12512

LGYN12515

Terminal technical data Type

PZ2

Diameter

Ø 5.5 mm

Ø 5.8 mm

Ø 6 mm

Ø 6.5 mm

Ø 7.5 mm

Ø 8.5 mm

Ø 9 mm

Ø 9.5 mm

1.5 to 16 mm²

1.5 to 16 mm²

1.5 to 16 mm²

1.5 to 16 mm²

2.5 to 25 mm²

6 to 35 mm²

10 to 35 mm²

10 to 35 mm²

Section Flexible cable 1.5 to 10 mm² or with ferrule

1.5 to 10 mm²

1.5 to 10 mm²

1.5 to 10 mm²

1.5 to 16 mm²

4 to 25 mm²

4 to 25 mm²

6 to 35 mm²

Tightening torque

2 N.m

2 N.m

2 N.m

2 N.m

2 N.m

2.5 N.m

2.5 N.m

Section Rigid cable

Type Diameter Section Rigid cable

screw

2 N.m

Hc

screw

Ø 9.5 mm

Ø 10 mm

Ø 12 mm

Ø 15.3 mm

10 to 35 mm²

1.5 to 50 mm²

25 to 70 mm²

35 to 120 mm² Ø y 15 mm

Section Flexible cable 6 to 35 mm² or with ferrule

1.5 to 35 mm²

16 to 50 mm²

Tightening torque

4 N.m

1P: 10 N.m

8 N.m

25 to 95 mm² 4P: 5 N.m

14 N.m

101

Linergy FM

Linergy distribution systems

Device feeders

Quick device feeders

PB104505-50.eps

Description

bb Distribution over full rows of modular devices. bb The distribution block is generally supplied by busbars in enclosures and cubicles. bb Easy phase balancing. bb Mix of devices and functions in the same row. bb Installation u 160 A: clipped onto the back of a modular rail or screwed onto a solid or pre-slotted plate.

Distribution blocks 4P

63 A Rated peak withstand current Rated conditional short-circuit current of an assembly

PB502500-18_r.eps

4P PB104501-52-r.eps

4P PB502496-31_r.eps

Number of poles

80 A

160 A 27 k The cascading reinforced breaking capacity when combining circuit breakers is maintained. The worst-case scenarios have been tested.

Insulation voltage

(Ipk) 60ms 15 k 16 k (Icc) The cascading reinforced breaking capacity when combining circuit breakers is maintained. The worst-case scenarios have been tested. The characteristics are exactly right for the connected devices. Circuit breakers and switches still have their temperature derating curves, and their whole performance is maintained. (Ui) 500 V AC 500 V AC

Rated voltage Rated impulse withstand voltage Maximum current

(Ue) (Uimp) (Imax)

440 V AC 6 kV -

440 V AC 6 kV -

Thermal stress Rated operational frequency Degree of protection Width 9 mm modules 18 mm modules Supply at incoming terminals

(A².s)

2,400 x 106 50/60 Hz IPxxB 24 12 Enclosed terminals for cables up to 25 mm2

2,400 x 106 IP20 48 24 Enclosed terminals for flexible cables 6 to 25 mm2 or rigid cables 10 to 35 mm2 18 x 10 mm² 18 x 10 mm² 12 blue + 12 black

690 V AC 8 kV 50 A for feeder for 1 10 mm2 cable/63 A for feeder for 2 10 mm2 cables 6,700 x 106 50/60 Hz IPxxB 24 12 Direct onto the row by cable 70 mm2 with crimped lug, or flexible bar 20 x 3 from busbar with prefabricated connection 18 x 10 mm² 9 x 10 mm² 12 of 10 mm² (W = 100 mm)

04000

For rows (IPxxB) For rows 04018

Downstream connection capacity (1) Accessories included

Phase Neutral Pre-stripped copper connections

Protection cover Fixings Catalogue numbers

(6 x 4 mm²) + (6 x 6 mm²) (4 x 4 mm²) + (4 x 6 mm²) 10 x 4 mm2 + 6 x 6 mm2 (W = 100 mm) 04008

750 V AC

DB124196-LIN.eps

DD381664-LIN.eps

DB124195-LIN.eps

Installation

Clipped onto the back of a modular rail, or screw Clipped onto the back of a modular rail, or screw fixing. Can be mounted in Pragma Evolution enclosures and fixing. in Prisma Pack 160.

Allows power supply from Catalogue numbers

102

4P 200 A connection (supplied 4P 200 A connection (supplied 4P 200 A connection with fixing accessories) with fixing accessories) (supplied with fixing accessories) Linergy BW busbar Multi-stage Linergy BS busbar Rear Linergy BS busbar 04021 + 04150 insulating covers

04024

04029

4P 160 A connection for Linergy FM 1/2 row

DD381659.eps

DD385535.eps

DD385248.eps

DD385247.eps

DD383472-LIN_1.eps

Connections to the device feeders

Device

200 A connection (20 x 3) for Linergy FM Device

04030

04743

Linergy FM

Linergy distribution systems

Device feeders

PD390661R.eps

Quick device feeders

200 A

200 A

4P - L850

200 A

PB502501-27_r.eps

PB502497-27-r.eps

4P (1) PB502498-27_r.eps

3P PB502499-23_r.eps

2P (1)

200 A

25 k 25 k 30 k 20 k The cascading reinforced breaking capacity when combining circuit breakers is maintained. The worst-case scenarios have been tested.

750 V AC

750 V AC

690 V AC 690 V AC 8 kV 8 kV 50 A for feeder for 1 10 mm2 cable/63 A for feeder for 2 10 mm2 cables

750 V AC

750 V AC

690 V AC 8 kV

690 V AC 8 kV

6,700 x 106 6,700 x 106 6,700 x 106 50/60 Hz AC 50/60 Hz AC 50/60 Hz AC IPxxB IPxxB IPxxB 48 48 48 24 24 24 Direct onto the row by cable 70 mm2 with crimped lug, or flexible bar 20 x 3 from busbar with prefabricated connection

6,700 x 106 50/60 Hz AC IPxxB 72 36

12 x 10 mm² 12 x 10 mm² 24 of 10 mm²

36 x 10 mm² 24 of 10 mm²

36 x 10 mm² 18 x 10 mm² 24 of 10 mm²

54 x 10 mm² 27 x 10 mm² 36 of 10 mm²

04012 (1)

04013

04014 (1)

04026

PB502502-8_r.eps

Spare parts

4 covers for 160/200 A Linergy FM rows Catalogue numbers

01202

(1) Cable to be used without ferrules. (2) The Linergy FM 200 (04012 and 04014) can be used with direct current. The upstream and downstream terminal type (+ and -) must be marked on the device. For more information, please contact our customer services.

103

Linergy FH

Linergy distribution systems

Device feeders

Horizontal comb busbar for 27 mm pitch for NG125

030920d.eps

IEC 60664-1 Description

Comb busbars make it easier to install NG125 circuit breakers. bb Supplied with 2 lateral end-caps, IP 2. bb Outgoing feeders can be marked. bb Cutting markings on the copper bars and the insulating material.

NG125

27 mm poles, cuttable

Number of poles

1P

3P

4P

030920d.eps

2P

Rated operational current at 40 °C Rated conditional short-circuit current of an assembly Insulation voltage

(Ie)

Each com busbar reference includes: bb 1 x single or 2 pole comb busbar + 8 tooth-caps + 2 side plates bb 1 x 3 or 4 pole comb busbar + 4 tooth-caps + 2 side plates To insulate teeth that have been left free can be insulated by tooth-caps 125 A (63 A max by outgoer )

(Isc)

Compatible with the breaking capacity of NG125 circuit breakers

(Ui)

620 V AC

Rated voltage

(Ue)

500 V AC

Fire resistance to IEC 695-2-1

Self-extinguishing 960 °C, 30 s

Colour

RAL 7016 (anthracite grey)

Use Power supply by connector recommended Number of 27 mm modules

16

Set of

1

Catalogue numbers

14811

16

15

16

14812

14813

14814

DB105974-LIN.eps

Installation

1

2

Comb busbars allow dismountability (1-2)

Accessories 030921d.eps

1P, 2P, 3P, 4P PG134071.eps

Number of poles

Tooth covers

Insulated connector Compatible with all Schneider Electric comb busbars. Clip onto the comb busbar’s insulating material, which gives them very great stability Receive clip-on markers allowing circuit identific

Use Set of Catalogue numbers

20

For 25 mm2 semi-rigid cable 4

14818

14885

104

DB105976.eps

DB105977.eps

Installation

Linergy FH

Linergy distribution systems

Device feeders

Horizontal comb busbar for 18 mm pitch for Acti 9

PB502379.eps

IEC 60947-7-1, IEC 61439-2 Description

Comb busbars make it easier to install Acti 9 circuit breaker. bb Can be sawn and cut in a single pass. bb Supplied with two IP20 lateral end-caps except for 57 module references. bb Cutting marks on the insulating material for easy adaptation. bb The phases are identified by symbols on each side of the comb busbar for installation in all positions. bb The special comb busbars for circuit breakers with 9 mm auxiliaries have a 9 mm gap for inserting iOF and iSD.

Acti 9

18 mm poles, cuttable 1P

2P

3P

4P

3 (N+P)

Aux+1P

Aux+2P

Aux+3P

Aux+4P

3 (Aux+1P) 3 (Aux+N+1P)

PB110252-24.eps

Number of poles

Rated operational current at 40 °C Rated conditional short-circuit current of an assembly Insulation voltage Rated voltage Fire resistance to IEC 695-2-1 Colour Use

(Ie)

100 A

(Isc) Compatible avec le pouvoir de coupure des disjoncteurs Acti 9 (Ui) 500 V AC (Ue) 415 V AC Self-extinguishing 960 °C, 30 s RAL 7016 (anthracite grey) Power supply by connector recommended L1… L1L2… L1L2L3... NL1L2L3… NL1NL2… AuxL1... …NL3

AuxL1L2… AuxL1L2L3 AuxNL1… …L2L3

1

Set of Catalogue numbers 6 modules of 18 mm 12 modules of 18 mm 18 modules of 18 mm

1

1

1

1

AuxL1… …AuxL2… …AuxL3 1

A9XPH106 A9XPH112 A9XPH212 A9XPH312 A9XPH412 A9XPH512 * A9XPH518 * -

-

-

-

-

-

24 modules of 18 mm

A9XPH124 A9XPH224 A9XPH324 A9XPH424 A9XPH524 * -

-

-

-

-

-

Type

1

1

1

1

AuxL1… …AuxL2… …AuxL3 1

57 modules of 18 mm A9XPH157 A9XPH257 A9XPH357 A9XPH457 A9XPH557 * A9XAH157 A9XAH257 A9XAH357 A9XAH457 A9XAH657 A9XAH557 * * This comb busbar is only compatible in top feeding for simple lug devices and bottom feeding on double lug devices.

3P

4P

-

-

PB110259-15.eps

2P

PB110258-22.eps

1P DB404806.eps

Number of poles

DB404808.eps

Accessories

PB110793-40.eps

PB110290-40.eps

Installation

Side plates

Tooth covers

Lateral end-caps providing IP20 protection

Monoconnect Double terminals To insulate teeth that Comb busbar power supply. Horizontal incomer on have been left free each side. For 35 mm2 cable. Tightening torque 4 N.m PB108138-25.eps

Connectors

Set of Catalogue numbers

10 10 10 10 20 A9XPE110 A9XPE210 A9XPE310 A9XPE410 A9XPT920

4 A9XPCM04

4 A9XPCD04

105

Linergy FH

Linergy distribution systems

Device feeders

Horizontal comb busbar for 18 mm pitch for Acti 9

PB502380.eps

IEC 60947-7-1, IEC 61439-2 Description

bb Comb busbars make it easier to install Acti 9 circuit breakers. bb The phases are identified by symbols on each side of the comb busbar for installation in all positions.

Acti 9

18 mm poles, not cuttable 1P

2P

3P

4P

3 (N+P)

PB110231-15.eps

Number of poles

Rated operational current at 40 °C Rated conditional short-circuit current of an assembly Insulation voltage Rated voltage Fire resistance to IEC 695-2-1 Colour Use

(Ie) (Isc)

100 A Compatible with the breaking capacity of Acti 9 circuit breaker

(Ui) (Ue)

500 V AC 415 V AC Self-extinguishing 960 °C, 30 s RAL 7016 (anthracite grey)

Type Set of Catalogue numbers 12 modules of 18 mm

Power supply by connector recommended L1 L1L2 1 1

L1L2L3 1

NL1L2L3 1

NL1NL2NL3 1

A9XPM112

A9XPM312

A9XPM412

A9XPM512 (1)

A9XPM212

PB110793-40_1.eps

PB110290-40_1.eps

Installation

Tooth covers

Connectors

To insulate teeth that have been left free

Comb busbar power supply

20 A9XPT920

Horizontal incomer on each side For 35 mm2 cable Tightening torque 4 N.m 4 A9XPCD04

PB110259-15_1.eps

PB110258-22_1.eps

PB110257-10.eps

Accessories

Double terminals

Monoconnect

Use

Set of Catalogue numbers

4 A9XPCM04

PB108164-38.eps

PB108162-38.eps

Installation

(1) This comb busbar is only compatible in top feeding for simple lug devices and bottom feeding on double lug devices.

106

Linergy FH

Linergy distribution systems

Device feeders

Horizontal comb busbar for 9 mm pitch for Acti 9, C60

PB502382.eps

IEC 60439-1 Description

Comb busbars ensure: bb Easy, reliable mounting of 1P+N and 3P+N, TL, CT, ID, V, BP and Cm switchgear: tooth positioning opposite the device terminals is ensured by indexing of copper parts C60/ID Group Feeder comb busbars contain two different parts: bb connection of Group Feeder switchgear: C60 (3P + N) or ID (3P + N) circuit breaker in 18 mm modules, powered by cables, through the bottom, directly by the terminals bb connection of Acti 9 switchgear in 9 mm modules.

Acti 9 Ph+N

9 mm poles, cuttable

3P+N

Rated operational current at 40 °C Rated conditional short-circuit current of an assembly Insulation voltage Rated voltage Rated impulse withstand voltage Degree of protection Fire resistance to IEC 695-2-1 Colour Number of 18 mm modules

21501 21505 Complete comb busbars (supplied with 4 side plates and 1 tooth-cover) 80 A Compatible with the breaking capacity of Acti 9 and C60 circuit breakers

(Ie) (Isc) (Ui) (Ue) (Uimp)

Comb busbar Tooth cover

Catalogue numbers Comb busbars alone Number of 18 mm modules

DB123730.eps

1P+N

DB123729.eps

Number of poles

Comb busbar

Catalogue numbers

440 V AC 230 V AC (P + N) - 400 V AC (3P + N) 6 kV IP20 Self-extinguishing 960 °C, 30 s RAL 7035 12 18 24

12

18

24

3

3

6

3

3

6

21501

19512

21503

21505

19516

21507

48

48

21089

21093

C60/ID Group Feeder comb busbars alone 3P+N

PB101184-10.eps

Number of poles

(Ui) (Ue) (Uimp)

440 V AC 230 V AC (P + N) - 400 V AC (3P + N) 6 kV IP20 Self-extinguishing 960 °C 30 s RAL 7035 12 48 Through left-hand Through left-hand 10545 10546

1P+N

Side plates Set of Catalogue numbers

40 21094

48 Through right-hand 10547

3P+N DB123732.eps

Number of poles

80 A Compatible with the breaking capacity of Schneider Electric circuit breakers

21095

Tooth caps (3 x 18-mm module) 12 21096

DB123731.eps

Accessories

(Ie) (Isc)

DB123733.eps

Rated operational current at 40 °C Rated conditional short-circuit current of an assembly Insulation voltage Rated voltage Rated impulse withstand voltage Degree of protection Fire resistance to IEC 695-2-1 Colour Number of 18 mm modules Power supply Catalogue numbers

Tooth caps (1 x 18-mm module) 10 10405

Connectors (grey) 4 21098

107

Linergy FH

Linergy distribution systems

Device feeders

Horizontal comb busbar for 9 mm pitch for Acti 9

PB502383.eps

IEC 60439-1 Description

bb Connection of Clario, Prodis and Librio switchgear in 9 mm modules. bb The special comb busbars for circuit breaker have a gap of 9 mm for inserting OF, SD, OF-SD/OF auxiliaries. bb The comb busbars for 3P + N circuit breakers and auxiliaries are compatible with Prisma switchboard. bb 1P + N comb busbars are compatible with Prisma and Pragma 24.

Acti 9

9 mm poles, cuttable

Number of poles

1P + N

1P + N

3P + N

PB110801-10.eps

3P + N

A9N21036 Comb busbars Rated operational current at 40 °C Rated conditional short-circuit current of an assembly Insulation voltage Rated voltage Degree of protection Degree of pollution Fire resistance to IEC 695-2-1 Colour Number of 18 mm modules

Comb busbars DPN Vigi

(Ie) (Isc)

63 A Compatible with the breaking capacity of Acti 9 circuit breaker

(Ui) (Ue)

500 V AC 230 V AC (P + N) - 400 V AC (3P + N) IP20 3 Self-extinguishing 960 °C, 30 s RAL 7035 56 56

56

56

A9N21035

A9N21037

A9N21038

Catalogue numbers

A9N21036

Accessories

Side plates Set of Catalogue numbers

108

Connectors (grey)

20 A9N21039

A9N21040

Neutral connectors (blue)

PB110807-10.eps

PB110806-10.eps

3P+N PB110805-10.eps

1P+N PB110804-10.eps

Number of poles

Tooth caps (1 x 18 mm module)

10

10

10

A9N21041

A9N21042

A9N21050

Linergy TB Earth bars

Description

This range of earth bars is installed: bb in the duct which can constitute a dedicated area, completely separate from the equipment bb or in the switchgear compartment, at the top or the bottom.

DD381560-LIN.eps

Fast-connecting earth bar

Copper earth bar Cross-section (mm) Effective length (mm) Total length (mm) Composition Catalogue numbers

12 x 3 330 450 Copper bar with 1 terminal 16 to 35 mm2 04201

Accessories 75 mm

37 mm

DD381560-LIN.eps

Earth blocks with terminals Total connection capacity Composition Catalogue numbers

Spring-fixing (clip onto the earth bar) 3 x 16 mm2 12 x 4 mm2 4 earth blocks 4 earth blocks 04214

04215

DD381516-LIN.eps

Accessories

Earth bar with jumper Total connection capacity Cross-section (mm) Length (mm) Composition Catalogue numbers

40 x 2.5 to 16 mm2 12 x 3 450 40 jumpers and a terminal (16 to 35 mm2)

20 x 2.5 to 16 mm2 12 x 3 200 20 jumpers and a terminal (16 to 35 mm2)

04200

04202

Accessories DD381519-LIN.eps

DD383501-LIN.eps

Terminal blocks

DD381560-LIN.eps

Linergy distribution systems

Neutral bar Composition Catalogue numbers

Converts an earth bar to a neutral bar 2 insulating spacers 04210

Installation accessories > pages 78 to 79.

109

Linergy connection systems

Terminal blocks and bars

Linergy TA

Auxiliary connections

Terminal block DD381644-LIN-30.eps

For distributing auxiliary voltages in power and regulation equipment.

Terminal block for auxiliary wiring

Standards Rated operational current at 40 °C Rated operational voltage Rated impulse withstand voltage Connection capacity Dimensions (H x W x D) Wire size Tightening torque Composition

(Ie) (Ue) (Uimp) Input Output (mm)

DB406327.eps

Catalogue numbers

UL 20 A 300 V AC

04228

Auxiliary bus duct

Four-pole auxiliary bus duct Duct for 4 conductors

Rated operational current at 40° Rated insulation voltage Width (mm) Composition Catalogue numbers

110

IEC 12 A 250 V AC 4 kV 10 (grey) 2 x 10 (grey) 61 x 48 x 45 0.2 to 2.5 mm2 0.5 to 0.6 N.m 3.5 18-mm modules

(Ie) (Ui)

166 tap-off points with Faston connectors, per linear meter 32 A 660 V AC 1755 Supplied with 2 end clamps and 1 lateral clamp for mounting on cable-tie supports 04203

Linergy connection systems

Terminal blocks and bars

Linergy TA

Auxiliary connections

Connectors

DD385854.ai

For plug & play interconnection between electrical switchboards for control and communication wires.

RJ45 female-female connector with mounting plate

Connector type For ethernet cable Degree of protection Dimensions (H x W x D)

(mm)

Catalogue numbers

8 wires RJ45; 1 Gbps CAT5e SFTP (IEC 11801) or higher IP67 for direct mount 75 x 70 x 45 LGY4230

DD385855.ai

8P male-female connector with mounting plate

Rated operational current at 40 °C Rated operational voltage Rated impulse withstand voltage Connection method Connection capacity Dimensions (H x W x D) Wire size Catalogue numbers

(Ie) (Ue) (Uimp)

Input Output (mm)

12 A 320 V 4 kV Push-in spring connection 8 8 75 x 70 x 45 0.2 to 4 mm2 LGY4231

111

Linergy distribution systems

Terminal blocks

Linergy TR

Terminal blocks

Connection technology Type of terminal block

Cross-section area

Passthrough 2,5 mm² (2 pts)

2,5 mm² (3 pts)

2,5 mm² (4 pts, 1 level) 2,5 mm² (4 pts, 2 levels) 4 mm² (2 pts)

4 mm² (3 pts)

4 mm² (4 pts, 1 level) 4 mm² (4 pts, 2 levels) 6 mm² (2 pts) 10 mm² (2 pts) 16 mm² (2 pts)

Earth protection

Knife disconnect

150 mm² (2 pts) 2,5 mm² (2 pts) 2,5 mm² (3 pts) 2,5 mm² (4 pts) 4 mm² (2 pts) 4 mm² (3 pts) 4 mm² (4 pts) 6 mm² (2 pts) 10 mm² (2 pts) 16 mm² (2 pts) 2,5 mm² (2 pts) 2,5 mm² (3 pts)

Fuse disconnect

2,5 mm² (2 levels) 4 mm² (2 pts) Fusible 5 x 20 mm

Basic 4 mm² (2 pts) disconnect (3) Measuring 6 mm² (2 pts) transducer Disconnect 6 mm² (2 pts) 6 mm² (2 pts) * Grey terminal with flange.

112

Colour

Screw tech

Spring tech

Push-in tech

Miniature screw for 15 mm DIN rail

Miniature spring for 15 mm DIN rail

Miniature spring for direct mount

Grey Blue Orange Grey Blue Orange Grey Blue Grey Blue Grey Blue Orange Grey Blue Orange Grey Blue Grey Blue Grey Blue Grey Blue Grey Blue Grey Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Grey Orange Grey Orange Grey

NSYTRV22 NSYTRV22BL NSYTRV22AR NSYTRV24D NSYTRV24DBL NSYTRV42 NSYTRV42BL NSYTRV42AR NSYTRV43 NSYTRV43BL NSYTRV44 NSYTRV44BL NSYTRV44D NSYTRV44DBL NSYTRV62 NSYTRV62BL NSYTRV102 NSYTRV102BL NSYTRV162 NSYTRV162BL NSYTRV1502BB NSYTRV22PE NSYTRV42PE NSYTRV43PE NSYTRV44PE NSYTRV62PE NSYTRV102PE NSYTRV162PE NSYTRV42ST(1) NSYTRV42STAR(1) NSYTRV42SCD(1)

NSYTRR22 NSYTRR22BL NSYTRR22AR NSYTRR23 NSYTRR23BL NSYTRR23AR NSYTRR24 NSYTRR24BL NSYTRR24D NSYTRR24DBL NSYTRR42 NSYTRR42BL NSYTRR42AR NSYTRR43 NSYTRR43BL NSYTRR44 NSYTRR44BL NSYTRR44D NSYTRR44DBL NSYTRR62 NSYTRR62BL NSYTRR102 NSYTRR102BL NSYTRR162 NSYTRR162BL NSYTRR22PE NSYTRR23PE NSYTRR24PE NSYTRR42PE NSYTRR43PE NSYTRR44PE NSYTRR62PE NSYTRR102PE NSYTRR162PE NSYTRR22SC NSYTRR22SCAR NSYTRR23SC NSYTRR23SCAR NSYTRR24SCD

NSYTRP22 NSYTRP22BL NSYTRP22AR NSYTRP23 NSYTRP23BL NSYTRP23AR NSYTRP24 NSYTRP24BL NSYTRP24D NSYTRP24DBL NSYTRP42 NSYTRP42BL NSYTRP43 NSYTRP43BL NSYTRP44 NSYTRP44BL NSYTRP22PE NSYTRP23PE NSYTRP24PE NSYTRP42PE NSYTRP43PE NSYTRP44PE NSYTRP22SC NSYTRP23SC -

NSYTRV22M NSYTRV22MBL NSYTRV42M NSYTRV42MBL NSYTRV22MPE NSYTRV42MPE -

NSYTRR22M NSYTRR22MBL NSYTRR24M NSYTRR24MBL NSYTRR22MPE -

NSYTRR22MF NSYTRR22MFBL NSYTRR22MFF* NSYTRR24M NSYTRR24MBL -

Black Black (12 V) Black (230 V) Grey

NSYTRV42SF5 NSYTRV42SF5LD(2) NSYTRV42SF5LA(2) NSYTRV42TB

NSYTRR22TB

NSYTRP42TB

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Grey/Orange NSYTRV62TTD

Grey NSYTRV62TT Green NSYTRV62TTPE (1) 4 mm² terminal, with 2 test points. (2) With light indicator. (3) Fuse or component carrier not supplied.

-

Linergy distribution systems

Terminal blocks

Linergy TR

Terminal blocks

Connection technology Miniature spring for direct mount

NSYTRR22MP NSYTRR22MPBL NSYTRR24MP NSYTRR24MPBL -

Accessories End plate for screw TBs

End plate for spring TBs

End plate for push-in TBs

NSYTRACR22 NSYTRACR22BL NSYTRACR23 NSYTRACR23BL NSYTRACR24 NSYTRACR24BL NSYTRACRE24 NSYTRACR42 NSYTRACR43 NSYTRACR44 NSYTRACRE44 NSYTRACR62 NSYTRACR102 NSYTRACR162 NSYTRACR22 NSYTRACR23 NSYTRACR24 NSYTRACR42 NSYTRACR43 NSYTRACR44 NSYTRACR62 NSYTRACR102 NSYTRACR162 NSYTRACR23 NSYTRACR24 Inclus

NSYTRACR22 NSYTRACR22BL

-

NSYTRAC22 NSYTRAC22BL NSYTRACE24 NSYTRAC22 NSYTRAC22BL NSYTRAC23 NSYTRAC24 NSYTRACE24 NSYTRAC22 NSYTRAC22BL NSYTRAC22 NSYTRAC22BL NSYTRAC162 NSYTRAC952 NSYTRAC22 NSYTRAC22 NSYTRAC23 NSYTRAC24 NSYTRAC22 NSYTRAC22 NSYTRAC162 Inclus Inclus NSYTRACE24

-

Inclus Inclus Inclus Inclus

NSYTRACR23

NSYTRACR42

-

NSYTRACT22

-

-

-

NSYTRACT22 NSYTRACT22

-

-

NSYTRACR23 NSYTRACR23BL NSYTRACR24 NSYTRACR24BL NSYTRACRE24 NSYTRACR42 NSYTRACP43 NSYTRACP44 NSYTRACR22 NSYTRACR23 NSYTRACR24 NSYTRACR42 NSYTRACP43 NSYTRACP44 NSYTRACPK22 NSYTRACPK23 -

Plug-in bridge

Marking strips 10 characters

NSYTRAL22 NSYTRAL23 NSYTRAL24 NSYTRAL25 NSYTRAL210 NSYTRAL210BL NSYTRAL210GR NSYTRAL220

NSYTRAB510 NSYTRAB520 NSYTRAB530 NSYTRAB540 NSYTRAB550 … NSYTRAB590 NSYTRAB5100 NSYTRAB51100

NSYTRAL42 NSYTRAL43 NSYTRAL44 NSYTRAL45 NSYTRAL410 NSYTRAL410BL NSYTRAL410GR NSYTRAL420

NSYTRAB610 NSYTRAB620 NSYTRAB630 NSYTRAB640 NSYTRAB650 … NSYTRAB690 NSYTRAB6100 NSYTRAB61100

NSYTRAL62 NSYTRAL610 NSYTRAL102

NSYTRAB810 NSYTRAB820 NSYTRAB1010 NSYTRAB1020 NSYTRAB1010 NSYTRAB1020 -

NSYTRAL162 NSYTRAL1502

113

Prisma G enclosures

Prisma G enclosures

Contents

Prisma G W600, W850, W300 IP30, IP4X

Presentation 118 Wall-mounted and floor-standing enclosures 120 Combinations 122 Installation / lifting accessories 123 Accessories 124 Gland plates 125 Door accessories 126 Spare parts 127 Dimensions 130

IP55

Presentation 134 Enclosures 136 Multiple combinations 137 Enclosures mounting 138 Wall-mounted enclosures gland plates 139 Partial doors and functional units for partial door 140 Side panels 141 Door accessories 142 Spare-parts 143 Dimensions 144

115

Prisma G enclosures

Prisma G W600, W850, W300

Presentation

IP30, IP4X

For safe and upgradeable electrical switchboards

> 100 % reliable and in compliance with existing standards All the components (switchgear, splitter blocks, prefabricated connections, etc.) have been designed to work together. All switchboard configurations have been tested. > Optimised, upgradeable installation With Prisma G, you can build the right switchboard for your customer, sized precisely to fit costs and needs. Thanks to the organisation around functional units, the installation evolves simply while preserving its original performance. > Ease of setup The complete accessibility of all mounting and connection points facilitates assembly and cabling in the workshop. The functional units are clearly identified: operations are intuitive and reliable, and connection and checking are performed naturally.

> Safety of people and property > Continuity of service > Optimisation and upgradeability > Ergonomics and complete accessibility > Controlled costs (installation, maintenance) and delivery times > Seismic characteristics: 2G without accessories

117

Prisma G enclosures

Presentation

Prisma G W600, W850, W300 Enclosures IP30, IP4X Metallic indoor enclosures to compose. Commercial buildings: hotels, offices, shops, etc. Industry: technical room, etc.

Enclosure delivered flat in kit form: total accessibility Designed for electrical continuity

bb630 A bbIP30/IP4X bbIK07/08/10 bbSeismic characteristics: 2G

Description PB115630_39.eps

Steel sheet metal with electrophoresis treatment + hot-polymerised polyester epoxy powder. Enclosure: bb width: 595 mm, 850 and 305 mm bb height: 330 to 1980 mm bb depth: 205 mm without door / 260 mm with door bb properties of metal enclosures > page 179.

Main characteristics G IP30 - IP40 - IP43 enclosure Rated operational current Colour Standards conformity Degree of protection

Degree of protection against mechanical impacts

Easy design with

Rapsody software

Seismic characteristics Isolation Doors

> page 29 Mounting

118

630 A - Isc = 50 kA, Icw = 25 kA rms / 1 s, Ipk = 53 k White colour RAL 9001 EN 62208, IEC 61439-2 IP30 without door, IP40 with door IP41 with canopy + door, IP43 with canopy + door + gasket IK07 without door IK08 with door (transparent) IK10 with plain door 2G without accessories (IEC 60068-2-57) Class 1 bb Plain or transparent, opening to right or left, 130° bb Earthed by design bb Supplied with a handle and keylock (key 405) bb Distance behind door = 58 mm (possibility of push-buttons, lamps installation). bb 2 closing points on 15- to 24-module doors bb 3 closing points on 27-, 30-, 33- and 36-module doors. Surface mounting, floor-standing, flush mounting via a kit

> page 123

Prisma G enclosures

Presentation

Prisma G W600, W850, W300 Enclosures IP30, IP4X

New height: 36M, 3 widths available: 300/600/850

Lengthened rear upright to facilitate the fitting of accessories (cables tying) and installation of earth, neutral terminals, etc....

New removable gland plate for quick on-site connection of incoming cables.

Ergonomic handle

Hooks for quick plate pre-mounting Plates for connecting control, command and communication circuits

Trunking support plate, fixed at the same time as the modular rail

Combination: old and new versions fully compatible

Assembly of 2 enclosures facilitated by creating extension enclosures, including all necessary assembly parts

New pillar with natural positioning

without door: IP30 with door: IP40 plain door: IK10 transparent door: IK08

Vertical combination of 2 enclosures: simplified by creating a dedicated horizontal combination strip

15M to 24M doors with 2 closing points

119

Prisma G enclosures

Prisma G W600, W850, W300

Wall-mounted and floor-standing enclosures

IP30, IP4X IP30, 630 A wall-mounted and floor-standing enclosures

Reversible doors (opening 130° to left or right), supplied equipped with a handle and keylock (key 405). bb To create a switchboard comprising a number of enclosures, (horizontal combination of enclosures of the same height), use a basic floor-standing enclosure and one or more floor-standing enclosure extensions, or a W300 ducts, bb Enclosure extensions are supplied with a combination kit for the basic enclosure. bb In case of enclosure combination, cables can be run on the sides of the plinth (diameter y 140 mm).

Extensions W600

Doors W600

Ducts W300

Doors W300

Basic enclosure

1530 1680 1830 1980

08202 08203 08204 08205

Rear + top plates + combination upright + plinth 08212 08213 08214 08215

08222 08223 08224 08225

08232 08233 08234 08235

Basic enclosure Plain door

Transparent door

1830 1980

08244 08245

08264 08265

08254 08255

Dd380627.eps

Dd380626.eps

08182 08183 08184 08185 08186 08187 08188 08282

08197 08198 08292

Ducts W300

Doors W300

Rear + top plates + combination upright + plinth 08272 08273 08274 08275

Rear + top plate + combination upright + plinth 08274 08275

Dd380640.eps

Transparent door

Dd380639.eps

Plain door

Ducts W300

Height in mm

Switchgear on the door > pages 64 à 65 Spare parts > page 143 Partitionning > page 75

120

Transparent door

Dd380636.eps

Dd380503.eps

33 36

Plain door

Doors W850

DD385303.eps

Floor-standing enclosures W850

Nb. of vertical modules of 50 mm

Dd382928.eps

Doors W600

Rear + top and bottom plates + combination upright 08172 08173 08174 08175 08176 08177 08178 08179

Plain door

Transparent door

08282 08283 08284 08285

08292 08293 08294 08295

Doors W300 Dd380640.eps

Height in mm

Dd380637.eps

Extensions W600

Dd380635.eps

08132 08133 08134 08135 08136 08137 08138 08232

Dd380504.eps

Nb. of vertical modules of 50 mm 27 30 33 36

08122 08123 08124 08125 08126 08127 08128 08222

Dd380634.eps

DD385221.eps

Floor-standing enclosures W600

Transparent door

Dd380639.eps

08102 08103 08104 08105 08106 08107 08108 08109

Plain door

Dd380638.eps

330 480 630 780 930 1080 1230 1380

Rear + top and bottom plates + combination upright 08113 08114 08115 08116 08117 08118 08119

Dd380638.eps

Enclosure

Dd380637.eps

Height in mm

Dd380636.eps

Nb. of vertical modules of 50 mm 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27

Dd380636.eps

Dd380622.eps

DB418724.eps

DD385220.eps

Wall-mounted enclosures W600

Plain door

Transparent door

08284 08285

08294 08295

Prisma G enclosures

Prisma G W600, W850, W300

Wall-mounted and floor-standing enclosures

IP30, IP4X Accessories to increase the degree of protection IP Gasket for the door to increase the IP value from IP41 to IP43

Used with

Catalogue numbers Total length Designation

Dd381268.eps

Dd381257.eps

Dd383525.eps

Canopy to increase the IP value from IP40 to IP41

1 encolusre W = 600

1 enclosure + 1 duct W600 + 300 (1)

2 encolsures W600 + 600

1 enclosure + 2 ducts W600 + 300 + 300 (2)

2 enclosures + 1 duct W600 + 600 + 300(1)

1 floorstanding enclosure W = 850

Enclosures or duct from 6 to 33 1 floormodules standing enclosure + 1 duct W850 + 300 (1)

08830

08832

08831

08827

08833

08836

08837

08841 (3)

600 900 1200 1200 1500 850 1150 5300 The addition of a canopy over a wall-mounted or floor-standing enclosure equipped with a door ensures compliance with the degree of protection IP41. When the switchboard is equipped with a canopy, a gasket for the doors ensures compliance with the degree of protection IP43.

Used with

DD385302.eps

Between the plinth and the bottom of a floor-standing enclosure or duct, for ensuring IP20 Floor-standing enclosure W600 Duct W300 08887 08888

Catalogue numbers

For 08244 Floor-standing enclosure W850 08889 (4)

Floor-standing enclosures W300

Side panels

Plain door

Transparent door

330 480 630 780 930 1080 1230 1380 -

08172 08173 08174 08175 08176 08177 08178 08179 -

2 x 01040 2 x 01041 2 x 01042 2 x 01043 2 x 01044 2 x 01045 2 x 01046 2 x 01035 -

08182 08183 08184 08185 08186 08187 08188 08282 -

08197 08198 08292 -

Nb. of vertical modules of 50 mm 27 30 33 36

Height in mm

Rear + top plate + plinth

Side panels

Plain door

Transparent door

1530 1680 1830 1980

08272 08273 08274 08275

2 x 01035 2 x 01034 2 x 01033 2 x 01047

08282 08283 08284 08285

08292 08293 08294 08295

Dd380640.eps

Dd380639.eps

Rear + top plate + plinth

Dd383030.eps

Height in mm

Dd380638.eps

Dd380627.eps

Dd380626.eps

Dd383030.eps

Dd382928.eps

DD385225.eps

DD385232

Wall-mounted enclosures W300

Nb. of vertical modules of 50 mm 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 -

DB124235.eps

DB124234.eps

Metal gland plates for plinth

Spare parts > page 143

(1) Whatever the duct position. (2) Ducts on the sides. (3) x2 for width 850 mm. (4) Not compatible with L850 width and 36-module height.

121

Prisma G enclosures

Prisma G W600, W850, W300

Combinations

IP30, IP4X Combinations

To make the combination more rigid, particularly during transport, it is mandatory to use a set of cross-members secured to the rear of the switchboard. A combination kit is delivered with each duct and each enclosure extension. It is sometime necessary to use a combination kit (catalogue number 08816) in addition to those already delivered.

Combination kits

Horizontal

For enclosure W600/W300

1 wallmounted enclos. + 1 duct 900

1 wallmounted enclos. + 2 ducts 1200

1 wall-mounted enclos. + 1 enclos. extension

1 wall-mounted 1 wall-mounted enclos. + 1 duct + enclos. + 2 ducts + 1 enclos. extension 1 enclos. extension

1 wall-mounted enclos. + 3 ducts + 1 enclos. extension

1200

1500

1800

2100

08812

08811

08811

08813

08814

08826

1 fl. standing enclos. + 2 ducts must be made

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Possible combinations

Lifting/reinforcement cross-members width Set of two lifting/reinforcement cross-members

For floor-standing enclosure 1 fl. standing W850/W300 enclos. + 1 duct Lifting/reinforcement 1150 cross-members width Set of two lifting/reinforcement 08809 cross-members or vertical uprights

Combination kits Vertical Multiple

Possible combinations

For enclosure W600

DD385835.eps

Lifting/reinforcement cross-members width Set of two lifting/ reinforcement cross-members Set of two vertical uprights (1) + combination kit (2)

2 enclos. + 2enclos. extension + 4 ducts 1800

2 enclos. + 2enclos. extension + 6 ducts 2100

2 additional ducts

2 additional enclosures

1200

2 enclos. + 2enclos. extension + 2 ducts 1500

-

-

08812

08811

08813

08814

08826

must be made

must be made

-

08817

08817

08817

08817

08817

08817

08817

08816

08816

08816

08816

08816

08816

08816

08816

-

08818

08818

2 x 08818

3 x 08818

4 x 08818

+ 08818

+ 08818

08882

2 x 08882

2 x 08882

2 x 08882

2 x 08882

-

08882

08885

-

08885

2 x 08885

3 x 08885

+ 08885

-

2 wallmounted enclos. -

2 enclos. + 2 ducts

2 enclos. + 2enclos. extension

900

-

x2

x2

x2

DB124228.eps

x5 + multiple combination kit

DD385842.EPS

+ 2 horizontal 08882 combination strip W=600

DD385843.EPS

+ 2 horizontal combination strip W=300

(1) For more than 33 combined modules, these vertical uprights (1676 mm) are mandatory. (2) Floor standing enclosure combination kit (08815), see page page 127.

122

Prisma G enclosures

Prisma G W600, W850, W300

Installation / lifting accessories

IP30, IP4X Lifting accessories

The lifting rings are used to move a single wall-mounted or floor-standing enclosure. For combined enclosures, use the lifting/reinforcement cross-members (see below).

2 lifting rings for single wall-mounted or floor standing enclosures

Catalogue numbers 08801 Characteristics

Set of two lifting rings

2 Lifting/reinforcement crossmembers for combination wallmounted enclosure W850 + duct W300 Dd381238.eps

2 Lifting/reinforcement cross-members for combined enclosures

Catalogue numbers 08812 Characteristics

08811

08811

08813

08814

08826

08809

Have 2 types of holes: for lifting and for mounting on a wall

Installation possibilities

Switchboards can be mounted on a wall in three manners: with the hook-on rail system, via the inside of the enclosure or using external wall-mounted brackets. Combined enclosures can be mounted using the lifting/reinforcement crossmembers set of two lifting/reinforcement cross-members.

Mounting via the inside

Mounting using the external wall-mounted brackets

The enclosure can be mounted through the spacers in the 4 holes provided on the enclosure using 8 mm diameter screws (2 knockouts can be removed if necessary to provide 2 other holes).

08804 4 external wall-mounted brackets.

DD385226.eps

Hook-on rail system

Catalogue numbers Delivered with the enclosure Characteristics The enclosure comes with 2 cross-members secured to the back of the enclosure (top and bottom) and a support rail (with levelling adjustment) for screw-mounting on the wall. The enclosure is easily mounted on the hook-on rail system. End the fixation with 2x 8mm diameter screws, at the bottom of enclosure

123

Prisma G enclosures

Prisma G W600, W850, W300

Accessories

IP30, IP4X Flush-mounting kit For wall-mounted enclosure

Catalogue numbers Characteristics

08819 6 to 18 modules PVC frame

08820 21 to 27 modules PVC frame

Plinth raiser 100 mm for floor-standing enclosure

Catalogue numbers Characteristics

08805 For basic floor-standing enclosure or extension. W = 600 mm

08806 For basic floor-standing enclosure or extension. W = 850 mm

08807 For a duct. W = 300 mm

Trunking spreader DD381636.eps

Trunking spreader

Catalogue number Characteristics

08824 For a professional-looking connection between the trunking and the enclosure. Can be installed at the top or bottom. The spreader is marked for cut-outs for standard trunking sizes. The maximum capacity is two 250 x 80 mm trunking sections.

Mounting of devices on doors Plain door with cut-out W600, W850 DD385473.eps

Type

Catalogue numbers

Plain door + 03928

Characteristics

Inclined visor by 30 °. Allows mounting of measurement, inspection, indication 72 x 72, 96 x 96, Ø 16 or Ø 22 mm, 45 x 45 devices. See page 65.

Earthing braid

The earthing braid is used to earth a door or partial door with devices.

Catalogue numbers Characteristics

124

08910 Equipped with a 4 mm diameter lug at one end and a 6 mm diameter lug on the other. W = 200 mm

DD384005.eps

Earthing wire, 6 mm2 DD384005.eps

Earthing braid, 6 mm

2

08911 Equipped with a 5 mm diameter lug at one end and a 6 mm diameter lug on the other. W = 200 mm

Prisma G enclosures

Prisma G W600, W850, W300

Gland plates

IP30, IP4X Plain metal gland plates

Enclosures (wall-mounted, floor-standing, ducts) are supplied with a plastic gland plate installed on the top or bottom for wall-mounted enclosures and the top for floor-standing enclosures. For some connections needs, the existing plastic gland plate can be replaced by this metal gland plate.

Used with

DD385830.eps

DD385829 .eps

Dd382817.eps

Plain metal gland plates

Wall-mounted or floor-standing enclos. W600 / 850 mm Catalogue numbers 08870

Duct W300 08874

Interface metal plates with cut-outs The enclosures (wall mounted and floor standing enclosures and ducts) are supplied with a plastic gland plate fitted on the top or bottom plate. This plastic gland plate can be replaced by an interface plate with cut-outs for special cable entry systems made of an insulating material (plain, with knockouts or membrane-type).

Used with Catalogue numbers

DD385828.eps

DD385827 .eps

Dd382933.eps

Metal interface plates with cut-outs

Wall-mounted or floor-standing enclos. W600 / 850 mm 08871

Duct W300 08875

Gland plates : plain, with knockouts or membranetype Mounting on the interface plates ref 08871 or 08875.

Catalogue numbers

M12 M12 or M20 M16 or M25 M20 M20 or M32 M25 or M40

Total number of entries

08891

08892

08895

-

4 4 4 -

2 2

5 8 -

-

12

4

13

ø 3 mm ø 3 to 7 mm ø 5 mm ø 5 to 7 mm ø 7 to 12 mm ø 7 to 10 mm ø 7 to 14 mm ø 8 to 14 mm ø 10 to 14 mm ø 7 to 18 mm ø 14 to 20 mm ø 17 to 30 mm ø 20 to 26 mm ø 28 to 60 mm

08872 4 4 4 12 4 1 29

DD385713.eps

DD385712.eps

DD385710.eps

08881

DD385714.eps

membrane-type DD385711.eps

with knockouts DD385709.eps

plain DD385708.eps

Gland plates

08896 8 4 4 10 10 4 2 1 43

08897 2 2

125

Prisma G enclosures

Prisma G W600, W850, W300

Door accessories

IP30, IP4X Door handles and padlocking

08932

Catalogue numbers

01218

07938

Characteristics

New rotary handle

For new rotary handle Supplied without barrel

Padlocking

DD383883.eps

DD385903.eps

RAL 7016 handle

DD383885.eps

ASSA/ ABLOY handle DD383882.eps

EURO handle DD383881.eps

Padlocking

DD385874.eps

Rotary handle

08933

08931

08938

Supplied without barrel

Supplied with barrel lock (key no. 405) RAL 7016

For existing handle

Barrel locks, inserts

1 key no. 405

07940

2 keys no. 455

07941

2 keys no. 1242E

07942

Characteristics

Catalogues numbers

1 key no. 405

08940

2 keys no. 455

08941

2 keys no. 1242E

08942

07943

2 keys no. 3113A

08943

07944

2 keys no. 2433A

08944

2 keys no.2432E

07956

2 keys no. 2432E

08956

DIN double bar insert

07945

DIN double bar insert

08945

Screwdriver slot insert

07946

Screwdriver slot insert

08946

Female square insert

8 mm

07949

9 mm

07950

6 mm

07951

7 mm

07952

8 mm

07953

6 mm

07955

DD384366.eps DD384366.eps

07948

DD384366.eps

Male square insert

7 mm

DD384366.eps

Male triangle insert 6.5 mm 07947

DD384366.eps

2 keys no. 3113A 2 keys no. 2433A

(1) Can be adapted to the new rotary handle on Prisma G IP30 enclosures. (2) Can be adapted to handle ref. 08931 and existing handles on Prisma G IP30 enclosures.

126

DD384366.eps

Catalogues numbers

DD381203.eps

Characteristics

Barrel locks and inserts for handle (2)

DD384365.eps

DD385869.eps DD385868.eps

DD385866.eps

DD385865.eps

DD385867.eps

DD385864.eps

DD385870.eps

DD385874.eps

Barrel locks and inserts for rotary handle

(1)

Male triangle insert 6.5 mm 08947

Male square insert

Female square insert

7 mm

08948

8 mm

08949

9 mm

08950

6 mm

08951

7 mm

08952

8 mm

08953

6 mm

08955

Prisma G enclosures

Prisma G W600, W850, W300

Spare parts

IP30, IP4X Accessories Duct accessories

01036

4 kit pillars + pillar head DD385862.eps

1 earthing braid plug 4 washers 2 combination uprights 2 short combination crossbars 2 base blanking plugs 2 association fasteners 4 spacers 2 screws with flange 1 self-threading screw 2 A-angle parts 2 B-angle parts 7 nuts HX grooved Wall mounted and floor standing enclosures accessories

01018

DD385863.eps

4 kit pillars + pillar head 2 A-angle parts 2 B-angle parts 8 self threading screws 1 earthing braid plug 4 base blanking plugs 4 spacers

DD385750.eps

4 nuts HX grooved 1

2

5

6

7

G IP30 floor standing enclosure combination kit

08815

1 combination upright 1 short combination crossbar + 2 screws + 2 nuts

3

4

8

9

10

2 association fasteners 7 plastic protectors 2 self-threading screws 3 self-threading screws 1 screw with flange 3 nuts 3 nuts 2 washers

Door accessories DD385270.eps

Wall mounted and floor standing enclosures closing accessories

01032

1 earthing braid plug 2 butées de porte 3 self threading screws 3 fixed hinges 3 hinge pins 3 stop bolts 4 self threading screws

DD384487.EPS

IP30 Pack,wall mounted and floor standing enclosures handle

01220

1 handle 1 key no.405 1 handle staple 1 Pack kit pin 1 assembled rod angle 1 peg and angle assembly for G cubicle 1 pozidriv screw for handle staple 1 self threading screw for Pack enclosure 1 pozidriv screw for wall-mounted and floor standinbg enclosures

127

Spare parts

Prisma G enclosures

Prisma G W600, W850, W300 IP30, IP4X Metal plates with cut-outs + plastic gland plates

08880

W850

08883

W300

08884

W600

01017

Dd385834.eps

Dd385833.eps

Dd385832.eps

W600

DD384490.EPS

DD385831.EPS

DD384488.EPS

Metal top/bottom plate (IP30)

W850

01070

W300

01039

DD384491.EPS

Side (IP30) 6 modules

01040

9 modules

01041

12 modules

01042

15 modules

01043

18 modules

01044

21 modules

01045

24 modules

01046

27 modules

01035

30 modules

01034

33 modules

01033

36 modules

01047

Association profile 9 modules

01063

Association profile 12 modules

01064

Association profile 15 modules

01065

Association profile 18 modules

01066

Association profile 21 modules

01067

Association profile 24 modules

01068

Association profile 27 modules

01030

Association profile 30 modules

01029

Association profile 33 modules

01028

Association profile 36 modules

01069

DD384492.EPS

Central uprights (IP30)

128

Prisma G enclosures

Prisma G W600, W850, W300

Spare parts

IP30, IP4X Plinth DD384494.EPS

Accessories for plinth

4 self-threading screws

DD384493.EPS

Floor standing enclosures

01050

Left base bracket + right base bracket 4 self-threading screws

DD384495.EPS

Plinth front, 600 mm

01052

Base cover + plinth 2 self-threading screws

Plinth front, 850 mm

01057

DD385856.eps

Base cover + plinth 2 self-threading screws

DD384496.EPS

Plinth front, 300 mm

01053

Base cover + plinth 2 self-threading screws

Front cover support uprights (IP30) DD384500.EPS

01051

Left drilled base bracket + right drilled base bracket

6 modules

01250

9 modules

01251

12 modules

01252

15 modules

01253

18 modules

01254

21 modules

01255

24 modules

01256

27 modules

01257

30 modules

01258

33 modules

01259

36 modules

01261

129

Dimensions

Prisma G enclosures

Prisma G W600, W850, W300 IP30, IP4X

Enclosures W600 – 27 to 36 mod. DD385446.eps

Ducts W300

DD385523.eps

DD385430.eps

DD385522.eps

DD385429.eps

Enclosures W600 – 6 to 27 mod.

H1

½ H1

L1 L

L1 L

DD385449.eps

Dd383050.eps

Dd383050.eps

L1 L

305

Wall-mounted enclosures / duct

Floor-standing enclosures / duct

Nb. of vertical modules

H

6

330

H1 -

W600 L

L1

W850 L

L1

L2

L300 L

L1

595

450

-

-

-

305

200

9

480

-

595

450

-

-

-

305

200

12

630

-

595

450

-

-

-

305

200

15

780

-

595

450

-

-

-

305

200

18

930

-

595

450

-

-

-

305

200

21

1080

-

595

450

-

-

-

305

200

24

1230

-

595

450

-

-

-

305

200

27

1380

-

595

450

-

-

-

305

200

27

1530

1380

595

450

-

-

-

305

200

30

1680

1530

595

450

-

-

-

305

200

33

1830

1680

595

450

845

450

200

305

200

36

1980

1830

595

450

845

450

200

305

200

Depth behind front plate Slotted mounting plate DD385739.eps

Recessed mounting plate Cat. no. 03171, 03172, 03173, 03176, 03177 or 03178 Dd383061.eps

Dd383059.eps

Dd383058.eps

Recessed rail Cat. no. 03003

Rear rail Cat. no. 03004

Cable running

0

Flat plate Cat. no. 03170 or 03175

Rear upright DD385738.eps

Dd383057.eps

Adjustable rail Cat. no. 03002 or 03011

Fixed rail Cat. no. 03001 or 03010

130

Dd383060.eps

Modular rails Dd383056.eps

Dd383055.eps

Functional uprights

32(1)

(1) 57 mm for height 36 modules

Prisma G enclosures

Prisma G W600, W850, W300

Dimensions

IP30, IP4X Door

Enclosures W850

Cable entry W600 DD383841.eps

Dd380527.eps

DD385499.eps

680

W300 157

157

496

206

Dd385705.eps

W850 243

H

845

13,5

H1

Trunking spreader

L1

L

Dd382915.eps

H/2

L2

Wall-mounted installation Nb. of vertical modules

B

A

B

A

A

Cyma system

B W600

W850

W300

Wall6 mounted 9 enclosures 12

430

545

795

255

580

545

795

255

730

545

795

255

15

880

545

795

255

18

1030

545

795

255

21

1180

545

795

255

24

1330

545

795

255

27

1480

545

795

255

Floor27 standing 30 enclosures 33

1580

545

795

255

1780

545

795

255

1880

545

795

255

36

2030

545

795

255

DD385474.eps

External brackets

B1

A1

Ø9

B1

Ø9

A1

A1

B1 W600

W850

W300

Wall6 mounted 9 enclosures 12

270

381

631

91

420

381

631

91

570

381

631

91

15

720

381

631

91

18

870

381

631

91

21

1020

381

631

91

24

1170

381

631

91

27

1320

381

631

91

Floor27 standing 30 enclosures 33

1500

381

631

91

1650

381

631

91

1800

381

631

91

36

1950

381

631

91

Dd385534.eps

Nb. of vertical modules

W600

W850

39,5

Dd383062.eps

Screws

Dd383062.eps

Enclosure plinth fixation

766

39,5

W300

131

Prisma G enclosures

Prisma G W600, W850, W300

Presentation

IP55

PB113921.eps

Great capability for meeting the requirements of your installation

> 100 % reliable and in compliance with existing standards All the components (switchgear, splitter blocks, prefabricated connections, etc.) have been designed to work together. All switchboard configurations have been tested. Even the most demanding. > Optimised, upgradeable installation Prisma G IP55 is the only switchboard in this category designed as a “kit”. All configurations and combinations are possible, with full access. Thanks to the organisation around functional units, the installation evolves simply while preserving its original performance. > Ease of setup The complete accessibility of all mounting and connection points facilitates assembly and cabling in the workshop. The functional units are clearly identified: operations are intuitive and reliable, and connection and checking are performed naturally.

> Safety of people and property > Continuity of service > Robustness > Ergonomics and complete accessibility > Optimisation and upgradeability

133

Prisma G enclosures

Presentation

Prisma G W600, W850, W300 Weatherproof enclosures IP55

Enclosure delivered flat: total accessibility Designed for electrical continuity

bb630 A bbIP55 bbIK10 bbSeismic characteristics: 2G

PE60331.eps

PB113921.eps

Metallic indoor enclosures to compose Severe environments: industrial and agricultural buildings, basements, kitchens, etc.

Description

Steel sheet metal with electrophoresis treatment + hot-polymerised polyester epoxy powder. Enclosure: bb width: 575 mm, with duct: 325 mm bb height: 450 to 1750 mm bb depth: 260 mm with door bb properties of metal enclosures > page 179

Main characteristics IP55 enclosure

Easy design with

Rapsody software > page 29

134

Rated operational current Colour Standards conformity Degree of protection Degree of protection against mechanical impacts Seismic characteristics Isolation Doors

Earthing Combination

630 A - Isc = 50 kA, Icw = 25 kA rms / 1 s, Ipk = 53 k White colour RAL 9001 EN 62208, IEC 61439-2 IP55 with door IK10 2G without accessories (IEC 60068-2-57) Class 1 bb Plain or transparent, opening to right or left 180° bb Supplied with a handle and keylock (key 405) Distance behind plain door = 78 mm, Distance behind transparent door = 73 mm. Earthing braid delivered with enclosure > page 137

Presentation

Prisma G enclosures

Prisma G W600, W850, W300 Weatherproof enclosures IP55

Fingers safe for cabling

Accessories shared with Prisma G, IP30

bb Painted sheet metal inside, protection for wiring installers’ hands

Plates for connecting control circuits

Pre-hooked plates for quick positionning

Full accessibility

bb Removable side panels: easy wiring

Plain or transparent door

Trunking support plate, fixed at the same time as the modular rail

bb To be ordered separately

Ergonomics and safety

bb Easy panel handling thanks to the ergonomic gripper bb Legible “Open/ closed” positions of front plate, bb Integrated front plate sealing function

Practical

bb Functionalized installation of push buttons, power sockets, etc. bb Installation of power sockets on the side

Weatherproofing

bb Large choice of IP55 gland plates

PB115681.eps

PE60330.eps

Multiple combinations

135

Prisma G enclosures

Prisma G W600, W850, W300

Enclosures

IP55 Wall mounted and floor standing enclosures

Enclosures are supplied with plain metal gland plates and external mounting brackets. The doors are reversible, opening 180° to right or left, supplied equipped with a handle with 405 key lock. The wall mounted and floor standing enclosure extensions and ducts are supplied without combination kits, see table opposite.

Frame + plain Frame Rear door + transparent door

450 650 850 1050 1250 1450 1750

08302 08303 08304 08305 08306 08307 08309

08322 08323 08324 08325 08326 08327 08329

08332 08333 08334 08335 08336 08337 08339

08342 08343 08344 08345 08346 08347 08349

136

Rear + plain door 08342 08343 08344 08345 08346 08347 08349

Dd381390.eps

Top and bottom plates 08372 08372 08372 08372 08372 08372 08372

08311

08340 08349 Spare parts > page 143 ; Dimensions > page 144

W850 floor standing enclosure

Dd381523.eps DD384507.EPS

Side panels

Struts (set of 2)

08352 08353 08354 08355 08356 08357 08359

2 x 01025 2 x 01025 2 x 01025 2 x 01025 2 x 01025 2 x 01025 2 x 01025

Duct W300

Transparent door

08802

Dd381522.eps

Dd381526.eps

Dd381525.eps

08332 08333 08334 08335 08336 08337 08339

Floor standing enclosure

Rear + plain door

Top and bottom plates 08372

Duct W300 DB404574.eps

850

Catalogue numbers

08322 08323 08324 08325 08326 08327 08329

Dd381377.eps

Plinth H = 150 mm

08352 08353 08354 08355 08356 08357 08359

Dd383032.eps

Dd381528.eps

Top and bottom plates 08372 08372 08372 08372 08372 08372 08372

Dd381386.eps

DD385305.eps

Height in mm 1750

Frame + transparent door

Wall-mounted enclosures W300

W850 floor standing enclosure (plinth sold separately)

Nb. of vertical modules of 50 mm 33

Frame + plain door

Dd381528.eps

Rear + plain door

Side panels for vertical combination

Dd381527.eps

Height in mm 450 650 850 1050 1250 1450 1750

Top and bottom plates for side-by-side combination 08371 08371 08371 08371 08371 08371 08371

08312 08313 08314 08315 08316 08317 08319

Ducts W300 Dd381527.eps

Type

Nb. of vertical modules of 50 mm 7 11 15 19 23 27 33

Dd381524.eps

Dd381522.eps

Basic enclosure

Dd381528.eps

7 11 15 19 23 27 33

Height in mm

Dd381527.eps

Nb. of vertical modules of 50 mm

Extension enclosures W600 Dd381523.eps

Basic enclosure W600 Dd381521.eps

Type

2 x 08392 + 08394

Prisma G enclosures

Prisma G W600, W850, W300

Multiple combinations

IP55 Combination kits Components catalogue numbers

Catalogue numbers Characteristics

Single pillar

Horizontal/vertical combination kit

"L" combination kit

Square combination kit

Mounting upright

01025 (lot de 2) Supplied with basic enclosures

08381 x 2 2 double pillars

08382 + 08381 2 L pillars + 2 double pillar + 1 single pillar

08383 1 square pillar + 4 double pillar

08391 L = 1950 mm

Mounting example

9

Dd381436.eps

9

In square

DB404572.eps

In L

Dd381434.eps

Simple

8

Wall-mounted enclosures

Combination kits

1 Basic enclosure

1 1 basic enclosure

1 1 basic enclosure

2 Rear plate for enclosure extension

2 1 rear + door for duct

3 1 set of two side panels

3 1 set of two top and bottom plates for duct W300 or W600

2 3 rear plates for enclosure extensions

4 2  x 1 double pillar 08381

4 1 rear plate for enclosure extension

3 1 set of two top and bottom plates for enclosure extensions W300 or W600

5 1 set of two side panels

4 1 set of two side panels

6 1 L pillar 08382

5 1 square pillar 08383

7 2 x 1 double pillar 08381

6 4 x 1 double pillar 08381

8 1  standard pillar 01025 Mounting uprights

5 2  x 1 mounting upright 08391

9 2 x 1 mounting upright 08391

7 3 mounting uprights W = 1950 mm (to reinforce the switchboard) 3 x 08391

Lifting Dd381455.eps

Lifting rings

Catalogue number Characteristics

08396 Set of two. supplied with mounting hardware. The lifting rings are secured directly to the switchboard or to the mounting uprights.

Note: for combinations of more than two enclosures, the switchboard must be reinforced using mounting uprights (08391).

137

Enclosures mounting

Prisma G enclosures

Prisma G W600, W850, W300 IP55

Mounting accessories Upright

Plinth

Catalogue numbers Characteristics

Quantity to order

Mounting uprights

Plinth gusset

08391 bb W = 1950 mm bb Colour: RAL 7016 bb Supplied with: vv two adjustable fixing brackets, vv one joint for combination with a plinth or another upright. Leave space behind the switchboard for cable running and to improve ventilation. For one enclosure, order two uprights. For each enclosure extension or duct, order one additional upright.

08392 bb H = 150 mm bb Colour: RAL 7016

Plinth cover panel (for enclosure) 08393 bb W = 600 mm bb Colour: RAL 7016

Plinth cover panel (for duct) 08394 bb W = 300 mm bb Colour: RAL 7016

For the basic enclosure, order two gussets and one 600 mm wide plinth cover panel. For each enclosure extension or duct, order one additional gusset and the corresponding cover panel.

Catalogue numbers

3 x 08391

Designation

3 mounting uprights

Remarks

The uprights are used to mount on a wall one or more enclosures combined horizontally or vertically.

On wall structure

Free-standing structure DB404576.eps

On plinth

DB404575.eps

DB404573.eps

On uprights

DB404574.eps

Mounting example

3 x 08392 + 08393 + 08394

3 x 08391 + 3 x 08392 + 08393 + 08394 3 gussets 3 uprights + 3 gussets + 1 plinth cover panel for enclosure + 1 plinth cover panel for enclosure + 1 plinth cover panel for duct + 1 plinth cover panel for duct The plinth, installed in the factory The supplied external brackets or on-site, raises the switchboard prevent the switchboard from to protect it and facilitate spreading tilting. of cables arriving from a trough. The wall-fixing brackets supplied with the plinth ensure that the switchboard cannot topple over.

Mounting on a pole

4 x 08391 + 4 x 08392 + 2 x 08393 4 uprights + 4 gussets + 2 plinth cover panels for enclosure Assembly of 2 wall structures connected back-to-back. The switchboard is freestanding. Fixed to the ground and can be moved very easily with lifting rings ref. 08396. It can house one or more enclosures.

DD381450.eps

2 reinforcement cross-members to support the enclosure

08395 The kit is used to mount an enclosure or an enclosure + duct combination, without drilling, to an I-beam or concrete pole that can be rectangular or cylindrical. The maximum circumference of the pole is 580 mm. Supplied with mounting hardware.

Catalogue number Characteristics

Canopy

Catalogue numbers Characteristics

138

15

For duct W300

55

30 20

Ø12 325/575

Dd381742.eps

For wall-mounted enclosures W600 DB404577.eps

Using

08386 08387 bb Installed on the mounting uprights or directly on the wall, canopies improve switchboard protection against vertically falling water and objects. bb Colour: RAL 7016. bb Supplied with: the hardware required for mounting on the uprights, the components required for combination with another canopy. Dimensions > page 144 ; Partitioning > page 75

Prisma G enclosures

Prisma G W600, W850, W300

Wall-mounted enclosures gland plates

IP55 Metal interface plate with cut-outs

DD383827.eps

Enclosures are supplied with plain metal gland plates installed on the top or bottom panel of the enclosures (2 plates) or 300 mm wide ducts (1 plate). These plates can be replaced by metal plates with cut-outs 08876 for special cable entry systems made of an insulating material (plain, with knockouts or membranetype). They are designed for entry of cables of different cross-sectional areas via the bottom of a switchboard while maintaining the IP55 degree of protection. The gland plates are easy to install using the mounting kit (supplied with each gland plate) that positions and holds the nuts during installation. This makes it possible to mount the gland plates using a single tool.

08876

DD385844.EPS

Metal interface plate with cut-outs

Catalogue numbers

08876

Plain gland plates, plates with knockouts and membrane-type plates Fitting gland plates on ref. 08876.

M12 or M20 M16 or M25 M20 M20 or M32 M25 or M40

DD385845.eps

Total number of entries

08892

08895

-

4 4 4 -

2 2

5 8 -

-

12

4

13

ø 3 mm ø 3 to 7 mm ø 5 mm ø 5 to 7 mm ø 7 to 12 mm ø 7 to 10 mm ø 7 to 14 mm ø 8 to 14 mm ø 10 to 14 mm ø 7 to 18 mm ø 14 to 20 mm ø 17 to 30 mm ø 20 to 26 mm ø 28 to 60 mm

08872 4 4 4 12 4 1 29

08896 8 4 4 10 10 4 2 1 43

DD385714.eps

DD385713.eps

DD385712.eps

DD385710.eps

08891

08897 2 2

Gland plates, direct mounting

Catalogue numbers ø 7 to 26 mm ø 33 to 72 mm Total number of entries

08898 39 39

DB124230.eps

M12

08881

DB124229.eps

Catalogue numbers

membrane-type DD385711.eps

with knockouts DD385709.eps

plain DD385708.eps

Gland plates

08899 2 2

Spare parts > page 143 Dimensions > page 144 Partitioning > page 75

139

Prisma G enclosures

Prisma G W600, W850, W300

Partial doors and functional units for partial door

IP55 Partial doors With cut-outs DD385814.eps

201 4 modules (H = 200 mm) for enclosure from 11 to 27 modules 6 modules (H = 300 mm) for enclosure at least 33 modules high Installation

08374

08376

08375

08377

200(1) 300 (2)

111

11 570

201

Dd381743.eps

Plain DD382674.eps

Type

94

bb On a wall-mounted enclosure at least 11 modules high (H = 650 mm). bb The front must be completed with another door (plain or transparent). bb Each enclosure or extension can be equipped with only one partial door. bb Designed for two mounting plates with 22 mm diameter devices or Schneider Electric industrial sockets. bb They are supplied with an insulating plain mounting plate that can be used to: vv blank off a reserve hole, vv install all types of devices (sockets, EPO devices, measurement devices). bb The dimensions of the two holes are 201 mm x 111 mm. bb Hinges that open 170° bb Equipped with a 8 mm male triangle insert (key not supplied).

Caractéristiques

Plastic plates for equipping openings on partial doors They can be installed: bb horizontally on the partial doors with cut-outs bb horizontally or vertically at any point on a door or side panel.

For 22 mm diameter devices DD385812.eps

08862

08863

08864

bb Can be used to: vv blank off partial doors with cut-outs vv mount any type of device (EPO devices, measurement devices, sockets)

bb For installation of eight 22 mm diameter devices (lights, switches, pushbuttons, etc.) bb Supplied with 4 blanking plug

bb With two 65 x 85 mm holes bb Intended for the installation of: vv 10/16 A residential sockets vv flush-mount 16 A sockets, inclined or straight, IP44/IP67

bb Intended for the installation of: vv residential sockets (10 /16 A) in the 65 x 85 mm hole (1a) or flush-mounted inclined or straight 16 A sockets, IP44/IP67, IK08, in the 65 x 85 mm hole (1b) vv inclined 16 and 32 A sockets IP44 and IP67 in the 90 x 100 mm hole (1)

210 200

140

6

11

25 150 25

50 25 25 50 210

150

110 210

50

Ø75

Dd381748.eps

110

Ø58

Ø58 Dd381749.eps

150

Dd381750.eps

Dd381746.eps

Ø22

DB419527.eps

08861

DB419526.eps

Catalogue numbers Characteristics

For industrial sockets DD385813.eps

Plain DD385811.eps

Type

150

111 210

50

Prisma G enclosures

Prisma G W600, W850, W300

Side panels

IP55 Side panels with cut-outs

These panels are designed to replace the standard side panel. They can be mounted on the left or right-hand side.

201

85

Dd381745.eps

Dd381744.eps

DB404578.eps

Side panels with cut-out

201

111 225

201 85 111 225

Nb. of vertical modules of 50 mm 7 11 15 19 23 27 33

Height in mm 450 650 850 1050 1250 1450 1750

Nb. of 111 x 201 mm holes 1 2 2 2 2 2 2

Catalogue numbers 08362 08363 08364 08365 08366 08367 08369

The cut-outs are designed for the installation of Pratika PK industrial sockets up to 63 A either directly or on 111 x 201 mm adaptation plates of the Kaedra enclosure range. Installation is direct for: bb 16/32 A interlocked LV sockets, IP44/IP65, IK08 bb 16 A VLV sockets with 160 VA safety transformers, IP44/IP65, IK08.

Plastic plates for equipping openings on partial doors For industrial sockets DD385813.eps

08863 bb With two 65 x 85 mm holes bb Intended for the installation of: vv 10/16 A residential sockets vv flush-mount 16 A sockets, inclined or straight, IP44/IP67

08864 bb Intended for the installation of: vv residential sockets (10 /16 A) in the 65 x 85 mm hole (1a) or flush-mounted inclined or straight 16 A sockets, IP44/IP67, IK08, in the 65 x 85 mm hole (1b) vv inclined 16 and 32 A sockets IP44 and IP67 in the 90 x 100 mm hole (1)

DB419526.eps

Catalogue numbers 08861 Characteristics bb Can be used to: vv blank off partial doors with cut-outs vv mount any type of device (EPO devices, measurement devices, sockets)

DB419527.eps

Plain DD385811.eps

Type

65 x 85 mm + 90 x 100 mm 13142

Direct installation

Dd382841.eps

bb 16 A and 32 A LV bb VLV sockets bb RJ45 sockets

Dd382841.eps

Functional units catalogue numbers

bb 16/32 A interlocked LV sockets bb 16 A VLV sockets with safety transformers 103 x 225 mm

Dd382839.eps

Size for industrial sockets

Dd382842.eps

Industrial sockets and functional units

Dd382840.eps

Industrial sockets and functional units

bb 63 A LV sockets

bb Blanking plate

100 x 107 mm

bb 16 or 32 A VLV sockets (after uncapping of the opening) bb Pushbuttons 65 x 65 mm

-

13144

13143

13143

141

Prisma G enclosures

Prisma G W600, W850, W300

Door accessories

IP55 Locks

bb The small plain and transparent doors (7 to 23 modules) are supplied with a small handle comprising a barrel lock no. 405. bb The large plain and transparent doors (27 to 33 modules) are supplied with a large handle comprising a barrel lock no. 405. bb The partial doors are supplied with an 8 mm male triangle insert. bb All doors can receive as optional equipment: vv a large or small handle with a barrel lock no. 405. The latter can be replaced by other barrel locks or special inserts vv a large EURO handle, supplied without a barrel lock vv door inserts (squares, triangles, double bars, screwdriver slots).

Handles for replacement Dd380704.eps

Dd380704.eps

Handles

Catalogue numbers 08936 Designation Door latch with lock and 2 no. 405 keys

08935 08934 Handle (W = 155 mm) EURO handle without with lock and a barrel lock (1) 2 no. 405 keys

(1) Do not suit to barrels with an automatic return stroke of the key.

Padlocking Dd380707.eps

Padlocking

08939 The kit can be installed on all IP55 doors, except those equipped with an EURO lock. Kit designed for three padlocks.

Catalogue number Designation

Handle barrel locks and inserts

These components may equip handles after removing the standard barrel lock no. 405.

Catalogue numbers

Screwdriver slot insert

3 mm double bar insert

09981

09982

Partial door inserts

Dd380706.eps

Dd380706.eps

Dd380706.eps

Female square insert 6 mm 09946

�

These inserts simply replace the standard male triangle insert (8 mm).

Male triangle insert 7 mm 8 mm (CNOMO) 09983 09984

(1) Others A and E combinations are available from Ronis, please contact us.

Dd380705.eps

Dd380705.eps

�

�

�

�

�

Dd380705.eps

�

�

�

Dd380705.eps

Door insert

2 keys 2 keys 2 keys 2 keys Screwdriver Double Male triangle insert Male square insert no. 2433A no. 455 no. 1242E no. 3113A slot insert bar insert 7 mm 8 mm 9 mm 6 mm 7 mm 8 mm 3 mm (CNOMO) 09933 09945 09942 09943 09931 09932 09937 09934 09939 09949 09947 09948

Dd380705.eps

Catalogue numbers

142

Dd380706.eps

�

Supplied with

Type

Dd380706.eps

Dd380706.eps

Handle barrel locks (1)

9 mm

Male square insert 6 mm 8 mm

6 mm female square insert

09985

09986

09989

09988

Prisma G enclosures

Prisma G W600, W850, W300

Spare-parts

IP55

DD384508.EPS

DD384507_1.EPS

Accessories (IP55) 2 pillars

01025

Set of spare parts for wall-mounted enclosure

01247

24 screws + stubs contact 4 simple fixing brackets 4 screws pillar/seating 12 nylon washers 12 self threading screws 4 conical washers 4 screws

DD384509.EPS

Set of spare parts for door

01248

1 screw + stub washers 2 keys no.405 1 spring nut 4 screws frame/pillar 3 hinge pins 8 o-ring joints 3 stop rings

DD384510.EPS

Spare parts for closing system

01249

1 stop washer 1 screw body 1 screw cap 1 o-ring 1 screw nut 1 composite seal 1 captive screw 1 special washer 1 cam 1 washer

143

Dimensions

Prisma G enclosures

Prisma G W600, W850, W300 IP55

L850 enclosure, 33 mod.

Ducts W300 DD385849.eps

DD385847.eps

DD385848.eps

Enclosures W600

25 Ø6

Ø6

H

H 25 H

W1 W

W1 W

25

230 260

30

230 260

30

570 600

W600 W

H

320 350

425 625 825 1025 1225 1425 1725

Functional uprights

W850 W

W1

575 575 575 575 575 575 575

450 450 450 450 450 450 450

845

Modular rails

113,6

200

159,8

W1

325 325 325 325 325 325 325

200 200 200 200 200 200 200

Cable running 62

47,1

127,5

03003.

03004.

Dd381731.eps

(1)

Rear upright 140,3

03170/03175.

220 (4)

(3) 160 233 238 (4)

45/90

(5)

(6)

Ø4

8x8

30 215 (3)

32

25 25

(2)

142

DD385841.eps

Dd382302.eps

159,9

(1) Multifix rail. (2) Recessed slotted mounting plate. (3) Transparent door. (4) Plain door. (5) Front plate. (6) Door.

03171/03172/03173/03176/ 03177/03178.

03002. Dd382301.eps

03001.

144

Dd382299.eps

Dd382300.eps

Dd382297.eps

84

DD385536.eps

Dd382296.eps

49

450

W300 W

W2

Slotted mounting plate

31

142,3

W1

DD385840.eps

7 11 15 19 23 27 33

230 260

30

840 870

Nb. of vertical modules Enclosures Ducts

W2

W

Dd385838.eps

Dd385839.eps

Dd381732.eps

W1

Dimensions

Prisma G enclosures

Prisma G W600, W850, W300 IP55

Cable entry W600

Doors W850 of 33 mod. 68

100

55

92 Useful surface area

X Y H1

225

225

W850

H1

420 620 820 1020 1220 1420 1720

225 37,5

225

225 37,5

60

Wall structure Ø7

Dd381740.eps

25

Dd381728.eps

Dd381730.eps

External brackets W300

Dd381727.eps

External brackets W600/850

65 50

Ø12

AB

A B

M8

50

C D

7 11 15 19 23 27 33

60

60

Wall-mounted installation

Nb. of vertical modules

137

275 600

A 375 575 775 975 1175 1375 1675

Dd381739.eps

284 484 684 884 1084 1284 1584

1/2 H1

Y

B

C

525 725 925 1125 1325 1525 1825

W600 525 525 525 525 525 525 525

325/575

D W850 -

W600 650 650 650 650 650 650 650

W850 -

Plinth fixation W600 Dd381741.eps

X

60

30

Dd382285.eps

320/570 600

450 650 850 1050 1250 1450 1750

30

225

68

60

30 137

60

420

Doors H1

W300

Dd381733.eps

Dd382284.eps

DD385452.eps

Doors W600

Ø11

1750 230 150

475

Plinth fixation W850

DD385455.eps

Dd382294.eps

Enclosure combinations

150 870

Dd382295.eps

Ø11

12,5

575

325 1500

575

12,5

230 150 745

145

Pack 160 enclosures, Prisma G Pack 250

Pack 160 enclosures Prisma G Pack 250

Contents

Pack 160 enclosures Presentation 149 Pack wall-mounted and flush-mounted enclosures 150 Kilowatt-hour meters Other functional units for extension enclosures 151 Accessories 152 Accessories - Spare-parts 154 Distribution and connection in Pack enclosures with Linergy 155 Dimensions 156

Prisma G Pack 250 enclosures Presentation

Wall-mounted and floor-standing enclosures

Wall-mounted and floor standing enclosures W600 mm

Wall-mounted and floor standing enclosures + duct

158 159

W600 mm + W300 mm

160

Installation / lifting accessories Accessories to increase the degree of protection IP Gland plates - Cable running Door accessories Panorama of the solution Linergy distribution and accessories

161 162 163 164 165

147

Pack 160 enclosures

Premounted metallic indoor enclosures can be ordered with a single catalogue number.

1 product reference = a complete modular enclosure ready to be equipped

PD391279-RT.eps

An enclosure + modular rails + front plates + blanking plates + a plastic gland plate + an earth bar + a template for drilling wall-mounting holes.

Presentation

bb160 A bbIP30 bbIK07/08

Gland plate

bb Removable, easy-toinstall and easy-to-cut

Accessibility

bb Side panels dismountable for full access

Double rail

bb Double rail supplied premounted in the 4-, 5- and 6-row enclosures allowing mixing of devices of different depths

Installation

bb Door easy to install without tools bb Plain or transparent reversible door

Description

PD390892_r.eps

Steel sheet metal with electrophoresis treatment + hot-polymerised polyester epoxy powder. Enclosure: bb width: 555 mm bb height: 480 to 1080 mm bb depth: 157 mm without door / 186 mm with door bb properties of metal enclosures > page 179.

Main characteristics Pack enclosures Rated operational current Colour Compliance with standards Degree of protection Degree of protection against mechanical impact Insulation Doors

Mounting

160 A White RAL 9001 EN 62208, IEC 61439-1-2-3, NFC 61-910 IP30 without door, IP40 with door, IP41 with canopy + door, IP43 with canopy + door + door gasket IK07 without door IK08 with door Class 1 bb Plain or transparent, opening to right or left, 130° bb By design, electrical continuity of moving parts (hinges…) bb Supplied with a handle and keylock (key 405) bb No possibility to install push buttons (distance behind door = 42 mm) Pact enclosures easily integrated in using flush-mounting kit

The design of Pack enclosures ensures easy device access and mounting. Optimised depth and an extra-thin door ensure perfect integration in all environments. Models with 4, 5 and 6 rows are particularly well-suited for the incomer function: bb more space available for wiring of the incoming device bb optimised number of front plates. 149

Pack 160 enclosures

Pack wall-mounted and flush-mounted enclosures

DD383985.eps

Wall-mounted enclosures for modular devices Enclosures include: bb 1 modular rail per row (L= 24 modules of 18mm). The recessed rail at the top of 4, 5, 6-row enclosures is for NG160 installation and supplied with another rail + 4 raisers to complete the row with modular devices. bb 1 front plate with cut-out per row (height depending on model) bb 1 plastic gland plate bb divisible blanking plates: 3 for 2 and 3 rows enclosures, 6 for 4 to 6 rows enclosures bb earth bar with 40 straples

Dd383298.eps

Doors are: bb reversible, opening to left or right, bb supplied with a handle and barrel with keylock (key 405) bb barrel locks and inserts > see page 126.

Dd381802.eps

2 3 4 5 6

Nb. of vertical modules of 50 mm 9 12 15 18 21

Dd381801.eps

Nb. of rows

Dd383299.eps

Enclosure W555

Height in mm

Enclosure

Plain door

Transparent door

480 630 780 930 1080

08002 08003 08004 08005 08006

08082 08083 08084 08085 08086

08092 08093 08094 08095 08096

DD383982.eps

Flush-mounting kit > see page 153

Enclosure extension

Meters can be installed at different levels on the functional uprights of enclosures. Class 1: Depending on preferences and needs, meters can be installed directly on mounting plates equipped with earthing braids and combined with partitioning or front plates. The mounting plates can be raised using M5 spacers. Doors are: bb reversible, opening to left or right bb supplied with a handle and barrel with keylock (key 405), bb barrel locks and inserts > see page 126

150

Height in mm 480 630

Enclosure

Plain door

08012 08013

08082 08083

Dd382406.eps

Dd382405.eps

Nb. of vertical modules of 50 mm 9 12

Dd382404.eps

Enclosure extension W555

Transparent door 08092 08093

Kilowatt-hour meters Other functional units for extension enclosures

Pack 160 enclosures

Kilowatt-hour meters, Class 2

Class 1: Depending on preferences and needs, meters can be installed directly on mounting plates (without insulating plate) equipped with earthing braids of 6 mm2 (08910) and combined with partitioning or front plates. The mounting plates can be raised using M5 spacers > see page 79. DD383982_1.eps

DD383981.EPS

In an enclosure extension

DD382945.eps

In Pack wall-mounted enclosures DD382947.eps

Installation

Device Nb. of devices per row Nb. of vertical modules Mounting plate Insulating plate Horizontal partitioning (1) Front plate transparent plain Enclosure Door

Single-phase meters 3 6 03157 03154 04333 03343 or 03806 Pack enclosure Depending on enclosure

3-phase meters 2 9 03152 03154 04333 03344 or 03807 Pack enclosure Depending on enclosure

Earthing wire 6 mm2 Combination uprights (set of 2)

08911 -

08911 -

Single-phase meters 3 6 03157 03154 03343 or 03806 08012 08092 (transparent) or 08082 (plain) 08911 08817 (2)

3-phase meters 2 9 03152 03154 03344 or 03807 08013 08093 (transparent) or 08083 (plain) 08911 08817 (2)

(1) If not installed at the top of a Pack enclosure, order an addition horizontal partition (04333). (2) To make the combination more rigid, particularly during transport, it is mandatory to use a set of combination uprights secured to the rear of the switchboard.

Dd381351.eps

Dd381352.eps

Dd385846.eps

DD385836.eps

Dd381353.eps

Modular rails W555

Catalogue numbers Useful length

Fixed 01260 432 mm

Rear 03004 432 mm

Recessed 03003 432 mm

For NG160 03008 432 mm

9 mm modules number

48

48

48

48

Depth behind front plate

50 mm

80 mm

110 mm

83 mm

Dd383292.eps

DIN rail + 4 raisers

Catalogue numbers Characteristics

04227 Raiser height: + 33 mm Rail length: 342 mm (19 modules of 18 mm)

Use

Allows adding modular devices to the row, if the 03008 rail is used.

Front plates W600

> page 72 and page 154.

151

Accessories

Pack 160 enclosures

Gland plates

Catalogue numbers Characteristics

Top or bottom plate with plastic gland plate 08878 -

DD383990.eps

DD383989.eps

Gland plates

Metal gland plate 08879 Plain metal gland plate

Trunking spreader DD383991.eps

Trunking spreader

Catalogue numbers

08821

Canopy DD383933.eps

Canopy for IP31

Catalogue numbers Characteristics

08823 The canopy cannot be mounted on the existing top plate. It therefore comes with a special top plate that must be mounted in place of the existing top plate. The existing top plate is remounted at the bottom of the enclosure to allow cable entry and exit via the bottom. The addition of a canopy over a wall-mounted or floor-standing enclosure equipped with a door ensures compliance with the degree of protection IP31.

Gasket Dd381268.eps

Gasket for IP43

Catalogue numbers Characteristics

152

08841 When the switchboard is equipped with a canopy, a gasket for the doors ensures compliance with the degree of protection IP43. L = 5.3 m

Accessories

Pack 160 enclosures

Combination uprights DD383984.EPS

Combination uprights

Catalogue numbers Characteristics

08817 Set of 2 uprights. Particularly during transport, it is mandatory to use a set of combination uprights secured to the rear of the switchboard, to make the combination more rigid.

Wall mounting DD385482.eps

Wall mounting

Catalogue numbers Characteristics

08803 4 external wall-mounted brackets

Flush-mounting kit Dd381256.eps

Flush-mount kit

Catalogue numbers

08822

Blanking plates DD384029.eps

Blanking plates

Catalogue numbers Characteristics

03220 bb Blanking strip bb H = 46 mm, L = 1 m

03221 bb Divisible bb Set of 4 bb H = 46 mm, L = 90 mm

Finishing parts > page 74 153

Accessories Spare-parts

Pack 160 enclosures

Cable-tie supports > page 76.

Cable running > page 77.

Earthing braid

The earthing braid is used to earth a door with devices.

Earthing wire, 6 mm2

Catalogue numbers Characteristics

DD384005.eps

DD384005.eps

Earthing braid, 6 mm

2

08910 The braid is equipped with a 4 mm diameter lug at one end and a 6 mm diameter lug on the other. W = 200 mm

08911 Equipped with a 5 mm diameter lug at one end and a 6 mm diameter lug on the other. W = 200 mm

Spare-parts Front plate (IP30) DD384498nb.eps

4 modules Pack decentered plate

01264

1 front plate 2 front plates locking mechanisms

DD384499nb.eps

4.5 modules Pack decentered plate

01265

1 front plate 2 front plates locking mechanisms

Modular rail DD384506nb.eps

Pack modular rail

01260

1 DIN rail 432 mm lenght 2 fixing brackets 2 self threading screws M5 x 10

Gland plate (IP30) DD384489.EPS

Cut-out gland plate for Pack enclosure

154

01020

Distribution and connection in Pack enclosures with Linergy

Pack 160 enclosures

Linergy distribution

Dd383294.eps

Presentation

At the head of a switchboard, the incoming device can be supplied by one of the following: bb busbars mounted in rear of the enclosure bb centralised distribution blocks bb row distribution blocks.

d

Linergy distribution

Catalogue numbers

DD380522-LIN.eps

Linergy BW busbars 125 A

Pages

125 A 04103, 04107, 04104, 04108, 01210, 01201

90

125 A 04145

90, 91

Dd383472.eps

Prefabricated connections 125 to 160 A

160 A 04146, 04147, 04148, 04151

Linergy DX distribution block PB502370-55.eps

63 A 04040, 04041

96, 97

125 A 04045, 04047 160 A 04031, 04149, 04046

Linergy DS distribution block DD385267.eps

100 A LGY410028, LGYN1007 LGYN12512

100, 101

125 A LGY112510, LGY412548, LGY412560, LGYN12515 160 A LGY116013, LGY416048

Linergy FH comb busbars DD382484.eps

104 à 108

Linergy FM distribution block DD384088-LIN.eps

63 A 04008

102, 103

80 A 04000

Cable straps 77

80 x 60 mm

04257,

77, 76

support

04255,

external brackets

04206

Dd381618.eps

04239, 04243

Dd381639.eps

Trunking

Dd385902.eps

Cable-tie supports 08867

76

155

Wall-mounted enclosures of 2 and 3 rows

Wall-mounted enclosures of 4, 5 and 6 rows

Nb. of rows 2 3 4 5 6

Nb. of vertical modules of 50 mm 9 12 15 18 21

DD383988.eps

Height in mm 480 630 780 930 1080

Cable running

Supplied modular rail.

Dd381951.ai

Dd383305.eps

Dd383307.eps

Useful depth behind front plate

Dd381957.eps

Door

Dd381956.eps

Dd381953.eps

Dd381953.eps

DD385457.eps

Dimensions

DD385456.eps

Pack 160 enclosures

Upper rail in wall-mounted enclosures of 4, 5 and 6 rows.

Rail cat. no. 03008.

156

Rail cat. no. 03004.

Dd385857.ai

DD385521.eps

Dd383306.eps

Dd383308.eps

Rear upright

Rail cat. no. 03003.

Dimensions

Pack 160 enclosures

Dd381954.eps

Cable entry

Dd382916.eps

Trunking spreader

Wall-mounted installation Nb. of rows

2 3 4 5 6

H1

396 546 696 846 996

H2

546 696 846 996 1146

DD385859.ai

Dd381955.ai

Screws

Dd380509.ai

DD385858.ai

External brackets

157

Prisma G Pack 250 A enclosures

IP30

Presentation

Wall-mounted and floor-standing enclosures

Metallic indoor wall-mounted and floor-standing enclosures delivered in a kit with a limited number of references. - Commercial buildings: hotels, offices,shops, etc.

Wall-mounted and floor-standing enclosures delivered flat: total accessibility Designed for electrical continuity

bb250 A bbIP30 bbIK07/08

Gland plate

PB115703.eps

bb Dismountable and cuttable

Free space

bb H = 300 mm for incomer device installation at your choice

Quick fastening on hook-on rail bb Easy wall mounting

Ergonomics and safety bb Easy panel handling thanks to the ergonomic gripper bb Legible "Open/closed" positions of front plate bb Integrated front plate sealing function

Total accessibility bb Dismountable side panels: flat wiring

Confortable wiring

bb Steel sheet metal with inside painting, not aggressive for the hands of the wiring staffs

PB115642_26.eps

Common accessories with Prisma G

Description

Steel sheet metal with electrophoresis treatment + hot-polymerised polyester epoxy powder. Enclosure: bb width: 595 mm bb height: 630 to 1830 mm bb depth: 205 mm without door / 238 mm with door, + 13.5 mm (handle) bb properties of metal enclosures > page 179

Main characteristics Prisma G Pack 250 A enclosures, IP30

Rated operational current Colour Standards conformity Degree of protection Degree of protection against mechanical impacts Isolation Doors

Mounting

158

In = 250 A, Isc = 50 kA, Icw = 25 kA rms/1 s, Ipk = 52.5 kA White colour RAL 9001 EN 62208, IEC 61439-1-2-3 IP30 with or without door IK08 with door, IK07 without door Class 1 bb Plain or transparent, opening to right or left, 130° bb By design, electrical continuity of moving parts bb Supplied with a handle and keylock (key 405) bb Distance behind door = 58 mm Surface mounting, floor-standing

Wall-mounted and floor standing enclosures

Prisma G Pack 250 A enclosures

IP30

W600 mm

Each enclosure is delivered with H = 150 mm front plates and rails for modular devices (quantity according the number of rows) and a plastic gland plate.

A

Dd380624.eps

Dd381516.eps

Optional Dd380623.eps

DD385327.eps

A

DD385221.eps

DD385221.eps

DD385327.eps

Wall-mounted and floor standing enclosures W600

HxWxD (in mm)

Wall-mounted and floorstanding

Plain door (1)

18-mm modules

Nb of row + Zone A to complete height 300 mm (6 modules)

Transparent door (1)

Earth bar with 40 staples (16 mm2) and 1 incoming terminal (35 mm2)

96 + 96 144 + 96 192 + 96 240 + 96 288 + 96 336 + 96

48 + 48 72 + 48 96 + 48 120 + 48 144 + 48 168 + 48

2R + 3R + 4R + 5R + 6R + 7R +

630 x 600 x 205 780 x 600 x 205 930 x 600 x 205 1080 x 600 x 205 1230 x 600 x 205 1380 x 600 x 205

08064 08065 08066 08067 08068 08069

08124 08125 08126 08127 08128 08222

08134 08135 08136 08137 08138 08232

1 1 1 2 2 2

336 + 96 384 + 96 432 + 96

168 + 48 192 + 48 216 + 48

7R + A 8R + A 9R + A

Capacity 9-mm pitches

Wall-mounted

Floor-standing

A A A A A A

1530 x 600 x 205 08072 08222 08232 2 1680 x 600 x 205 08073 08223 08233 2 1830 x 600 x 205 08074 08224 08234 2 (1) Reversible doors, opening to left or right, equipped with a handle and keylock (key 405).

Zone

DD385339.eps

Zone

DD385340.eps

03260

03264

A

A

to complete depending on the incoming device

(H = 300 mm) to complete Zone

incoming device

Cat. no.

Composition

Modular devices y 40 A (2 rows)

03001 x 2 + 03203 x 2

2 modular rails 2 modular front plates (H = 2 x 150 mm)

Modular devices y 63 A (1 row)

03001 + 03204 + 03802

1 modular rail 1 modular front plate H = 200 mm 1 plain front plate H = 100 mm

Compact INS40-160, NG125, Vigi NG125, iC120, Vigi iC120 + Modular devices Acti 9

03260

1 modular rail + 1 modular front plate H = 250 mm + 1 plain front plate H = 50 mm

NG160 or Vigi NG160 + modular

03261

1 adjustable modular rail + 1 modular rail + 2 raisers (1) + 1 modular front plate H = 250 mm + 1 plain front plate H = 50 mm

Compact INS/INV250 horizontal fixed, toggle

03264

1 mounting plate + 1 front plate INS/INV250 H = 200 mm + 2 plain front plates H = 50 mm

Compact NSX100/250 horizontal fixed, toggle

03030 + 03232 + 03802

1 mounting plate + 1 front plate with cut-out H = 200 mm + 1 plain front plate H = 100 mm

Vigicompact NSX100/250 horizontal fixed, toggle

03033 + 03292 + 03802

1 mounting plate + 1 front plate with cut-out H = 200 mm + 1 plain front plate H = 100 mm

Easypact CVS 100/250, 3P/4P, horizontal fixed, toggle

03030 + 03230 + 03802

1 mounting plate + 1 front plate with cut-out H = 200 mm + 1 plain front plate H = 100 mm

Easypact Vigi CVS 100/250, 3P/4P, horizontal fixed, toggle

03033 + 03238 + 03802

1 mounting plate + 1 front plate with cut-out H = 200 mm + 1 plain front plate H = 100 mm

Fupact ISFT160, horizontal fixed

03121 + 03326 + 03801 + 03802

1 mounting plate + 1 front plate with cut-out H = 150 mm + 1 plain front plate H = 50 mm + 1 plain front plate H = 100 mm

Fupact ISFT250, horizontal fixed

03124 + 03328 + 03801

1 mounting plate + 1 front plate with cut-out H = 250 mm + 1 plain front plate H = 50 mm

A

(1) To add modular devices to the row.

159

Prisma G Pack 250 A enclosures

IP30

Wall-mounted and floor standing enclosures + duct W600 mm + W300 mm

A A A

Floor-standing

7R + A 8R + A 9R + A

Dd381516.eps

A

Dd380627.eps

A

Dd380626.eps

A

Dd380624.eps

Wall-mounted

2R + 3R + 4R + 5R + 6R + 7R +

Optional

Dd380623.eps

Nb of row + Zone A to complete height 300 mm (6 modules)

Optional

Dd382928.eps

C

C

Dd380638.eps

B

A

DD385221.eps

B

DD385327.eps

A

DD385328.eps

DD385224.eps

Wall-mounted and floor standing enclosures W600 + Ducts W300

Height in mm

Wall-mounted and floor-standing

Plain door (2)

Transparent door (2)

Ducts (1)

Plain door

Transparent door

Earth bar with 40 staples

630 780 930 1080 1230 1380

08064 08065 08066 08067 08068 08069

08124 08125 08126 08127 08128 08222

08134 08135 08136 08137 08138 08232

08174 08175 08176 08177 08178 08179

08184 08185 08186 08187 08188 08282

08197 08198 08292

1 1 1 2 2 2

1530 1680 1830

08072 08073 08074

08222 08223 08224

08232 08233 08234

08272 08273 08274

08282 08283 08284

08292 08293 08294

2 2 2

Zone A to complete with 2 rails (Ref. 03001) + 2 front plates (Ref. 03203) Zone B to complete (H = 450 mm) with the incoming device Incoming device Zone

% $ &

Location of zones to complete

DD385341.eps

DD385330R.eps

(1) Supplied with a combination kit for enclosure + duct association. (2) Reversible doors, opening to left or right, equipped with a handle and keylock (key 405).

03267

B

Cat. no.

Compact INV250

03267

Compact NSX100/250 Vertical fixed, toggle Vigicompact NSX100/250 Vertical fixed, toggle Easypact CVS100/250 Vertical fixed, toggle Fupact ISFT160 Vertical fixed, toggle

03050 + 03253 03050 + 03293 03050 + 03250 03123 + 03327 + 03813 03125 + 03329

Fupact ISFT250 Vertical fixed, toggle

Zone

C

Composition

1 mounting plate INV 1 front plate INV 2 modular rails L = 600 mm 2 front plates L = 600 mm 1 mounting plate 1 front plate 1 mounting plate 1 front plate 1 mounting plate 1 front plate 1 mounting plate 1 front plate H = 300 mm 1 front plate H = 150 mm 1 mounting plate 1 front plate

to complete

The table below gives the cat. no of plain front plates to be installed to complete the duct. Cat. no. of the duct 08174 08175 08176 08177 08178 08179 08272 08273 08274

Dimensions of zone C (mm) to complete 150 300 450 600 750 900 900 1050 1200

Cat. no.

03813 x 1 03816 x 1 03817 x 1 03816 x 2 03815 x 3 03816 x 3 03817 x 2 03817 x 2 + 03813 x 1 03816 x 4

Other combinations are possible to complete the zone 300 mm width front-plates: Height (mm) 50 100 150 200 250 300 450

160

Cat. no. 03811 03812 03813 03814 03815 03816 03817

C

, including 7 heights of

Prisma G Pack 250 A enclosures

IP30

Installation / lifting accessories Accessories to increase the degree of protection IP Installation possibilities

Switchboards can be mounted on a wall in three manners: with the hook-on rail system, via the inside of the enclosure or using external wall-mounted brackets. Combined enclosures can be mounted using the lifting/reinforcement crossmembers set of two lifting/reinforcement cross-members.

Plinth raiser

The enclosure can be mounted through the spacers in the 4 holes provided on the enclosure using 8 mm diameter screws (2 knockouts can be removed if necessary to provide 2 other holes).

08804 4 external wall-mounted brackets.

Lifting accessories

The lifting rings are used to move a single wall-mounted or floor-standing enclosure. For combined enclosures, use the lifting/reinforcement cross-members (see below).

Dd380633.eps

Plinth raiser

2 lifting rings for single wall-mounted or floorstanding enclosures 08807 For a duct W = 300 mm

Lifting/reinforcement cross-members for combined enclosures DD385325.EPS

DD384010.eps

Catalogue numbers 08805 Characteristics For basic floor-standing enclosure or extension W = 600 mm

DD384037.eps

Catalogue numbers Delivered with the enclosure Characteristics The enclosure comes with 2 cross-members secured to the back of the enclosure (top and bottom) and a support rail (with levelling adjustment) for screw-mounting on the wall. The enclosure is easily mounted on the hook-on rail system. End the fixation with 2x 8mm diameter screws, at the bottom of enclosure

Mounting using the external wall-mounted brackets

DD384038.eps

Mounting via the inside

DD385226.eps

Hook-on rail system

Catalogue numbers 08801 Characteristics

Set of two lifting rings

08812

Have 2 types of holes: for lifting and for mounting on a wall

Accessories to increase the degree of protection IP

Used with

1 wall-mounted enclosure

Gasket for the door to increase the IP value from IP31 to IP43 Dd381268.eps

Dd381257.eps

Canopy to increase the IP value from IP30 to IP31

1 wall-mounted enclosure + 1 duct (1)

Catalogue numbers 08830 08832 Designation The addition of a canopy over a wall-mounted or floor-standing enclosure equipped with a door ensures compliance with the degree of protection IP31.

Enclosures or a duct from 6 to 33 modules

08841 When the switchboard is equipped with a canopy, a gasket for the doors ensures compliance with the degree of protection IP43. L = 5.3 m

(1) Whatever the duct position.

161

Prisma G Pack 250 A enclosures

IP30

Gland plates Cable running Gland plates

Enclosures (wall-mounted, floor-standing, ducts) are supplied with a plastic gland plate installed on the top or bottom for wall-mounted enclosures and the top for floor-standing enclosures. The existing plastic gland plate can be replaced by this metal gland plate or by an interface plate with cut-out.

Wall-mounted and floor-standing W600 and duct W300 Plain metal gland plates

Pages

Dd382817.eps

125

Metal plates with cut-outs + plastic gland plates Dd380861.eps

125

Metal plate with cut-outs Dd382933R.eps

125

Metal gland plates for plinth DB124234.eps

121

Gland plates, plain with knockouts or membrane-type Dd382935.eps

125

Cable running Cable running Horizontal/vertical cable straps + covers

Horizontal/vertical trunkings + supports

Cable-tie supports

162

Pages 77

77

76

Prisma G Pack 250 A enclosures

IP30

Door accessories

Finishing parts labels

Pages

Adhesive labels

74

Adhesive drawing holder 74

Blanking plates modular device (blanking strip or divisible) 153

Door handles and padlocking See page 126

08932

Catalogue numbers

01218

07938

Characteristics

New rotary handle

For new rotary handle Supplied without barrel

RAL 7016 handle DD383883.eps

Padlocking

DD383885.eps

ASSA/ ABLOY handle DD383882.eps

DD385903.eps

EURO handle DD383881.eps

Padlocking

DD385874.eps

Rotary handle

08933

08931

08938

Supplied without barrel

Supplied with barrel lock (key no. 405) RAL 7016

For existing handle

Earthing braid

The earthing braid is used to earth a door or partial door with devices.

Earthing wire, 6 mm2 DD384005.eps

DD384005.eps

Earthing braid, 6 mm

2

Catalogue numbers

08910

08911

Characteristics

Equipped with a 4 mm diameter lug at one end and a 6 mm diameter lug on the other W = 200 mm

Equipped with a 5 mm diameter lug at one end and a 6 mm diameter lug on the other. W = 200 mm

Spare parts

> see pages 127 to 129.

Dimensions > see page 130.

163

Prisma G Pack 250 A enclosures

Linergy distribution

Panorama of the solution

Customised organisation of your switchboard > Busbars up to 630 A for all switchboard architectures Linergy BW busbars: compact and insulated for fast upgrades.

Linergy BS busbars: for traditional distribution.

Prefabricated connections, optimised and fully insulated.

Rear Linergy BS busbars.

Lateral busbars. The bars are staggered for easy access to connection points.

> Row distribution blocks for modular devices Linergy FH comb busbars: a simple, cost-effective solution.

Linergy FM device feeder: a fast, flexible and reliable solution.

Linergy FH comb busbars.

Linergy FM device feeder Linergy FM device feeder 80 A. 200 A. The Linergy FM device feeder snaps easily onto the back of the rails. All types of modular devices can be mixed in the same row and phase balancing is simple. It’s easy to change or add devices.

Linergy FH comb busbars are fully insulated. Device can de connected in a single operation.

> Centralised distribution blocks for switchboard incomers

Linergy DX 160 A 4P: practical and aesthetic. Modular monobloc distribution block for fast connections

164

Linergy DX 160 A 1P: "à la carte" distribution block. Modular combinable components for fast connections.

Linergy DS 160 A: a traditional solution.

Linergy DP 250 A: modular and compact.

Installation on modular rail on mounting-plate. Screw-terminal connections.

Installed directly downstream of Compact circuit breakers and switches without taking up any extra vertical modules. Fast connections in spring-loaded terminals.

Prisma G Pack 250 A enclosures

Linergy distribution

Linergy distribution and accessories

Dd383294.eps

Presentation

At the head of a switchboard, the incoming device can be supplied by one of the following: bb busbars mounted in rear of the enclosure bb centralised distribution blocks bb row distribution blocks.

Linergy distribution

Catalogue numbers

Linergy BW insulated busbars up to 250 A DD385345 JdB BW 250A.eps

125 A 04103, 04104, 04107, 04108

Pages 90

160 A 04111, 04121, 04116, 04126 250 A 04112, 04122, 04117, 04127

Linergy BS rear busbars DD385346 JdB de fond BS.eps

160 A 04161, 04171

92

250 A 04162, 04172 Support 04191

Linergy BS multi-stage distribution block up to 250 A/ Linergy BS multi-stage busbars up to 250 A DD381344-LIN_R.eps

Complete

93, 94

160 A 04052 250 A 04053 To be assembled 04161, 04171 160 A 04162, 04172 250 A

Linergy DP quick distribution blocks DD385347LinergyDP.eps

3 P 04033, 04155

98

4 P 04034, 04156

Linergy DX distribution block PB502370-55.eps

63 A 04040, 04041

96, 97

125 A 04045 160 A 04031 (1P), 04046 (4P)

Linergy DS screw distribution blocks DD385267.eps

100 A LGY410028

100, 101

125 A LGY112510, LGY416048, LGY412560 160 A LGY116013, LGY412548 250 A LGY125014

Linergy FM quick device feeders DD381674-LIN.eps

63 A 04008

102, 103

80 A 04000 160 A 04018 200 A 04012, 04013, 04014

Horizontal comb busbars Linergy FH DD382484.eps

104 to 108

Linergy TB earth bar, neutral bar DD381560-LIN.eps

04201, 04214, 04215, 04200, 04202, 04210

112

Note: see pages 82, 83 for Linergy distribution connections.

165

Additional information

Additional information

Contents

Electrical characteristics Designing Prisma power circuits Presentation and approach

Designing connections y 630 A

Device connections Compact circuit breakers NSX100 to 630 Incoming connection block and power supply block on Linergy BW busbars

Designing connections with cables Tubular lugs

Designing the PEN conductor

168 169 170 172 173

Power circuit

174

Connection of power cables

175

Standards Standards 176

Specific application Prisma G seismic

Introduction 180

Standards Standards 182

Enclosure characteristics Selection of enclosures according to the premises

184

Tools required for mounting and connection

191

Practical information Thermal characteristics Thermal management of switchboards

General 192 Comparative method 194 Example 196 Charts 197 Ventilation 198 Heating 199

167

Additional information

Electrical characteristics

PB115625_65.eps

The Prisma G system takes into account the installation and connection conditions of Schneider Electric devices. The entire installation complies with standard IEC 61439-1 and 2 of tested switchboard.

Designing Prisma power circuits Presentation and approach

In the following pages you will find a number of examples, validated for Prisma switchboards, intended to assist in determining the busbars as well as the upstream and downstream connections for the installation. The examples assume that the devices have already been selected. A complete process involves a number of steps before making final choices (transformer, conductors, protection, etc.). Schneider Electric offers a number of tools to assist in designing a complete installation (technical guides, software).

Busbar sizing

The factors that must be taken into account in determining the size of busbars include: bb the diversity factor. Not all the loads supplied by a set of busbars are used at full rated load or at the same time. The diversity factor is the means to determine the maximum load current used to size the busbars. Standard IEC 61439-1 and 2 §4.7 specifies the table below: Number of circuits

Rated diversity factor (RDF)

2 and 3 4 and 5 6 and 9 10 and more

0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6

bb the degree of protection IP. bb the ambient temperature around the switchboard.

Supply of devices for outgoers y 630 A

Flexible copper bars with an insulating cover. To determine the required sizes for flexible bars, see the tables starting on > see page 169 which indicate the correct size for each type of connected device. bb an insulated flexible bar (not connected) must meet standards IEC 60243-1, (dielectric, > see page 169), NFC 32201 (insulation) and IEC 60332-1 (fire) bb a flexible bar connected to a device in an enclosure must comply with standard IEC 61439-1 and 2. Cables To determine the cables required, see the tables. on > see page 171. They can be used to determine: bb the size of cables as a function of: vv the circuit breaker rating vv the current vv the ambient temperature around the switchboard bb the permissible current for individually tied cables or touching cables as a function of: vv the size of the cables vv the degree of protection for the switchboard.

Rapsody software Easy design with > see page 29

168

Additional information

Electrical characteristics

Designing connections y 630 A Device connections

Flexible copper bars with an insulating sheath Switchboards that comply with standard IEC 61439-1 and 2

It is imperative to use the values indicated below that have been validated for the installation of devices in Prisma switchboards. The parameters determining the size of flexible bars are: bb the environment in which the devices are installed: vv position in the enclosure vv dimensions of other conductors in the circuit vv ambient temperature around the switchboard bb the characteristics of the connected devices: vv device heat losses vv the type of installation (horizontal or vertical) vv the type of device (fixed or withdrawable). Only the equipment manufacturer with in-depth knowledge on: bb the characteristics of the installed devices bb the configuration of the installation in the enclosure can provide the correct sizes of flexible bars for a given permissible current. Insulated flexible bars brings flexibility, easy ans quick installation.

Insulated flexible bars are better solution than cables:

bb better insulation temperature withstand (125 °C for bars, 105 °C for cables) and a larger exchange surface for an equivalent size, i.e. a smaller size for a given current bb greater rigidity offering better electrodynamic characteristics for short-circuit currents bb no intermediate parts (lugs) for a direct connection between the device and the busbars therefore less temperature rise and less risk of error bb fast implementation of prefabricated connections already cut to length, formed and drilled.

Technical characteristics bb thickness of the insulation: variable depending on the bar size, 2 mm on average bb rated insulation level Ui = 1000 V bb impulse withstand voltage Uimp = 12 kV bb maximum withstand temperature of insulating material = 125 °C.

Connection

In all enclosures with IP y 55 bb the switchboard internal temperature is 60 °C bb the withstand temperature of the insulating material is 125 °C. If the withstand temperature of the insulation is only 105 °C, use the next largest flexible bar. The bar sizes (S) indicated below take into account the derating curves of devices.

Connection of devices and distribution blocks to busbars Device S (mm)

INS125

INS160

INS250

20 x 2

20 x 2

20 x 3

INS320 INS400 32 x 5

INS500 INS630 32 x 6

INF250 INF400 INF630 ISFT250 ISFT400 ISFT630 24 x 5 32 x 5 32 x 8

To connect a Compact NSX250 to Linergy BW busbars, use a 24 x 5 mm flexible bar (04746). Device S (mm)

Linergy FM distribution block (200 A) 20 x 3

Disconnectors, terminal blocks, connections, busbars to busbars I max. (60 °C) S (mm)

200 A 20 x 2

250 A 20 x 3

400 A 24 x 5

400 A 24 x 5

480 A 24 x 6

520 A 32 x 5

580 A 32 x 6

660 A 32 x 8

Note: the values indicated above have been validated for Prisma switchboards.

169

Additional information

Electrical characteristics

Designing connections y 630 A

Compact circuit breakers NSX100 to 630

Compact NSX100 to NSX250 Insulated flexible copper bars Devices

Rated current of a circuit Inc (A) Ambient temperature around the switchboard

IP y 55 NSX100 TMD-TMG NSX125 TMD-TMG NSX160 (1) TMD-TMG NSX250 (1) TMD-TMG NSX100 STR NSX160 STR NSX250 (2) STR

Size per phase Inc (A) Size per phase Inc (A) Size per phase Inc (A) Size per phase Inc (A) Size per phase Inc (A) Size per phase Inc (A) Size per phase Inc (A)

25 °C

30 °C

35 °C

40 °C

45 °C

50 °C

20 x 2 100 20 x 2 125 20 x 3 160 20 x 3 250 20 x 2 100 20 x 3 160 20 x 3 250

20 x 2 97.5 20 x 2 122 20 x 3 156 20 x 3 244 20 x 2 100 20 x 3 160 20 x 3 250

20 x 2 95 20 x 2 119 20 x 3 152 20 x 3 238 20 x 2 100 20 x 3 160 20 x 3 237.5

20 x 2 92.5 20 x 2 116 20 x 3 147 20 x 3 231 20 x 2 100 20 x 3 160 20 x 3 237.5

20 x 2 90 20 x 2 113 20 x 3 144 20 x 3 225 20 x 2 100 20 x 3 160 20 x 3 225

20 x 2 85 20 x 2 100 20 x 3 140 20 x 3 198 20 x 2 100 20 x 3 160 20 x 3 225

Compact NSX400 to NSX630 Insulated flexible copper bars Devices

Rated current of a circuit Inc (A)

Ambient temperature around the switchboard 25 °C 30 °C 35 °C

40 °C

45 °C

50 °C

Size per phase Inc (A) Size per phase Inc (A) Size per phase Inc (A) Size per phase Inc (A) Size per phase

32 x 5 400 32 x 5 400 32 x 5 400 32 x 6 630 32 x 8

32 x 5 400 32 x 5 390 32 x 5 390 32 x 6 615 32 x 8

32 x 5 400 32 x 5 380 32 x 5 380 32 x 6 600 32 x 8

32 x 5 390 32 x 5 370 32 x 5 370 32 x 6 585 32 x 8

32 x 5 380 32 x 5 360 32 x 5 360 32 x 6 570 32 x 8

32 x 5 370 32 x 5 350 32 x 5 350 32 x 6 550 32 x 8

Inc (A)

570

550

535

520

505

490

IP y 55 NSX400B/F/N/H/S/L fixed NSX400B/F/N/H/S/L with Vigi NSX400B/F/N/H/S/L withdrawable NSX630B/F/N/H/S/L fixed NSX630B/F/N/H/S/L with Vigi or withdrawable

(1) For a withdrawable NSX160 or NSX250 equipped with a Vigi or an insulation-monitoring module, multiply the In values by 0.9. (2) For a withdrawable NSX250 equipped with a Vigi or an insulation-monitoring module, multiply the In values by 0.86. Note: the values indicated above have been validated for Prisma switchboards.

170

Additional information

Electrical characteristics

Designing connections y 630 A

Compact circuit breakers NSX100 to 630

Cables

Schneider Electric provides cabling recommendations according to the rating of the circuit breaker. The size of cables must be selected according to: bb the level of current bb the ambient temperature around the conductors bb the degree of protection for the switchboard. When mounting Schneider Electric prefabricated connections, short terminal shields can be used or not if the function is already integrated in prefabricated connections. Note: For some devices, it is recommended to use Schneider Electric prefabricated connections. If not, switchgears must be equipped with long terminal shields for personnel safety.

Compact NSX100 to NSX250 Copper cable, withstand temperature = 105 °C Devices

Rated current of a circuit Inc (A)

IP y 55 NSX100 TMD-TMG NSX125 TMD-TMG NSX160 (1) TMD-TMG NSX250 (1) TMD-TMG NSX100 STR NSX160 STR NSX250 (2) STR

Size Inc (A) Size Inc (A) Size Inc (A) Size Inc (A) Size Inc (A) Size Inc (A) Size Inc (A)

Ambient temperature around the switchboard 25 °C 30 °C 35 °C

40 °C

45 °C

50 °C

50 mm² 100 70 mm² 125 95 mm² 160 120 mm² 250 50 mm² 100 95 mm² 160 120 mm² 250

50 mm² 92.5 70 mm² 116 95 mm² 147 120 mm² 231 50 mm² 100 95 mm² 160 120 mm² 237.5

50 mm² 90 70 mm² 113 95 mm² 144 120 mm² 225 50 mm² 100 95 mm² 160 120 mm² 225

50 mm² 85 70 mm² 100 95 mm² 140 120 mm² 198 50 mm² 100 95 mm² 160 120 mm² 225

50 mm² 97.5 70 mm² 122 95 mm² 156 120 mm² 244 50 mm² 100 95 mm² 160 120 mm² 250

50 mm² 95 70 mm² 119 95 mm² 152 120 mm² 238 50 mm² 100 95 mm² 160 120 mm² 237.5

Compact NSX400 to NSX630 In case of cable connection

Cable connection is not recommended if the cable sizes are too large. Choose insulated flexible bar (see table opposite and list of insulated flexible bars).

(1) For a withdrawable NSX160 or NSX250 equipped with a Vigi or an insulation-monitoring module, multiply the In values by 0.9. (2) For a withdrawable NSX250 equipped with a Vigi or an insulation-monitoring module, multiply the In values by 0.86. Note: the values indicated above have been validated for Prisma switchboards.

171

Designing connections y 630 A

Additional information

Electrical characteristics

Incoming connection block and power supply block on Linergy BW busbars Compact NSX100 to NSX630 Horizontal mounting

Determining the permissible current of NSX100 to NSX630 connection and power supply blocks as a function of the ambient temperature around the switchboard and their IP degree of protection. Device

Rated current of a circuit Inc (A)

Ambient temperature around the switchboard 25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31

NSX100 TMD-TMG

Incoming connection block

via the top

04066 100

via the bottom

04067

Incoming connection block

via the top

04066 100

via the bottom

04067

Incoming connection block

via the top

04066 160

via the bottom

04067

via the top

04066 160

Incoming connection block

via the bottom

04067

Incoming connection block

via the top

04066 238

via the bottom

04067

NSX400B/F/ N/H/S/L fixed NSX630B/F/ N/H/S/L fixed

Incoming connection block

via the top

04066 250

via the bottom

04067

Power supply block

04060

Incoming connection block

04076 400

Power supply block

04070

Incoming connection block

04076 570

Power supply block

04071

b connection not possible.

97

87

95

85

92

bb

100

100

97

100

95

100

92

100

90

97

bb

152

160

147

160

144

156

140

152

136

147

bb

160

160

156

160

152

160

147

160

144

156

bb

213

231

207

225

200

219

193

213

185

207

bb

219

245

213

238

207

225

200

219

193

213

bb

360

390

350

380

340

370

330

360

320

350

bb

520

555

505

540

490

525

470

510

450

495

bb

04060

Power supply block NSX250STR

90

04060

Power supply block NSX250 TMD-TMG

100

04060

Power supply block NSX160STR

92

04060

Power supply block NSX160 TMD-TMG

100

04060

Power supply block NSX100STR

95

The indicated performance characteristics are valid for: bb Compact NSX100/160/250/400 circuit breakers used as incoming or outgoing devices bb Compact NSX630 circuit breakers used as incoming device.

Note: the values indicated above have been validated for Prisma switchboards.

172

Additional information

Electrical characteristics

Designing connections with cables Tubular lugs

Tubular lugs for incoming connection blocks

Maximum size of lugs for connection to the different incoming connection blocks. Standard Cu lugs

Narrow Cu lugs

Narrow bimetal lugs

Incoming connection block for NSX-INS250 supplied via the top or bottom, cat. no. 04066 and 04067

150 mm²

240 mm²

185 mm²

In-duct incoming connection block for NSX630, cat. no. 04076

240 mm²

300 mm²

300 mm²

Narrow bimetal lugs DD382788.eps

Catalogue numbers selection Catalogue numbers

Cable size (mm²)

Quantity

150 150 185 185 240 240 300 300

3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4

Lugs for aluminium cable(1) 29504 29505 29506 29507 32504 32505 32506 32507

(1) Supplied with 2 or 3 interphase barriers.

173

Additional information

Electrical characteristics

Designing the PEN conductor Power circuit

Size of PEN protective conductor Practical guidelines

The size of the PEN is determined in the same manner as a neutral conductor, i.e.: bb for copper single-phase circuits or sized y 16mm², it must be the same size as the phase conductors bb for copper three-phase circuits sized > 16 mm², it can be: vv the same size as the phase conductors vv smaller on the condition that: -- the current likely to flow in the neutral during normal operation is less than the permissible current for the conductor -- the power rating of single-phase loads does not exceed 10 % of the total rating. The conductor must be accessible to enable connections both in the factory and on site, as well as checks on the tightness of connections.

Implementing the PEN protective conductor Practical guidelines

According to standard IEC 61439-1 and 2, the practical guidelines for implementing the PEN are the following: bb at the entry to the assembly, the PEN connection must be next to the phase connections bb within the assembly, the PEN does not need to be insulated from the exposed conductive parts (except on sites where there is a risk of fire or explosion) bb the size of the conductor must be at least equal to that of the neutral bb the size must remain constant throughout the main busbars bb the change from a TNC to a TNS system must take place at a single point in the switchboard, via a marked neutral-disconnection bar that is accessible and can be dismantled to facilitate the impedance measurement of the fault loop bb after the TNS creation point, it is forbidden to recreate a TNC system. The PE and the neutral must meet their specific requirements.

174

Additional information

Electrical characteristics

Connection of power cables

bb To ensure protection of persons, first connect the switchboard protective conductor to the earth electrode. bb Tie the cables as close as possible to the connections to avoid any mechanical stresses on the device terminals. When not using cable glands, also attach the cables near to the electrical switchboard. bb Cables must never be in contact with or passed between live conductors. bb Sharp edges of the framework must be protected where cables pass to avoid damaging the conductors. bb Comply with a minimum radius of curvature of 6 to 8 times the cable outside diameter. bb All power connections must be made with class 8.8 mounting hardware and elastic contact washers, tightened to the torque indicated in the table below. bb When connecting aluminium cables to copper terminals, use bimetal lugs or interfaces. bb Separate the different types of circuits into separate cable bundles (power, control, 48 V, 24 V, DC, AC, etc).

Cable bundles Cable cross-sectional area (mm² ) CSA y 10 16 < CSA y 50 CSA u 50

Max. number of cables per bundle 8 4 Tie individually

Tying the cable bundles Type of tie Width: 4.5 mm Load: 22 kg Width: 9 mm Load: 80 kg

Maximum Icw (kA/rms 1s) 10 15 20 20 25 35 45

Distance between ties (mm) 200 100 50 350 200 100 70

For cable sizes of 50 mm² or more, use 9 mm wide fixing ties. Recommended tightening torque for mechanical and electrical connections with 8.8 class screws. Diameter of screw M3 M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12

Tightening torque (Nm) (with nut + contact washer) 1.5 3.5 7 13 28 50 75

175

Standards

Additional information

Standards

What is a standard? A common reference

"A standard helps to define a common language between economic stakeholders (producers, users and consumers), to clarify and harmonize practices and to define the levels of quality, safety, compatibility, and least environmental impact of products, services and practices. Standards facilitate trade, both national and international, and help to better structure the economy and facilitate the everyday life of everyone." Afnor definition

IEC international standards

The IEC (International Electrotechnical Commission) is a worldwide organisation for standardisation comprising all national electrotechnical committees (IEC National Committees). The object of the IEC is to promote international cooperation on all questions concerning standardisation in the electrical and electronic fields. To that end, the IEC publishes International Standards. Their preparation is entrusted to technical committees and any IEC National Committee interested in the subject dealt with may participate in the preparatory work.

National standards In Europe The IEC documents are first studied by CENELEC, which establishes: bb either a European standard (EN), often identical to the IEC standard, which then becomes the applicable national standard in all the member countries bb or, in the event of differences, a harmonisation document (HD). Other IEC member countries Each country is autonomous and can accept the IEC standard as the national standard, with or without modifications. Even though they are IEC members, countries such as Japan and the United States continue to develop their own standardisation systems.

DD383972.eps

Countries without a standardisation system It is possible to refer to an IEC standard in the framework of a project. Worldwide

Other IEC member countries

Countries CEI / IEC Commission Electrotechnique Internationale CENELEC Comité Européen de Normalisation ELECtrotechnique UTE Union Technique de l’Électricité VDE Verband der Elektrotechnik, Elektronik und Informationstechnik e.v. (German electrotechnical, electronics and computer technology standardisation organisation) BSI British Standards Institution

176

Additional information

Standards

Standards

The different types of standards

Management standards

Dd381776.eps

Dd381775.eps

There are different types of standards, including: bb management standards bb installation standards bb product standards.

ISO 9004: Quality-management systems - guidelines for performance improvements. Used in setting up a quality-management system. ISO 9001: Quality management systems - requirements. Used for certification audits. Switchgear and controlgear assemblies.

ISO 14004: Environmental-management systems. General guidelines on the principles, systems and supporting techniques. ISO 14001: Environmental-management systems. Specification with guidance for use.

Dd381778.eps

Dd381777.eps

Design and manufacture.

The majority of Schneider Electric development centres and factories are certified ISO 9001 and ISO 14001.

Low voltage installation standards Switchgear and controlgear.

Installation.

The set of IEC 60364 standards defines the main principles and rules for the design and the mounting of the electrical installation: bb determining general characteristics of installations bb protection bb selection and installation of equipment bb verification and maintenance of installations.

Switchgears standards

They apply to devices or assemblies and are aimed at ensuring correct operation and safety of the concerned products: bb standards on low voltage switchgear and controlgear: vv IEC 60947-1: general rules vv IEC 60947-2: circuit breakers vv IEC 60947-3: switches and disconnectors vv IEC 60947-4: contactors vv IEC 60947-7-1: terminal blocks for copper conductors vv IEC 62208: empty enclosures. bb The IEC 61439 switchboard standard: vv characterizes the electrical switchboard and specifies the design, construction and verification rules vv describes in detail all low voltage switchgear and controlgear: definitions, technical characteristics, conditions of use, and construction and verification requirements vv applies to power switchgear and controlgear assemblies (PSC assemblies) whose rated voltage does not exceed 1000 V in alternating current or 1500 V in direct current. Regulations in a given country may make certain standards legally binding and may also create additional safety requirements. In addition to providing proof of the conformity of its quality-management system, a product manufacturer can demonstrate the quality of products by providing proof that the design and manufacture comply with the requirements in the applicable standard. Proof of conformity may be a declaration by the manufacturer or a certificate supplied by an independent organisation. > More informations in pages 18 to 21.

177

Additional information

Standards

Standards

Enclosure standards

Standard IEC 62208 lay down definitions, classifications, characteristics and test requirements for enclosures used for switchgear and controlgear assemblies. They apply to empty enclosures before installation of the devices by the panelbuilder, as supplied by the manufacturer. They apply to one-piece enclosures and to enclosures supplied in kit form.

Type tests of standard IEC 62208 1 - Static load 2 - Hoisting 3 - Axial loads of metal inserts 4 - IK code 5 - IP code 6 - Thermal stability 7 - Resistance to heat 8 - Resistance to abnormal heat and to fire 9 - Dielectric strength 10 - Protective-circuit continuity 11 - Weather resistance 12 - Corrosion resistance 13 - Marking

e marking

e marking is a regulatory symbol attributed under the sole responsibility of the manufacturer and intended for the verification authorities of the European countries that enforce the European regulations. It allows free circulation of a product in the European Union and certifies that it complies with the basic requirements in all the applicable European directives. e marking is not a quality symbol and does not indicate conformity with a standard The e declaration is intended exclusively for the authorities in charge of verifying compliance with the applicable regulations and it is drafted, signed and held for presentation to the authorities by the manufacturer. For the Prisma range, the declaration is the responsibility of the Schneider Electric unit that has designed and developed the product. For LV switchboards, the declaration is the responsibility of the panelbuilder. The following products receive e marking: bb all products that are liable to endanger the safety of persons, animals and property (LV directive) bb all products likely to emit electromagnetic disturbances above a standardised threshold or to be disturbed during operation (EMC directive). Consequences: bb the Prisma range falls under the LV directive only bb LV switchboards are covered by the LV directive and may also fall under the EMC directive, depending on the type of devices incorporated.

e

178

For the Prisma range, e marking is applied: bb on the packing of "mechanical" components bb on the product itself for "electrical" components. For the LV assemblies created by the panelbuilder, e marking is applied: bb on the packing bb on the rating plate (if applicable) bb on one of the documents accompanying the switchboard when it is shipped.

Additional information

Standards

Standards

Schneider Electric enclosures comply with standard IEC 62208 for empty enclosures. The sheet metal used for Schneider Electric enclosures receives an anti-corrosion epoxy electrophoresis treatment and a coating of a thermosetting, polyester-resinmodified epoxy powder for colour and appearance. This two-coat system provides excellent finish and corrosion protection. The characteristics of this coating are much better than those of traditional epoxy powders: bb improved colour stability bb wider operating temperature range.

Mechanical properties of enclosures Static load on doors, wall-mounted and floor-standing enclosures and cubicles Floor-standing enclosure Wall-mounted enclosure Floor-standing enclosure door Wall-mounted enclosure door

64 kg 48 kg 4 kg 4 kg

Mechanical properties of powder coated surfaces Test conditions Test piece made of 1 mm thick steel sheet, degreased, iron phosphated, final rinsing with 100000 W cm DI water, 15 microns of anti-corrosion electrophoresis treatment and 35 microns of powder paint.

Adhesion (cross-hatch and pull-off) Impact strength (1) Mandrel bending test (2) Persoz hardness

Artificial ageing test on powder coating

Test conditions: two tests carried out on the same 1 mm thick steel sheet test piece. bb cyclical damp-heat test: vv as per standard IEC 68-2-30 -- six 24-hour cycles at temperatures higher than 40 °C bb continuous resistance to neutral salt mist: vv the tests were carried out over a period of 400 hours, far more than the 48 hours required by the standard for indoor installations vv as per standard IEC 68-2-11 and ISO 7253 -- 400 hours without blistering for normal surface on test piece -- 250 hours for a scratched surface. Evaluation of corrosion as per ISO 4628: bb adhesion: class y 1 bb blistering: degree 1 dim.1 bb rusting: Ri 1 bb cracking: class 1 bb flaking imp. 1 dim. 1 bb propagation of corrosion under scratch with respect to the scratch axis: 3 mm max.

class 0 required > 1 kg/50 cm < 10 mm 300 s

(ISO 2409) (ISO 6272) (ISO 6860) (ISO 1522)

Chemical properties of powder coating Tests carried out at ambient temperature on phosphated test pieces coated with a 150 to 200 micron film. Test duration (months)

Acids

Bases Water

Solvents

Acetic Sulphuric Nitric Phosphoric Hydrochloric Lactic Citric Soda Ammonia Distilled water Seawater Tap water Diluted bleach Petrol High alcohols Aliphatics Aromatics Ketones, esters Tri-perchlorethylene

Concentration 20 % 30 % 30 % 30 % 30 % 10 % 10 % 10 % 10 %

2

4

6

8

10

12

Film intact. Film damaged (blisters, yellowing, loss of shine).

(1) No cracking of the paint film after dropping a weight of one kilogram on the test piece from a height of 50 centimetres. (2) Film cracks over a length of 10 millimetres maximum.

179

Additional information

Specific application

Prisma G seismic Introduction

Seismic zone

Zone 0

Zone 1

Zone 2

Zone 3

Zone 4

Around the world can be found different zones with a specific seismic risk. These zones have been classified according to the Uniform Building Code (UBC).

180

Prisma G seismic

Additional information

Specific application

Introduction

Switchboard qualification Tests are carried out on switchboards to ensure that they operate correctly (structural and functional integrity) under severe earthquake conditions and meet specific safety requirements. The tests carried out to qualify these switchboards are described in the international standard IEC 60068-3-3.

Classification From weak to strong earthquakes, Prisma G has been tested in the following ground accelerations to guarantee the right performance on seismic risk. IEC 60068 -3-3 Ground acceleration

Seismic characteristics

References AG2

General description Intensity from weak to average

Richter scale magnitude < 5 .5

MSK Intensity < VIII

AG3 AG5

Intensity from average to strong Intensity from strong to very strong

5.5 to 7.0 > 7.0

VIII to IX > IX

UBC Zone 0 1 2 4

3

Prisma G is compliant up to level AG5 from IEC 60068-3-3 : Compare Prisma G Switchboards Performances with seismic Standard Damping % - horizontal

Compare Prisma G Switchboards Performances with seismic Standard Damping % - vertical

10 DB421392.eps

DB421393.eps

10

Prisma

Prisma 1.5

1 0.7

Acceleration (in G)

Acceleration (in G)

2

1 0.5

0.1

0.1

0.01 2

Country Prisma G Russia Chile Turkey Greece Australia

0.01 2

Frequency (Hz) 20

Standard IEC60068-3-3 GOST 17516.1-90 ENDESA 1986 Seismic Turkish Code 2009 EAK 2000 AS1170

Frequency (Hz) 20

Parameters Up to level AG5 Civil Market (Seismic intensity 8, all installation levels) or (Up to Seismic Intensity 9, Level 1 only) All seismic categories All seismic zones, all site class All soil types, Worst case All soil types, Worst case

Warning: installation precautions apply when using Linergy BW in Prisma G. For more information, please contact Schneider Electric.

181

Standards

Additional information

Standards

Degree of protection

Standard IEC 60364-5-51 lists and codifies a large number of external influences to which electrical installations can be subjected, including the presence of water, solid objects, shocks, vibrations, corrosive substances, etc.

IP code

Standard IEC 60529 (IP code, February 2001) indicates the degrees of protection provided by an enclosure for electrical devices against access to hazardous parts, against penetration of solid foreign objects and against penetration of water. These standards do not apply for the protection against the risks of explosion or conditions such a humidity, corrosive vapour, fungus or vermin. The IP code is made up of two characteristic numerals and can include an additional letter when the actual protection for persons against access to the hazardous parts is better than that indicated by the first numeral. The first numeral characterises the protection provided against the ingress of solid foreign objects and the protection of persons. The second numeral characterises the protection provided against the ingress of water with harmful effects.

182

Protected against vertically dripping water (condensation)

2

Protected against dripping water up to 15° from vertical

3

Protected against spraying water up to 60° from vertical

4

Protected against splashing water from all directions

5

Protected against water jets from all directions

6

Protected against powerful water jets from all directions

7

Protected against the effects of temporary immersion in water

8

Protected against the effects of continuous immersion in water

9

Protected against close-range high pressure, high temperature spray downs

Dd381971.eps

Dd381970.eps

Dd381969.eps

Dd381968.eps

Dd381967.eps

Dd381966.eps

1

Dd381972.eps

Dust tight

2nd numeral Protection against ingress of water

Dd381973.eps

Protected against access with a wire

Protected against dust (dust protected)

Dd381959.eps

6

Protection against solid foreign objects larger than 1 mm

Dd381963.eps

Protected against access with a wire

Protection against solid foreign objects larger than 2.5 mm

Dd381961.eps

5

Protection against solid foreign objects larger than 12.5 mm

Dd381962.eps

4 Protected against access with a wire

Protection against solid foreign objects larger than 50 mm

Dd381964.eps

4

Protection against ingress of solid objects

Dd381965.eps

Protected against access with a tool

Dd381960.eps

3

Dd381961.eps

2 Protected against access with a finger

Dd381962.eps

2

Dd381962.eps

Protected against access with back of hand

Dd381962.eps

1

Dd381959.eps

1st numeral Protection of persons

Additional information

Standards

Standards

Additional letter

The additional letter is used only if the actual protection of persons is higher than that indicated by the first characteristic numeral of the IP code. Additional letter

Protection

A B C D

A Protected against access with back of hand B Protected against access with a 12 mm diameter finger C Protected against access with a 2.5 mm diameter tool D Protected against access with a 1 mm diameter wire

If only the protection of persons is of interest, the two characteristic numerals are replaced by the letter "X", e.g. IPXXB.

Illustration of the above explanations: Protection against solid foreign objects larger than 2.5 mm

IP30D

No protection Protected against access with a 1 mm diameter wire

Remarks bb The degree of protection IP must always be read and understood numeral by numeral and not as a whole. For example, an IP31 wall-mount enclosure is suitable for an environment that requires a minimum degree of protection IP21. However an IP30 wall-mount enclosure is not suitable. bb the degrees of protection indicated in this catalogue are valid for the enclosures as presented. However, the indicated degree of protection is guaranteed only when installation and device mounting are carried out in accordance with professional standards that conserve the initial degree of protection.

IK code

Standard IEC 62262 defines an IK code characterising the capacity of products to resist mechanical impacts from all sides. IK code 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10

Impact energy (joules) 0.14 0.2 0.35 0.5 0.7 1 2 5 10 20

IK codes can be selected according to the risks of impacts on a given site. Site

Recommended IK

No risk of major impact

Technical premises

07

Significant risk of impact that can damage devices

Hallways

08 (switchboard with door)

Maximum risk of impact that can damage the switchboard

Workshops

10

183

Selection of enclosures according to the premises

Additional information

Enclosure characteristics

The IP and IK degrees of protection provided by an enclosure must be specified as a function of the various external influences defined by standard IEC 30364-5-51, in particular: bb presence of foreign solid bodies (code AE) bb presence of water (code AD) bb mechanical stress (code not specified) bb capability of persons (code BA) bb ... Prisma switchboards are designed for indoor installation. Unless the rules, standards and regulations of a specific country stipulate otherwise, Schneider Electric recommends the following IP and IK values based on French guide UTE C 15-103 (March 2004).

Using the table

1 Opposite the relevant premises, read the recommended IP and IK values. 2  The b symbol indicates the enclosure or cubicle satisfying the criteria of the UTE guide. Any enclosure or cubicle with a higher degree of protection can also be used. 3  If several degrees of protection are possible (refer to the standard for more details) and the v and b symbols are indicated (e.g. 24v/25b), enclosures that correspond to the higher degree of protection (b) are suitable for the lower degree of protection (v). Example: Selection of an enclosure for a laundry room. Minimum degree of protection: IP21/IK02 A wall-mounted enclosure with a door (plain or transparent), a canopy and a gasket offer IP43/IK08 degrees of protection and are therefore suitable for this application. Type of premises

Enclosures Wall-mounted enclosure

without door

with door (1)

with door + canopy (1) with door + canopy + gasket (1)

Floor-standing enclosure

without door

with door (1)

IP30/IK07

IP40/IK08 - IK10

with door + canopy (1) with door + canopy+ gasket (1) IP41/IK08 - IK10 IP43/IK08 - IK10

Min. IP/IK required IP IK Domestic or comparable premises or locations 24 07 Porch

IP55

IP55/IK10

bb

Bathrooms (see washrooms) Bicycles, motorcycles, tricycles, etc. (premises for)

20

07

bb

Water, sewer and heating connections

23

02

Laundries

21

02

Cellars, garages, furnace rooms

20

02/07

bb

Bedrooms

20

02

bb

Trash rooms

25

07

Halls in cellars

20

07

Courtyards

24/25

02/07

Kitchens

20

02

bb

Indoor stairways and alleys

20

02/07

bb

Outdoor stairways and outdoor alleys without roofs

24

07

Outdoor alleys with roofs

21

02

Attics (roof space)

20

02

Garden shelters

24/25

02/07

Latrines

20

02

Dustbin rooms

25

02/07

Ironing room

20

02

Access ramps to garages

25

07

bb bb

bb bb bb

Shower rooms (see washrooms)

N/A

(1) IK08 with transparent door, IK10 with plain door.

184

bb bb bb bb bb bb bb

Selection of enclosures according to the premises

Additional information

Enclosure characteristics

Type of premises

Washrooms, rooms containing a bathtub or shower

Enclosures Wall-mounted enclosure

without door

with door (1)

with door + canopy (1) with door + canopy + gasket (1)

Floor-standing enclosure

without door

with door (1)

IP30/IK07

IP40/IK08 - IK10

with door + canopy (1) with door + canopy + gasket (1) IP41/IK08 - IK10 IP43/IK08 - IK10

volume 0

Min. IP/IK required IP IK 27 02

volume 1

24

02

volume 2

23

02

volume 3

IP55

IP55/IK10

bb bb

21

02

Lounges, living rooms, etc

20

02

bb

Drying rooms

21

02

Covered terraces

21

02

WCs

20

02

bb

Verandas

20

02

bb

Crawl spaces

23

07

bb bb bb

bb

Commercial premises and adjoining areas Gunsmiths (storage area, workshop) 30

08

Laundries (wash room)

24

07

Butchers

shop

24

07

cold room: y -10 °C

23

07

Bakers, cake shops (kitchens)

50

07

Coffee roasters

21

02

Coal, wood, oil

20

08

bb bb bb bb bb bb b

Delicatessen (production)

24

07

Sweets (production)

20

02

bb

Shoe repair shops

20

02

bb

Dairies

24

02

Hardware stores (storage areas for chemicals and paint)

33

07

Wood workers

50

07

Art galleries

20

02/07

Florists

24

07

Furriers

20

07

bb

bb bb bb bb bb bb

Fruit and vegetable merchants

24

07

bb

Grain shops

50

07

bb

Bookshops, stationers

20

02

Motorcycle and bicycle repairs and accessories

20

08

Messenger services

20

08

Furniture shops (antiques, secondhand)

20

07

bb

Glass and mirror merchants (workshop)

20

07

bb

Wallpaper shop (storage area)

20

07

bb

Cosmetics shop (storage area)

20

02

bb

Chemists (storage area)

20

02

bb

Photographers (dark room)

23

02

Plumbers (storage area)

20

08

Fishmongers

25

07

Dry cleaners

23

02

Hardware stores (without paint, chemicals, etc.)

20

07

Locksmiths

20

07v/08b

Vintners, spirits

20

07

Interior decorator (carding)

50

07

Tailors, clothing retailers (storage area)

20

02

Pet care

35

07

bb bb bb

bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb

N/A (1) IK08 with transparent door, IK10 with plain door.

185

Selection of enclosures according to the premises

Additional information

Enclosure characteristics

Type of premises

Enclosures Wall-mounted enclosure

without door

with door (1)

Floor-standing enclosure without door

with door (1)

Min. IP/IK required IP IK Buildings open to the general public Shared premises of storage rooms buildings open to the packing rooms general public archive rooms

IP30/IK07

20

08

20

08

20

02

bb

film and magnetic media storage

20

02

bb

linen rooms

20

02

bb

laundry rooms

24

07

misc. shops

21

07/08

with door + canopy (1) with door + canopy + gasket (1)

with door + canopy (1) with door + canopy + gasket (1) IP40/IK08 - IK10 IP41/IK08 - IK10 IP43/IK08 - IK10

IP55

IP55/IK10

bb bb

bb bb

kitchens (large) J

Reception old and handicapped people

20

02

bb

L

Lecture halls, halls meeting rooms, stage areas auditoriums, scenery storage halls used for several purposes rooms costume rooms

20

02/07

bb

20

08

bb

20

08

bb

20

07

Retail premises, sales premises shopping malls areas for storage and handling of packing

20

08

bb

20

08

bb

M

bb

N

Restaurants and cafes

20

08

O

Hotels and boarding houses

20

02

bb

P

Dance halls and gaming parlours

20

07

bb

R

Teaching classrooms establishments, dormitories holiday camps

20

02

bb

20

08

S

Libraries and documentation centres

T

Exhibitions

U

Healthcare establishments

bb

bb

20

02

bb

halls and rooms

20

02

bb

areas for reception of equipment and merchandise

20

07

bb

bedrooms

20

02

bb

incineration

21

07/08

operating rooms

20

07

centralised sterilisation

24

02/07

bb bb bb

pharmacies and labs 21v/23b 02v/07b with more than 10 l of inflammable liquids

bb

V

Places of worship

20

02

bb

W

Administrative premises, banks

20

02

bb

X

Indoor sports facilities

20

07v/08b

halls

premises containing 21 refrigeration facilities

08 02

bb bb

Y

Museums

20

PA

Covered open air facilities

23v/25b 08v/10b

bb

CTS Marquees and tents

44

08

bb

SG Inflatable structures

44

08

bb

PS

21

08v/10b

bb

Covered parking lots

(1) IK08 with transparent door, IK10 with plain door.

186

bb

Selection of enclosures according to the premises

Additional information

Enclosure characteristics

Type of premises

Enclosures Wall-mounted enclosure

without door

with door (1)

with door + canopy (1) with door + canopy + gasket (1)

Floor-standing enclosure

without door

with door (1)

IP30/IK07

IP40/IK08 - IK10

with door + canopy (1) with door + canopy + gasket (1) IP41/IK08 - IK10 IP43/IK08 - IK10

Min. IP/IK required IP IK Technical premises Battery rooms

23

02/07

Lifts (machine rooms and pulley rooms)

20

07v/08b

Electrical rooms

20

07

bb

Control rooms

20

02

bb

Workshops

21v/23b 07v/08b

bb

Laboratories

21v/23b 02v/07b

bb

Air conditioning washers

24

07

Garages (used exclusively for parking vehicles) of an area not exceeding 100 m2

21

07

bb

Machine rooms

31

07/08

bb

Water pressurisers

23

07/08

IP55

IP55/IK10

bb bb

bb

bb

Boiler houses and adjoining premises (power in excess of 70 kW) Boiler rooms

Fuel storage areas

coal fuel

51v/61b 07v/08b

other fuel

21

07/08

bb

electrical

21

07/08

bb

coal

50v/60b 08

oil

20

07v/08b

bb

liquefied gas

20

07v/08b

bb

Cinder tips

50

08

Pump rooms

21v/23b 07v/08b

Pressure reduction rooms (gas)

20

Steam or hot water facilities

21v/23b 07v/08b

Expansion vessel rooms

21

bb bb

07v/08b vv

bb bb

02

bb

Garages and car parks of an area exceeding 100 m2 Parking lots

21

07v/10b

bb

Carwash areas (inside premises)

25

07

bb

Petrol stations

21

07

inside

bb

outside Lubrication areas

23

08

bb

Battery recharging areas

23

07

bb

Workshops

21

08

bb

Public building (other than for the general public) Offices

20

02

bb

Libraries

20

02

bb

Archives

20

02

bb

Computer rooms

20

02

bb

Design offices

20

02

bb

Rooms containing reprographic machines

20

02

bb

Sorting rooms

20

07

bb

Refectories in restaurants or canteens

21

07

Sports rooms

20

07v/08b

Barracks

20

07

bb

Meeting rooms

20

02

bb

Waiting rooms, lounges, halls

20

02

bb

Medical consulting rooms, not fitted with specific equipment

20

02

bb

02/07

bb

bb

Large kitchens

Demonstration and exhibition rooms 20

bb

N/A

(1) IK08 with transparent door, IK10 with plain door.

187

Selection of enclosures according to the premises

Additional information

Enclosure characteristics

Type of premises

Enclosures

Wall-mounted enclosure

without door

with door (1)

with door + canopy (1) with door + canopy + gasket (1)

Floor-standing enclosure

without door

with door (1)

IP30/IK07

IP40/IK08 - IK10

with door + canopy (1) with door + canopy + gasket (1) IP41/IK08 - IK10 IP43/IK08 - IK10

Min. IP/IK required IP IK Industrial facilities Slaughter houses Batteries (manufacture) Acid (manufacture and storage) Alcohol (manufacture and storage) Aluminium (manufacture and storage) Livestock (raising, fattening and sale) Asphalt and bitumen storage Wool beating and carding Industrial laundry Wood (processing) Meat packers Bakeries Breweries Brickworks Rubber (production and processing) Carbide (manufacture and storage) Ammunition factories Carton board (production) Quarries Celluloid (manufacture of objects) Cellulose (manufacture) Coal (depots) Pork products Boiler-making works Lime kilns Rag (storage) Chlorine (manufacture and storage) Chrome-plating Cement works Coking plant Adhesives (production) Bottling lines Liquid fuels (storage) Fats (processing) Leather (tanning and storage) Copper (ore processing) Paint stripping Detergents (manufacture) Distilleries Electrolysis Ink manufacturing Fertilisers (manufacture and storage) Explosives (manufacture and storage) Iron (production and processing) Spinning mills Furriers (beating process) Cheese factories Gas (production and storage) Tar (processing) Seed production Metal engraving Oils (extraction) Petroleum products (manufacture) Printworks

55 33 33 33 51

08 07 07 07 08

45 53 50 24/25 50 24/25 50 24 53 54 51 53 33 55 30 34 53 24/25 30 50 30 33 33 50 53 33 35 31v/33b 51 31 31 54 53 33 33 31 53 55

07 07 08 07 08 07 07 07 08 07 07 08 07 08 08 08 08 07 08 08 07 07 07 08 08 07 08 08 07 08 08 08 07 07 08 07 07 08

51 50 50 25 31 33 50 33 31 33v/34b 20

08 07 07 07 08 05 07 07 07 08 08

(1) IK08 with transparent door, IK10 with plain door.

188

IP55

IP55/IK10

bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb

Additional information

Enclosure characteristics

Type of premises

Selection of enclosures according to the premises

Enclosures

Wall-mounted enclosure

without door

with door (1)

with door + canopy (1) with door + canopy + gasket (1)

Floor-standing enclosure

without door

with with door (1)

IP30/IK07

IP30/IK07

with door + canopy (1) with door + canopy + gasket (1) IP41/IK08 - IK10 IP43/IK08 - IK10

Min. IP/IK required IP IK Industrial establishments (continued) Dairies 25 07

IP55

IP55/IK10

bb

Public wash-houses

25

07

Liqueurs (production)

21

07

bb

Halogenated liquids (use)

21

08

bb

Inflammable products (storage and workshops where they are used)

21

08

bb

Magnesium (production, storage and 31 use)

08

bb

Machine rooms

20

08

Plastics (production)

51

08

bb

Cabinet makers

50

08

bb

Metals (processing)

31v/33b 08

Combustion engines (testing of)

30

08

bb

bb

bb bb

Ammunition storage

33

08

bb

Nickel (ore processing)

33

08

bb

07

Household waste (processing)

54

Paper (production)

33v/34b 07

bb

Paper (storage)

31

07

bb

Perfume (production and storage)

31

07

bb

Pulp mill

34/35

07

Paint (production and storage)

33

08

bb

bb bb

Plaster (processing and storage)

50

07

bb

Gunpowder factory

55

08

bb

Chemicals (production)

30v/50b 08

bb

Oil refineries

34/35

bb

07

Salt preserve factories

33

07

Soap (production)

31

07

Saw mills

50

08

Metalwork shops

30

08

bb bb bb bb

Grain or sugar silos

50

07

bb

Silk and artificial hair factories

50

08

bb

Sodium carbonate (processing and storage)

33

07

Sulphur (processing)

51

07

Spirits (storage)

33

07

bb bb bb

Sugar mills

55

07

bb

Tanners

35

07

bb

Dye works

35

07

bb

Textile and fabric (production)

51

08

bb

Varnish (production and application)

33

08

bb

Glass works

33

08

bb

Zinc works

31

08

bb

(1) IK08 with transparent door, IK10 with plain door.

189

Additional information

Enclosure characteristics

Type of premises

Selection of enclosures according to the premises

Enclosures Wall-mounted enclosure

without door

with door (1)

with door + canopy (1) with door + canopy + gasket (1)

Floor-standing enclosure

without door

with door (1)

IP30/IK07

IP40/IK08 - IK10

with door + canopy (1) with door + canopy + gasket (1) IP41/IK08 - IK10 IP43/IK08 - IK10

Min. IP/IK required IP IK

IP55

IP55/IK10

Farm premises or locations Alcohol (storage)

23

07

Closed cattle sheds

35

07

bb

Laundries

24

07

bb

bb

Wood storage rooms

30

10

bb

Threshing floors

50

07

bb

Distilling cellars

23

07

bb

Vat rooms (wine)

23

07

bb

Courtyards

35

07

bb

Poultry barns

35

07

bb

Stables

35

07

bb

Fertiliser (storage)

50

07

bb

Stables

35

07

bb

Manure heaps

24

07

bb

Haylofts

50

07

bb

Haystacks, forage (storage)

50

07

bb

Granaries, barns

50

07

bb

Straw (storage)

50

07

bb

Greenhouses

23

07

Grain silos

50

07

bb bb

Milking rooms

35

07

bb

Pig sties

35

07

bb

Chicken houses

35

07

bb

Miscellaneous installations Fair facilities

33

08

Water treatment facilities

24/25

07/08

bb bb

Thermodynamic installations, air-conditioned rooms and cold rooms 25 07 Height above from 0 to 1.10 m ground 24 07 from 1.10 to 2 m above 2 m under evaporator or water drain pipe

21

07

ceiling and up to 10 cm underneath

23

07

Temperature y -10 °C

23

07

Compressor room

21

08

34 integral unit located outside or on a terrace

08

N/A

(1) IK08 with transparent door, IK10 with plain door.

190

bb bb bb bb bb bb

Additional information

DD383904.eps

Practical information

Tools required for mounting and connection bb Vacuum cleaner to clean the switchboards bb Ratchet wrench with sockets bb Torque wrench with sockets and ring bits to tighten the electrical connections to the correct torque (max. torque 50 Nm) bb Open-ended spanners (15 to 27 mm) bb Electrician's knife bb 7, 8, 10, 13, 16, 17 and 19 mm sockets bb Bit holder socket bb 4, 5, 6, 8 and 10 mm hexagonal-head bits bb Pozidriv no. 1, 2 and 3 bits bb Rubber mallet bb Level bb Measurement and inspection tools and instruments bb Drill bb Semi-circuit nosed pliers bb Cable-tie pliers bb Wire stripper bb Crimping tool bb Diagonal cutter bb Wire cutters bb Flat-nosed pliers bb Bit holder for screwdriver bb Extension bb Electric saw bb Jig saw bb Clamp for cubicle alignment bb Buzzer or tester bb 3, 4, 5, 5.5 and 8 mm flat screwdrivers bb Posidriv no. 2 crosshead screwdriver (to mount handle) bb Hydraulic jacks that can be operated in horizontal position to lift cubicles and move them sideways if necessary bb Coloured, indelible and temperature resistant acrylic varnish bb Electric screwdriver

191

Thermal management of switchboards

Additional information

Thermal characteristics

General

A switchboard is designed for operation under normal ambient conditions. Most devices do not operation correctly outside a temperature range of -10 and +70 °C. It is therefore important to maintain the switchboard internal temperature within this temperature range by: bb correctly sizing the switchboard during design bb correcting the temperature using suitable means.

Management of the internal temperature Cooling There are a number of way to dissipate heat from the switchboard. The drawings below present the various means.

Dd383635.eps

Forced-air ventilation Dd383634.eps

Dd383633.eps

Convection

IP > 31 IP y 31 Ensured naturally in Prisma enclosures.

Forced convection and cooling

Dd383637.eps

Dd383638.eps

Forced-air ventilation with air-air exchanger

IP > 31 On special request.

IP y 54 Using fans, it significantly increases the thermal capacity of an enclosure.

? IP > 31

For these extreme cases, many installers prefer to set up the switchboards with other electrotechnical and electronic devices in air-conditioned electrical rooms. Heating The means employed to raise the internal temperature in a switchboard is a resistorbased heater, used to: bb avoid condensation by limiting variations in temperature bb ensure that the switchboard does not freeze.

192

Additional information

Thermal characteristics

Thermal management of switchboards

Dd381401.eps

General

Calculation of the internal temperature

Calculation of the temperature is the means to check that the enclosure can evacuate the dissipated power of the installed devices.

DD382422.eps

Dd383636.eps

Important note Correct thermal management of the switchboard depends on compliance with the installation requirements for the distribution system (power circuits). Incorrect installation will have major consequences on the connected device, but almost none on the internal temperature of the enclosure. Once the circuit has been correctly sized, it is necessary to check whether the assembly (devices + distribution system + cables) have a level of dissipated power P(W) y the P(W) that the enclosure can handle. Method defined by IEC 890 technical report This IEC guide for switchboards proposes a calculation method to determine three levels of internal temperature, depending on the dissipated power of the devices and distribution blocks installed in the switchboard. Users can consult this document when it is necessary to determine precisely the internal temperature in view of optimising the switchboard. On request, Schneider Electric can carry out a thermal study to check that the installed assembly and the thermal capacity of the enclosure are compatible. Comparative method A number of qualified and tested configurations serve as the basis for indicating the thermal capacity of Prisma enclosures. This is en empirical means to check whether the dissipated power of the desired configuration is close to that of a tested configuration. Method using charts taking into account enclosure characteristics To speed up calculations, Schneider Electric produces charts based on the company’s experience and a number of assumptions on the installation. They can be used sufficiently precisely to determine the variations in temperature and the dissipated-power levels for the different types of wall-mount enclosures, floor-standing enclosures and cubicles.

193

Thermal management of switchboards

Additional information

Thermal characteristics

Comparative method Comparative method

Pack enclosure, 3 rows, IP30 Diversity factor: 0.7 Ambient temperature around the switchboard: 35 °C P(W) = 95 W

DD385261.eps

You will have no problems with your switchboard if: bb the volume of the enclosure is greater than that of the tested enclosure with a similar assembly bb the P(W) of the installed assembly is less than the P(W) of the tested configuration in the same size enclosure.

Linergy FM 80 A

Linergy BW 125 A C60N or IC60N 40 A

C60N or IC60N 32 A

DD385262.eps

Linergy BW 250 A

C60N or IC60N 25 A

C60N or IC60N 25 A

C60N or IC60N 40 A

Wall-mounted enclosure, 23 modules, IP30/IP4X Diversity factor: 0.7 Ambient temperature around the switchboard: 35 °C P(W) = 170 W

C60N or IC60N 20 A

NSX250N

Linergy FM 200 A C60N or IC60N 63 A

C60N or IC60N 50 A

C60N or IC60N 20 A

C60N or IC60N 50 A

C60N or IC60N 40 A

Linergy FM 80 A C60N or IC60N 40 A

194

C60N or IC60N 32 A

C60N or IC60N 20 A

C60N or IC60N 25 A

C60N or IC60N 32 A

C60N or IC60N 20 A

C60N or IC60N 20 A

Thermal management of switchboards

Additional information

Thermal characteristics

Comparative method Comparative method

Wall-mounted enclosure, 23 modules, plain door, IP30/IP4X Diversity factor: 0.7 Ambient temperature around the switchboard: 35 °C P(W) = 200 W

DD385263.eps

You will have no problems with your switchboard if: bb the volume of the enclosure is greater than that of the tested enclosure with a similar assembly bb the P(W) of the installed assembly is less than the P(W) of the tested configuration in the same size enclosure.

Linergy BW 400 A NSX400

NSX125N

NSX100N

Floor-standing enclosure, 33 modules, IP30/IP4X Diversity factor: 0.7 Ambient temperature around the switchboard: 35 °C P(W) = 270 W

DD385264.eps

Linergy FH, 80 A

Linergy BW 630 A

NSX630N

NSX250N NSX250N

Linergy FH C60a or IC60a 10 A

C60a or IC60a 10 A

C60a or IC60a 10 A

C60a or IC60a 10 A

C60a or IC60a 10 A

195

Thermal management of switchboards

Additional information

Thermal characteristics

Example

DD382423.eps

Once the dissipated power of the devices has been determined and the enclosure with its IP selected, transfer the results (sum of the dissipated power and width of the device zone) to the chart corresponding to the enclosure IP.

Draw a line parallel to the others on the chart and read the corresponding difference in temperature. For the given example, the heat rise is 22 °C at mid-height in the enclosure. The internal temperature = external temperature + heat rise = 35 °C + 22 °C = 57 °C 57 °C < 60 °C stipulated by the standard, i.e. the result is acceptable for an IP30/IP4X all-mounted and floor-standing enclosures. This gives roughly: Internal temperature = 60 °C at mid-height in the enclosure for a low IP value. = 70 °C at mid-height in the enclosure for a high IP value.

196

Thermal management of switchboards

Additional information

Thermal characteristics

Charts

Quick calculation charts for internal temperatures The indicated internal heat rise is that measured at mid-height in the enclosure.

IP43 wall-mounted enclosure DD382433.eps

Dd381781.eps

IP3X wall-mounted enclosure

IP3X floor-standing enclosure

IP43 floor-standing enclosure DD382435.eps

Test conditions: 600 mm wide enclosure mounted directly on wall without fixing lugs.

DD382434.eps

Test conditions: 600 mm wide enclosure mounted directly on wall without fixing lugs.

Test conditions: 600 mm wide enclosure on floor against a wall.

Test conditions: Mounted on wall with fixing lugs or on mounting uprights.

DD382436.eps

IP55 wall-mounted and floor-standing enclosures

Test conditions: 600 mm wide enclosure mounted directly on wall without fixing lugs or mounting uprights.

197

Thermal management of switchboards

Additional information

Thermal characteristics

Ventilation

Switchboard ventilation

The air enters the lower section via the fans and exits the upper section: bb through a ventilated roof bb or through a ventilation opening. The air throughput of the fans is determined by the equation:

The chart below can be used to determine the necessary throughput, based on the dissipated power, the difference in temperature (internal - external) and the exposed surface area of the enclosure. Example Consider an IP3X cubicle, 650 mm wide and 400 mm deep, containing components (devices, connections, busbars, etc.) dissipating 1000 W. The ambient temperature around the cubicle is 50 °C. Given that the average temperature at mid-height should not exceed 60 °C, the difference in temperature DT is equal to 60 - 50 = 10 °C. The exposed surface of the cubicle (non adjacent to a wall or other cubicle) is 4.46 m². (back = 1.3 m², front = 1.3 m², roof = 0.26 m², side panels = 1.6 m²). What is the necessary throughput of the ventilation system? The throughput can be calculated as:

Dd381391.eps

D = 234 m3/h. In the range of Prisma accessories, select a system with a throughput of 300 m3/h.

Calculation data P : power dissipated by the devices, connections and busbars (in Watts) Pr : power of the heating resistor (in Watts) Tm : maximum internal temperature in the device zone (in °C) Ti : average internal temperature (in °C) Te : average external temperature (in °C) DTm = Tm Te DT = Ti Te S : total free surface area of the enclosure (expressed in m2) K : thermal-conduction coefficient of the material (W/m2 °C) K = 5.5 W/m2 °C for painted sheet metal D : ventilation throughput (in m3/h)  

 – 

– 

Note: the dissipated power of each device is provided by the manufacturer. Add approximately 30 % to account for the connections and the busbars.

198

Thermal management of switchboards

Additional information

Thermal characteristics

Heating

Switchboard heating

The heating resistor, placed in the bottom of the switchboard, maintains the internal temperature 10 °C higher than the external temperature. When the switchboard is not in operation, the heater compensates the dissipated power normally emitted by the switchboard. The power of the heating resistor is calculated: bb using the equation: Pr = (DT x S x K) - P bb or using the charts below, based on the exposed surface area of the enclosure and the desired difference in temperature.

Dd381788.eps

Chart to determine the heating resistor for small wall-mounted enclosures (exposed surfaces y 1 m2)

Dd381789.eps

Chart to determine the heating resistor for all types of enclosures

Calculation data P : power dissipated by the devices, connections and busbars (in Watts) Pr : power of the heating resistor (in Watts) Tm : maximum internal temperature in the device zone (in °C) Ti : average internal temperature (in °C) Te : average external temperature (in °C) DTm = Tm Te DT = Ti Te S : total free surface area of the enclosure (expressed in m2) K : thermal-conduction coefficient of the material (W/m2 °C) K = 5.5 W/m2 °C for painted sheet metal D : ventilation throughput (in m3/h)  

 – 

 – 

Note: the dissipated power of each device is provided by the manufacturer. Add approximately 30 % to account for the connections and the busbars.

199

Notes

200

35, rue Joseph Monier CS 30323 92506 Rueil Malmaison Cedex France RCS Nanterre 954 503 439 Capital social 896 313 776 € www.schneider-electric.com DESW015EN

As standards, specifications and designs change from time to time, please ask for confirmation of the information given in this publication. Publication/Design: Schneider Electric Industries SAS Photos: Schneider Electric Industries SAS Printed:

10-31-1247

 his document has been T printed on ecological paper.

04-2016

© 2016 - Schneider Electric - All rights reserved.

Schneider Electric Industries SAS